You are on page 1of 230

Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT GLRS SCHOOL AT TA. Babarghat DIS. TAPI

DOCUMENT TITLE

SCOPE OF WORK, MAKES OF MATERIAL AND GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

DOCUMENT NO. SPECS-SITC/00

CONTENTS

SR. NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO

PART 1 GENERAL 2
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 2
1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS 2
1.03 ABBREVIATIONMA 4
1.04 ELECTRICAL AND ELV SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 7
1.05 GENERAL INSTRUCTION TO CONTRACTOR 8
1.06 GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA 9
1.07 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS 12
1.08 APPROVED MAKES 14
1.09 APPROVED VENDORES 16

RECORD OF REVISIONS

R0 20/10/2021 ISSUED FOR TENDERING JPP KGJ


REV DATE DESCRIPTION PREPARED BY CHECKED BY

Page 1 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/00


DOCUMENT : SCOPE OF WORK AND MAKE OF MATERIAL REV NO: R0

PART – 1 (GENERAL)
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
1. The scope of work is intended to cover engineering, design, supply F.O.R. site, erection, testing and
commissioning of total Electrical& ELV package required to be installed for efficient, reliable,
trouble-free and safe operation of the School, Boys Hostel, Canteen, Staff Quarters
andClass IV Quartersto be set up at BAbarghat Tapi , Gujarat state. A package unit for the
purpose of this specification means “Individual items of equipment mounted on one or more skid
bases which operate together to perform a particular function”.
The technical specification for the electrical equipment includes the basic technical data for
respective equipment. The Tenderer shall consider this data for the price bid purpose. However,
for offering a best cost effective design and/or fulfilling the contractual obligations, should the
Tenderer want to offer alternatives as deemed fit, the same shall be offered separately duly
supported by the detailed reasons and justification. Once the agreement is reached and the
contract shall be awarded, no changes shall be permitted during the execution.
Though, this specification covers the general as well as specific requirements for the electrical
equipment, final specific requirements (interlocks, protection, instruments, alarms, etc.) shall be
considered as per the Technical Data Sheets, attached with respective specification, and Data
Sheets to be filled by the Tenderer. The final document shall be included as part of the Purchase
Order.
1.02 CODES & STANDARDS
1. The Electrical System engineering, design, equipment, material and execution, i.e. entire electrical
installation, shall comply with all applicable Codes, Standards and Regulations, amended till the
date of tender, unless otherwise indicated in this technical specification. In general, following
Codes, Standards and Regulations shall be applied.
1. Indian Codes and Standards published by Bureau of Indian (IS) Standards
2. International Electro-technical Commission (IEC) Standards
3. Institute of Electrical & Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Standards
4. British Standards (BS)
5. Deutsche Institute Normale (DIN)
6. Occupational Safety and Health Authority (OSHA)
7. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
8. The Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 (Amended up to 2002)
9. National Electrical Code (NEC, Bureau of Indian Standards Publication)
10. Fire Insurance Regulations
11. Tariff Advisory Committee Regulations
12. The Health and Safety at Work Act

Page 2 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/00


DOCUMENT : SCOPE OF WORK AND MAKE OF MATERIAL REV NO: R0

1. Central and State Government Acts and Rules


1. In addition to the above mentioned standards, the bidder shall follow the guidelines as specified in,
1.State Government Regulations
1. Details of applicable standards are included in the respective technical specification. It is not intent to
mention all the relevant standards applicable to the proposed work and equipment. Any
relevant Indian Standard, whether it is provided or not, shall be made applicable as per
requirement of the work and equipment.
1. Details of approved electrical equipment and brought out component manufacturers are provided in the
Section follows. Alternative equipment shall be used only after obtaining written approval from
the Purchaser.
1. The Tenderer shall be responsible to be, or to become, knowledgeable of the requirements of
these Standards and Codes. Any alternations or changes to the equipment to make it meet
Standards and Codes requirements shall be at the expense of the Tenderer.
1. A broad statement that any equipment being supplied is generally in accordance with this Specification
or any part of it shall not be acceptable. Any exceptions, deviations or omissions from this
Specification proposed by the Tenderer shall be itemized from this quotation and acceptance
shall be subject to approval by the Purchaser before commencement of manufacture.
1. Items specified or referred by manufacturer’s name or number are intended to describe the type and quality
level of equipment desired and are not intended to be restrictive or exclude equivalent items by other
manufacturers unless it is indicated that only the specified item will be accepted.
Actual equipment selection shall be made in strict accordance with procurement policies
established for this project.
1. Compliance by the Tenderer with the provisions of this specification shall not relieve the Tenderer of the
responsibility of furnishing equipment and components of proper design, electrically and
mechanically suited to meet the operating requirements under the specified service conditions
and be suitable for the purpose for which they are intended.
1. The Tenderer should seek clarification on any aspect of the Specification, where it is believed that
obscurity or ambiguity exists in the meaning or intent stated. Where a conflict occurs between
the Tenderer’s standard, this Specification and the Purchase Order/Technical Data Sheets, the
following shall apply in order of preference:
1. Purchase Order/Technical Data Sheets
2. This Specification
3. National Standard/International Standard
4. Manufacturer’s/Tenderer’s practice

Page 3 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/00


DOCUMENT : SCOPE OF WORK AND MAKE OF MATERIAL REV NO: R0

1.03 ABBREVIATION

1. For the purpose of this specification, the abbreviations for various electrical terms, units, etc. are used
in the technical specification as follows.

SR. NO. ABBREVIATION MEANING


1 A Ampere
2 AC Alternating Current
3 ACB Air Circuit Breaker
4 ACDB Air Condition Distribution Board
5 AHU Air Handling Unit
6 AL Aluminum
7 AMF Auto Mains Failure
8 APFCR Automatic Power Factor Correction Relay
9 ATS Automatic Transfer Switch
10 BMS Building Management System
11 CAT-6 Universal Twisted Pair(UTP) Data Cable
12 CBS Central Battery System
13 CCTV Closed Circuit Television
14 CT Current Transformer
15 Cu Copper
16 DB Distribution Board
17 DC Direct Current
18 DDC Direct Digital Controller
19 DF Diversity Factor
20 DG Diesel Generator
21 DMC Double Moulded Compound
22 DO Drop Out Fuses
23 DP Double Pole
24 EB Electricity Board
25 EF Earth Fault
26 ELCB Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker
27 ELDB Emergency Lighting Distribution Board
28 ELV Extra Low Voltage
29 EPABX Electronic Private Automatic Branch Exchange
30 FP Four Pole
31 FR Flame Retardant

Page 4 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/00


DOCUMENT : SCOPE OF WORK AND MAKE OF MATERIAL REV NO: R0

32 FRLS Flame Retardant Low Smoke


33 FSP Fuse Section Pillar
34 GI Galvanized Iron
35 GO Gang Operated Switch
36 HP Horse Power
37 HV High Tension (3.3 kV And Higher Voltage Level)
38 HVAC Heating Ventilation and Air conditioning
39 Hz Hertz, Frequency In Cycles Per Second
40 IBMS Integrated Building Management System
41 IDMT Inverse Definite Minimum Time
42 IP Internet Protocol
43 IP X Ingress Protection
44 JDA Jodhpur Development Authority
45 kA Kilo-Ampere
46 kV Kilo-Volt
47 kVA Kilovolt Ampere Apparent
48 kVAr Kilovolt Ampere Reactive
49 kW Kilo Watt
50 kWh Kilowatt Hour
51 LDB Lighting Distribution Board
52 LED Light Emitting Diode
53 LED/HPSV/MH/FTL/CFL Type of Light fixtures
54 LP Lighting Panel
55 LPS Lightning Protection System
56 LT Low Tension (650 V And Lower Voltage Level)
57 LV Low Voltage
58 LV/LT Low Voltage / Low Tension
59 mA Milli-Ampere
60 MCB Miniature Circuit Breaker
61 MCB Miniature Circuit Breaker
62 MCCB Moulded Case Circuit Breaker
63 MDB Main Distribution Board
64 MH Manhole
65 mm Milli-Meter
66 MS Mild Steel

Page 5 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/00


DOCUMENT : SCOPE OF WORK AND MAKE OF MATERIAL REV NO: R0

67 MSP Miniature Section Pillar


68 mV Milli-Volt
69 MV/HV Medium Voltage / High Voltage
70 MVA Megavolt Ampere
71 N Neutral
72 OC Over Current
73 OCB Bulk Oil Circuit Breaker
74 P.F. Power Factor
75 PA Public Address
76 PA Public Address
77 PDB Power Distribution Board
78 PF Power Factor
79 Ph Phase
80 PLC Programmable Logic Controller
81 PT Potential Transformer
82 PVC Poly Vinyl Chloride
83 R (L1)/Y(L2)/B(L3) Red Phase / Yellow Phase / Blue Phase
84 RCC Reinforced Cement Concrete
85 RCCB Residual Current Circuit Breaker
86 RG-59, RG-11, RG-6 Type of co-axial cables for video signals
87 RMU Ring Main Unit
88 RS232/RS485 Communication Protocol
89 SLD Single Line Diagram
90 SLDB Sub Lighting Distribution Board
91 SMDB Sub Main Distribution Board
92 SMPDB Sub Main Power Distribution Board
93 SP / SPN Single Pole / Single Pole & Linked Neutral
94 SPD Surge Protective Device
Separate Neutral and Protective conductors throughout
95 TNS system
96 TP / TPN Triple Pole / Triple Pole & Linked Neutral
97 TPN Triple Pole with Neutral
98 TV/CCTV Closed Circuit Television
99 UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply
100 UTP Unshielded Twisted Pair

Page 6 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/00


DOCUMENT : SCOPE OF WORK AND MAKE OF MATERIAL REV NO: R0

101 V Volt
102 XLPE Cross Linked Polyethylene

1.04 ELECTRICAL AND ELV SYSTEM DESCRIPTION (SCOPE OF WORK)

A LOAD
CONNECTED
SR LOAD ON
AREA DESCRIPTION LOAD
NO FACTOR DG
KW KW
1 GLRS SCHOOL 52 0.5 25.86
2 GIRLS HOSTEL 39 0.6 23.46
3 SOLAR WATER HEATER BACKUP 40 0.5 20.00
4 BOYS HOSTEL 39 0.6 23.46
5 SOLAR WATER HEATER BACKUP 40 0.5 20.00
6 STAFF QUARTERS 27 0.6 16.34
7 CANTEEN 10 0.7 7.21
8 CLASS IV QUARTER 4 1.0 4.48
9 STP 15 0.5 7.50
10 OHT 10 0.7 7.00
11 PLUMBING 5 0.7 3.50
12 BORE WELL 10 0.7 7.00
13 SECURITY CABIN 2.0 1.0 2.00
14 EXTERNAL AREA LIGHTING 5.0 1.0 5.00
15 ELECTRICAL ROOM 1.0 1.0 1.00
TOTAL LOAD IN KW 292 KW 173.8
OVERALL DIVERSITY 0.50
DIVERSIFIED LOAD KW 86.9
OPERATING POWER FACTOR 0.80
DIVERSIFIED LOAD KVA 108.6

1. Incoming power:
Electric power will be received from Madhya Gujarat Vij Company Limited (MGVCL) at Main LT
panel located in electrical room through LT cables.
The same system is envisaged in new setup. A electrical room is dedicated for LT switchgear and
meter installations.
Refer Tender SLD for distribution network and scope details.
1. 1 No. School
2. 2 No. Hostel Building
3. 1 No. Staff quarter
4. 1 Nos. Class IV quarter
5. 1 No. Canteen
To obtain all above services from DISCOM; contractor will work under option-3 and will follow
standards/guidelines/rules/regulations established by DISCOM untill successful completion of the
task.
Refer Tender SLD for distribution network and scope details.

Page 7 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/00


DOCUMENT : SCOPE OF WORK AND MAKE OF MATERIAL REV NO: R0

1. Medium Voltage power distribution:


There is no 11KV power supply required.

1. Low voltage system


The power supply will be connected to the main LT panel. 100% DG is considered for hostel,
quarters and utility. Energy management system is considered for power analysis and power
saving. LV power supply will be utilized to operate air-conditioned load, lighting, socket power,
other motive load, utility load, road & area lighting, etc.
LV power will be distributed through various LV indoor and outdoor panels using XLPE LV armoured
cables.
Route of cables will be through
1. RCC hume pipes and Manholes
2. Excavated cable trench in direct ground burial form
Pl. Refer external plot plan with cable route for the details.
1. Standby power
For standby power, centralized Generating Set is proposed for all the buildings. DG set will cater 100%
load for whole of the campus.
1. Emergency Power
No emergency power supply is considered.
1. UPS Power
No UPS Power Considered.
1. ELV Systems
Following Extra low voltage systems proposed for the university.

1. Voice System
2. Voice Communication through EPABX for hostels &school building.
1. Data Communication System
3. Scope includes SITC of OFC, CAT-6, CAT-6E wires and their connectivity through conduits/ cable
raceways / trays.
4. Scope covers supply and installation of RJ-45 terminal on switchboard with terminations.
5. Data communication is mainly for Energy Monitoring System Data Communication requirements
1. PA system
6. Not envisaged in this project.
1. Energy Monitoring System
7. Not envisaged in this project.
1.05 GENERAL INSTRUCTION TO CONTRACTOR
1. The work shall be carried out in accordance with specification for Electrical Engineering works, Indian
Standards, National Building Code. All installation shall comply with the requirements of
Indian Electricity Rules-1956 as amended up to date.
1. All materials to be arranged by the Agency for use in work must be got approved from the
client/consultant well in advance before they are actually brought to site and necessary IS
certificates shall be provided whenever called for by the client/consultant.
1. In case makes/brands of electrical items stipulated in the individual items in the schedule, the

Page 8 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/00


DOCUMENT : SCOPE OF WORK AND MAKE OF MATERIAL REV NO: R0

Agency has to supply the materials from these makes/brands only.


1. Execution layouts prior to commencement of work shall be prepared by agency and got approved
from the client’s Engineer in-Charge/Consultant before commencement of the site activity.
1. 4 sets of drawings shall be submitted to client/consultant for approval.
1. The agency shall make his own arrangement at his own cost for all General and Electrical tools and
tackles required for Electrical Work including testing & measuring equipments.
1. Any item remaining unused after completion of work shall be taken back only after obtaining written
permission of Engineer-in-Charge by client.
1. The contractor shall be paid for the actual quantity of the work executed as measured at the site at the rates
tendered. Client/Consultant reserves the right to increase or decrease any quantities, or to omit totally
any item of work. Any claim by the Contractor on these accounts will not be entertained.
1. The Contractor shall visit the site and shall satisfy himself as to the conditions under which work is to be
performed. They shall also check and ascertain the location of any existing structure or equipment
or any other situation which may affect the work. No extra claim as a consequence of
ignorance or on ground of insufficient description will be allowed at a later date.
1. All equipments shall be inspected at manufacturer’s work as per relevant IS by the client/consultant
before dispatch to site of work and all required tests shall be carried out to manufacturers premises
and at work site after installation without any additional cost.
1. All testing records are to be maintained and submitted to client/consultant duly signed in two copies.
KAll devices specifications, ratings shall be referred from respective item specifications, BOQ or drawing.
1.06 GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA
The electrical equipment to be supplied and the power supply system to be installed shall be
designed based on the general design criteria provided hereunder.
Following will be observed during execution of specified scope of work:
Details specified in Drawings will supersede BOQ item detailing. BOQ item detailing will
supersede Item specifications.
ASITE CONDITIONS

1. Location : BABARGHAT, TAPI, Gujarat


2. Site elevation : 549 Mtr above mean sea level
3. Ambient : Semi-Humid Climate

CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA
B 1 Maximum Temperature 45°C
2 Design Max. Ambient Temperature (Dry Bulb) 50°C
3 Minimum Temperature (Winter Dry Bulb) 08°C

Page 9 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/00


DOCUMENT : SCOPE OF WORK AND MAKE OF MATERIAL REV NO: R0

4 Minimum Relative Humidity 40%


5 Maximum Relative Humidity at 30.5°C 95% (Design basis)
6 Normal Barometric Pressure 1008.2 mbar
7 Maximum Rainfall Average 150mm/year
8 Design maximum wind velocity 100km/hour
9 Earthquake Category (Seismic Zone) Zone III, IS 1893 (Part I):
2002
C AREA CLASSIFICATION:
Non-hazardous safe as per Hazardous Area Classification
D INCOMING POWER SUPPLY AT PROJECT SITE

1 Voltage at Point of supply 11kV


2 Frequency 50Hz
3 Permissible voltage variation ± 10%
4 Permissible frequency variation ± 3%
5 Permissible combined voltage & frequency variation ± 6%
6 Symmetrical Fault Level at Point of supply (Design) 500 MVA
7 Neutral earthing at Point of Supply Grounded
8 Control supply voltage 230V AC
E EQUIPMENT SERVICE CONDITION:
1. Equipment installation Indoor : MV and/or LV Switchboards / LDB / PDBs / UPS
2. LV Cable installation : To be laid through Hume-pipe in Ground& Cable Tray
inside buildings
3. LT cable for street lighting : To be laid through Ground in direct burial form
4. Telephone cable for voice : To be laid through Hume-pipe in Ground& Conduit
communication on wall & floor
5. CAT-6/OFC cable for data : To be laid through Hume-pipe in Ground& Conduit
communication on wall & floor
6. Cable installation for Road- : Strictly through RCC Hume pipe with Manholes at
Crossing both the ends
F DISTRIBUTION POWER SUPPLY
1 Distribution voltage and wiring 415V AC, 50 Hz, 3-ph, 4 wire
2 Short circuit current and its duration on bus 25kA for 1 sec (Design basis)
Refer SLD for exact value
3 Neutral grounding at DGset Solidly grounded
4 Inverter Supply 230V AC, 50 Hz, 1-ph, 3 wire

Page 10 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/00


DOCUMENT : SCOPE OF WORK AND MAKE OF MATERIAL REV NO: R0

3 Neutral grounding at DGset Solidly grounded


4 Inverter Supply 230V AC, 50 Hz, 1-ph, 3 wire
1. CONTROL SUPPLY:
AC supply to be derived through control transformer with necessary Fuse/MCB protection

1 MV Board control, relay alarm annunciation & 110V DC


protection
2 Spring charging motor in MV Switchgear 230±5% V AC, 50 Hz, 1-ph & N
3 Spring charging motor in LV Switchgear 230±5% V AC, 50 Hz, 1-ph & N
4 Space heaters/Illumination in MV & LV panels 230±5% V AC, 50 Hz, 1-ph & N
5 LV FSP/MSP control, indication & protection 230±5% V AC, 50 Hz, 1-ph & N
6 Motor starter control circuits 230±5% V AC, 50 Hz, 1-ph & N
7 Space heater 230±5% V AC, 50 Hz, 1-ph & N
1. PERMISSIBLE VOLTAGE DROP WITHIN CLUB:

1 Between Transformer & Main LT panel Max. 0.5%


2 Between MLTP To Individual building LT panels Max. 2.5% (Subject to
Distance and load)
3 Between Building Panels to Floor panels Max. 0.5% (Subject to
Distance and load)
4 Between Floor Panels to End points Max. 1.5% (Subject to
Distance and load)
1. EARTHING SYSTEM:

1 Soil Resistivity As per site measurement.


Contractor will do soil resistivity
at site prior to execution.
2 Earthing Station for Equipment Body GI Pipe Type
3 Earth Conductor for Body Earthing GI Strip/Wire/Al Cable
4 Earthing Station for Equipment Neutral Cu Plate Type
5 Earth Conductor for Neutral Earthing Cu Strip/Wire/Cu Cable
J ILLUMINATION SYSTEM:
1 Main Sitting/Gathering Area/Classrooms/Library 300 lux (average)
2 General Circulation/Sitting Area 200 lux (average)
3 Passages/Stairs/Lobby 100 lux (average)
4 Area Lighting 10 lux (average)
5 Road Lighting 10 lux (average)
1. ILLUMINATION SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY:
1 Lighting power distribution voltage/wiring 415V AC, 50 Hz, 3-ph, 4 wire

Page 11 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/00


DOCUMENT : SCOPE OF WORK AND MAKE OF MATERIAL REV NO: R0

2 Short circuit current and its duration on bus 10kA for 1 sec
3 Final utility at lighting fixtures 230V AC± 5%, 50Hz, 1-ph & N
4 Emergency lighting source DG set whole Campus
5 Emergency lighting voltage and wiring 230 V AC, 50 Hz, 1-ph & N
L RAW POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM:
1 Raw power distribution voltage and wiring 415V AC, 50 Hz, 3-ph, 4 wire
2 Normal power supply source Grid power supply
3 Short circuit current and its duration on bus 10 kA for 1 sec
4 Final utility ay user end
16A socket sockets 230V ± 5% AC, 50 Hz, 1-ph & N
20A socket outlets 230V ± 5% AC, 50 Hz, 1-ph & N
32A socket outlets 415V ± 5% AC, 50 Hz, 3-ph-4
Wire
63A socket outlets 415V ± 5% AC, 50 Hz, 3-ph-4
Wire
20A AC sockets 230V ± 5% AC, 50 Hz, 1-ph & N
32A AC outlets 415V ± 5% AC, 50 Hz, 3-ph-4
Wire
1.07 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
Order execution
Sr. With
Description of Item For Final
No. Offer
Approval Copies
Documentation and drawings - General
Schedule of deviations from Technical Not Not
1 3 sets
Specification required required
2 Product Technical Literature 3 sets 4 sets 4 sets
Technical Data sheets (Duly filled in all
3 3 sets 4 sets 4 sets
respect)
4 General Arrangement and Foundation Plan 3 sets 4 sets 4 sets
Drawings, Weights, Dimensions
Schematic & Wiring Diagrams (Power & Not
5 4 sets 4 sets
control circuits) required
Not
6 Wiring Termination Details 4 sets 4 sets
required
7 Technical Catalogues for all bought out 3 sets Not Not

Page 12 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/00


DOCUMENT : SCOPE OF WORK AND MAKE OF MATERIAL REV NO: R0

components like contactors, switches, meters, required required


relays, etc
8 Installation, Operation & Maintenance Manual Not Not 4 sets
(Incl. Manuals for bought out items) required required
Type Test Certificates (For tests conducted Not Not
9 3 sets
during last 5 years) required required
Not Not
10 Guarantee Certificate 4 sets
required required
Not Not
11 Inspection & Test Certificates 4 sets
required required
Not Not
12 Test Certificates for bought out items 4 sets
required required
Not
13 Bill of Materials 4 sets 4 sets
required
Not Not
14 Bar-chart showing manufacturing schedule 2 sets
required required
Not Not
15 Quality assurance plan 4 sets
required required
Not Not 4 sets +
16 As-built drawings (Hard prints + Soft copy)
required required 2 CD
17 Documentation and drawings – Specific equipment related requirements
HV Switchboard, LV MLTP, MCC, PCC, LDB, SLDB, PDB, APFC Panel, DG
17.1
Panel, FSP, MSP etc.
Thermal & dynamic withstand capacity 3 sets Not Not
calculations during normal and short circuit required required
condition for bus bar of panel
17.2 HT and LT cables
Technical data relevant to cable constants, Not Not
3 sets
Rating Factors, etc. required required
Copy of valid IS Certification for offered Not Not
3 sets
cables required required
Drawing showing cross section showing 3 sets Not Not
constructional details for each type of cable required required
17.3 Transformers
GA drawings for Marshalling Box, HV & LV Not 4 sets 4 sets

Page 13 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/00


DOCUMENT : SCOPE OF WORK AND MAKE OF MATERIAL REV NO: R0

Disconnecting Chambers, Rating Plate & required


Connection Diagram Plate
17.4 ELV System components
Drawing & Technical Literature Not Not Not
required required required
Installation details Not 3 sets 3 sets
required
17.5 Illumination system
Drawing & Technical Literature for each type Not Not
3 sets
of lighting fixture required required
Indoor/Outdoor area lighting design Not
4 sets 4 sets
calculations/Layouts required
17.6 DG Sets
Technical literature for Engine, Alternator, 3 sets Not Not
Gen-Set Controller, AMF Relay, Governor, etc. required required
Indoor/Outdoor area cable layouts/Cable Not
17.7 4 sets 4 sets
Schedule required
Not
17.8 Earthing system design calculations/Layouts 4 sets 4 sets
required
1.08 APPROVED MAKES
1. List below is suggestive makes and client/consultant holds right to change the same at the time of
execution without prior notice. Contractor shall take approval of consultant, client, SEB prior to
order and execute the work.

Sr.
Name of electrical component Approved vendor
No.
Finolex / Polycab / RR Cable / Avocab /
1 LT Power and control cables
Havells
Siemens / L&T / Schneider / Legrand /
2 Air Circuit Breaker
C&S
LV Switchgears i.e. MCCB / MCB / Siemens / L&T / Schneider / ABB / C&S
3
Contactors / ELCB / Isolators / ELMCB / Legrand / Panasonic
Motor Starter Components (Power & Aux. Siemens / L&T / Schneider / ABB
4
contactors, OL relay, Timers, etc.)
Kaycee / Sulzer / Siemens / L&T / Areva
5 Control / Selector Switches
T&D

Page 14 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/00


DOCUMENT : SCOPE OF WORK AND MAKE OF MATERIAL REV NO: R0

6 Auto Synchronous Timer L & T / Siemens / BCH


7 Low tension Current Transformers Kappa / Silkaans / L&T / Siemens
8 LED type Indicating Lamps Siemens / BEE Switchgears
L&T / Siemens / Pushtron (Shrtenik&
9 Push Buttons and Elements
Co.) / Teknic
10 Control Transformer Indushree / INDCOIL / Siemens
PVC insulated Copper Wires for lighting
11 Finolex / KEI / Anchor / RR Kabel
and power circuits
12 PF correction capacitors / LV APFC Panel SHREEM / PMX / Epcos / Schneider
13 APFC relay L&T / C&S / SHREEM / PMX
14 Electronic over load Relay L & T / Siemens
15 Automatic Electric / Elmeasure / HPL /
Digital Meters
NIPPEN / L&T / Conserve
Pre-fabricated cable trays and fittings
16 OBO / Legrand
(Wired Mesh)
17 Terminal blocks Connectwell / Elmax / Wago

18 Local control stations (PB Stations) L&T / Pushtron

19 Cable glands Hansu / Comet / Siemens / Jainson


20 Cable lugs Dowells / Comet / Jainson
Philips / Wipro / LT / Crompton / Bajaj /
21 Lighting fixtures, lamps, accessories
Panasonic
Panasonic Anchor / Crabtree /
22 Lighting accessories (Switches, sockets) Honeywell (Horizon eq.) / Legrand (eq.
Marius) / Schneider (eq. opale)
23 Lighting/Power Distribution Boards Legrand / L&T / HPL / Indo-Asian / C&S
24 Industrial 3-ph/1-ph utility outlets Legrand / Hensel / Mennekes / Fibox
25 Ceiling &Exhaust Fans CGL / Orient / Crompton / Bajaj
26 DG Set Kirloskar / Greaves / Perkins / S&W /
Cummins
27 EPABX Siemense / CISCO / Matrix / Panasonic
28 Telephone Instruments Beetel / Panasonic / Siemens
29 CCTV Camera And DVR System Sony / Honeywell / Siemens
30 Surge Protection Device OBO / Phoenix / Schneider / Hager
31 OM Electricals / Hi Tech / Swati
LV panel builders
Switchgears / Produit controls / Hivolt

Page 15 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/00


DOCUMENT : SCOPE OF WORK AND MAKE OF MATERIAL REV NO: R0

32 Steel tubular poles FabEngg / Ridhdhi / As approved by


consultant
33 Automation /ELV System
33.1 RTU/DDC Renesys/Panasonic/Siemens
33.2 Streetlight Monitoring and Controlling
Panasonic/CGL/Wipro
System
33.3 Industrial PC with all peripherals Intel
33.4 Data Switch & Patch panel Netgear / Siemens / CISCO
33.5 EMS Software Siemens / Schneider / Elmeasure or
equivalent
33.6 PCL & IOs Siemens / Rockwell / ABB
33.7 Fire Alarm Panel, detector Edwards / Morley / Notifier / Honeywell
33.8 ELV cable (Fire Alarm & Music Wire ,TV,
Legrand / Caliplast / Polycab / Finolex
Data, OFC, Telephone)
33.9 PA System Speakers And System Honeywell / Bosch / Bose
34 MS Junction boxes Precision / Pushtron / Hansu
35 PVC Conduits Precision / Nihir / Astral
1.09 ESSENTIAL CREDENTIALS AND REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BIDDER
(P.Q. CRITERIA FOR CONTRACTOR)
1. The Bidder or his sub-contractor executing the work should possess Electrical Contractor’s License issued
by the Government of Gujarat, which should be valid as on date. Self attested copy of the valid
license should be enclosed with the bid, without which the bid shall be rejected.
1. The Engineer to be deployed at site by the Bidder should possess at least degree in Electrical
Engineering and Supervisor’s Permit issued by the Government of Gujarat and should have
minimum 8-10 years of experience of working on such installation projects in large industrial
undertakings.
1. The skilled technicians deployed for executing electrical installation works such as checking, testing and
commissioning of panels, motors, cable terminations, lighting, etc. should have valid Electrical
Wireman’s Permit issued by the Government of Gujarat. Any technician found working on
such installation without required document should be removed forthwith and the Bidder shall be
penalized for the same by reporting to the statutory authority.
1. All required documents in original and copies shall be produced by the Bidder prior to
commencement of work at site to the satisfaction of the Purchaser.
1. The Bidder shall have all necessary equipment, tools-tackles and testing instruments to undertake the
complete work in the scope as specified with utmost safety. The Bidder shall bring to the site
following equipment, but not limited to, well in advance as per the planning and requirement of
activities.

Page 16 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/00


DOCUMENT : SCOPE OF WORK AND MAKE OF MATERIAL REV NO: R0

1. Erection equipment, tools-tackles:


Lifting tackles, chain pulley blocks, crane, trailer, screw jacks, wire slings, polyester
slings, D-shackles, etc. of appropriate capacity.
Portable grinders, Hand drilling machines.
Gas cutting sets/Welding transformers/Welding generators, etc.
Pipe bending machine and Pipe threading tool.
Portable drilling machine with bits of assorted types/sizes.
Torque wrench.
Conduit dye set.
Leveling instrument.
Hand operated and hydraulic cable lug crimping tools.
Portable electric blower with air heating attachment.
Aluminum ladders, extendable ladders and stands, etc.
Safety accessories for welding, safety helmets, ear plugs, aprons, safety shoes, hand
gloves, electrical safety hand gloves, safety belts, etc.
Electrical technician’s tool kit – containing insulated pliers, insulated spanners,
insulated screw drivers, cutters, hacksaw, hammer, power tester, etc. (separate for
each person).
Tools for excavation, shovel, trikam, etc. and civil masonry work.
1. Testing instruments at the time of testing
1. 1000V and 500V hand operated megger.
2. 5000V motorized megger.
3. Phase sequence indicator.
4. Power analyzer, 3-phase showing all system parameters.
5. Earth megger.
6. Single phase/Three phase variac.
7. Multi-meter.
8. Clip on meter.
9. Transformer ratio test meter.
10. Low resistance measurement instrument.
11. Breaker opening/closing time testing kit, simultaneous pole operation testing kit.
12. AC and DC portable high voltage test set, range of 75 kV or more.
13. Continuity testers of extra low voltage, preferably 6V.
14. Primary and secondary current injection kits.
15. Transformer oil testing kit.
16. Relay testing kits suitable for numerical main protection relays and tripping/auxiliary

Page 17 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/00


DOCUMENT : SCOPE OF WORK AND MAKE OF MATERIAL REV NO: R0

electro-mechanical relays.
1. The Bidder shall have to produce necessary traceability certificates for all the instruments and kits used
for testing of electrical equipments and calibration of meters, relays, etc. for calibration through
the recognized calibration agency, without which the instruments shall not be permitted
for performing testing.
1. Non compliance to any of the requirements laid down in above Clauses shall make the
bid liable for rejection without assigning any reason thereof.
1. Complete details of the Contractor/Sub-contractor for Electrical works shall be provided
with the Offer / Tender document in a separate sheet in the following format:

Name of the firm


Office Address
Telephone no
Fax no
Mobile no
Factory / work shop Address
Telephone no
Fax no
Type of organisation (Sole proprietorship./ Partnership / Private
Ltd./Public ltd)
Name of Proprietor / Partners/ Directors (with bio data of key persons)
Last Three years’ Business turn over (with break up indicating value for supply of
material).
Date of establishment
Company registration no
VAT - Sale tax Registration No
Income Tax (PAN )no
Contractor License Details No. / in Name of
Supervisor Licence Details No. / in Name of
EPF Registration No
Name and address of the bankers
Litigation History
Solvency of the firm
Technical capacity (Regular Staff) Nos.
No. of Engineers with more than five years Nos.

Page 18 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/00


DOCUMENT : SCOPE OF WORK AND MAKE OF MATERIAL REV NO: R0

experience
No. of Trained technician with more than three 1.
years of experience 2....
Total Strength of staff 1.
2....
List of equipment, tools, tackles 1.
2.....
1. Details of work experience:
[Minimum Project Cost 3.0 Crore – Single Project in one year]

Project Name Value of contract Year of execution Name of the Client

List of similar type of project executed in last three Year.


Value of largest project ever executed.
List of Projects On hand.
1.10 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
1.10.1 General instruction:
1. Following Capital Equipments shall be measured as an individual items: Scope covers supply,
installation, testing and commissioning of each equipment as per respective specifications:
1. DG Set
2. Street Light Poles
3. Street Light Fixture
4.LV panel
1. Items/Systems Other than mentioned above shall be measured as below:
1.10.2 CIRCUIT CUM POINT WIRING
The rates for all point wiring items shall include supply and fixing of the following:
A Wiring for Light Points Directly Controlled from DBs: (With all accessories listed below including
conduits)
1. Primary Point is wiring from Distribution board to first light point.
2. Secondary Point is wiring from first light Point to second light point.
2. Wiring for Light Points Controlled from Switch Boards: (With all accessories listed below including
conduits)
1. Primary Point is wiring from Switchboard to first light point.
2. Secondary Point is wiring from first light Point to second light point.
1. Mains Wiring for Lighting Circuits:(With all accessories listed below without conduits)
- Wiring from LDB to first Switchboards and further loop to another switchboard as per circuit

distribution.

Page 19 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/00


DOCUMENT : SCOPE OF WORK AND MAKE OF MATERIAL REV NO: R0

- Conduits shall be measured separately.


1. Mains Wiring for Raw power points:(With all accessories listed below without conduits)
1. Wiring from PDB to first socket and further loop to another socket as per circuit
distribution.
2. Conduits shall be measured separately.
1. Wiring for AC power Plug:(With all accessories listed below without conduits)
1. Wiring from ACDB to AC
2. Conduits shall be measured separately.
1. Wiring for UPS Power Plug:(With all accessories listed below without conduits)
1. Wiring from DB to first socket and further loop to another socket as per circuit
distribution.
2. Conduits shall be measured separately.
1. Wiring for Lift well:(With all accessories listed below without conduits)
1. Wiring from Lift DB to first socket Point and further loop to another socket points as per
circuit distribution.
2. Cables shall be measured separately.
1. Measurement shall be done as above, however, wiring shall constitute all relevant accessories
which includes following which shall not be measured separately:
1. PVC conduits (FR PVC) with accessories like bends, elbows, couplers etc.
2. Saddles and grouting the same for the exposed conduit work.
3. Embedding conduits, point termination boxes, switch boxes, junction boxes and accessories
in walls and floors etc. during construction and/or cutting chases (with chase cutting
machine) on wall / floor etc.
4. All fixing accessories such as clips, brass screws etc.
5. Outlet boxes and junction boxes and any blank opening on the boxes closed by the brass
brushes.
6. Switch, socket outlet and necessary blank plates.
7. PVC insulated copper stranded flexible wire for Phase + Neutral + Earth as specified in
approved circuit schedule.
8. Painting of the MS conduits, outlet boxes and junction boxes before laying the same and
after installation.
9. All shuttered type sockets with earth terminal.
10. Metal clad splash proof socket outlets.
1.10.3 WIRING FOR ELV SYSTEM
The rates for all point wiring items shall include supply and fixing of the following:
1. Conduits shall be measured separately. Laying of conduits shall cover all accessories given Point
Nos. G in Section No. 1.10.2 for wiring accessories.
1. TV/RJ45/RG11 Outlet points with accessories and wiring termination shall be measured separately.

Page 20 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/00


DOCUMENT : SCOPE OF WORK AND MAKE OF MATERIAL REV NO: R0

1. ELV wires shall be measured separately as per specifications.


1.10.4 MV AND LV ELECTRICAL PANELS / PCC / MCC / FSP / DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
The rates shall include supply and installation of following:
1. MV AND LV ELECTRICAL PANELS / PCC / MCC / DISTRIBUTION BOARDS / MSP / FSP with
switchgear, internal wiring, measuring and controlling instruments complete with intern
connections and distribution busbar system shall be considered as single unit as a supply item.
1. Measurement for installation of each Panel/DB/PCC/MCC/FSP/MSP as per BOQ shall cover
following:
1. Supporting rigid steel framework.
2. Proper bonding to earth.
3. Cable clamps/supports within panel/DB in cable alley.
4. Painting/lettering on the Breakers and distribution boards.
1.10.5 EARTHING INSTALLATIONS
1. Measurement of each earthing station supply and installation shall cover following:
All fixing accessories such as brass saddles, brass screws rawl plugs, Bakelite hylam spacers etc.
1. Earthing system as per IS:3043-1987, specification and drawings
2. Jointing by riveting and brazing after riveting in case of copper and welding/bolting in
case of GI earthing.
3. Cutting chases holes and making god the same wherever
required. Effecting adequate and proper interconnections.
4. Use of copper thimbles.
1. Measurement of earthing conductor (for connection of earthing system with all equipments e.g.
motor, Panels, DBs, all metallic parts of electrical system with wires/strip as per BOQ) shall be
measured per unit length separately.
1.10.6 LIGHTING FIXTURES AND FANS
1. Measurement of each light fixture and fan shall be done on unit basis. Supply and installation
shall include following:
i.Suitable length connecting 3 core flexible copper
wires ii.Internal wiring between accessories.
iii.Bonding with earth wires.
iv.Drilling holes with supports.
1. Suitable length of GI down rod duly painted, hanger, and connecting 3 core flexible
copper wires where called for.
vi.Internal wiring with accessories.
vii.Wires for connecting the fixtures to the point through connector block.
viii.All metal blocks serve as base fixtures.

Page 21 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/00


DOCUMENT : SCOPE OF WORK AND MAKE OF MATERIAL REV NO: R0

1. Fixing clamps, GI bolts and nuts, brass screws, saddles, rawl bolts and other fixing
accessories as required.
x.Testing of all fixtures and fans before and after installation as required.
1. Fan with capacitor, regulator, earthing etc. shall be considered as one unit for measurement and
payment
1.10.7 MV and LV Cables
1. Measurement of each size of MV and ss shall be done on unit length basis. Payment shall be
made on supply + installation rates as applicable.
1. Measurement of each size of MV and LV cable end termination shall be done on unit basis.
Payment shall be made on supply + installation rates as applicable.
1.10.8 LIGHTNING PROTECTION
1. Measurement of earthing stations shall be as per clause no. A of section 1.11.5
1. Measurement of earthing conductor (horizontal and vertical air termination, down conductor)
shall be as per clause no. B of section 1.11.5
1. Measurement of Vertical air terminator shall be measured on unit basis.
1.10.10 Automation System
1. Measurement of device as a system shall be done on unit length basis. Payment shall be made
on supply + installation + successful commissioning rates as applicable.
Cost of all accessories, cables, communication hardware, firmware, software to be built in unit
prices as per BOQ items. No separate payment will be made.
1. Performance of the complete systems shall be considered.
1. Street light automation system
2. Energy Monitoring System

Page 22 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/00


DOCUMENT : SCOPE OF WORK AND MAKE OF MATERIAL REV NO: R0

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS INDEX:

Sr.
SPECIFICATIONS
No.

1 DISTRIBUTION BOARD SPECIFICATION

2 LV PANEL BOARD SPECIFICATION

3 LIGHT FIXTURE SPECIFICATION

4 LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE SPECIFICATION

5 INTERNAL WIRING SPECIFICATION

6 EARTHING SPECIFICATION

7 LIGHTNING PROTECTION

8 PA SYSTEM

9 ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES SPECIFICATION

10 INSTALLATION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING SPECIFICATION

11 CCTV SYSTEM SPECIFICATION

12 VOICE AND TV SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

13 ELV WIRING SPECIFICATIONS

14 DG SET SPECIFICATION

15 EXTERNAL LIGHTING SPECIFICATIONS

Page 23 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI

DOCUMENT TITLE

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING


AND COMMISSIONING OF DISTRIBUTION BOARD

DOCUMENT NO. SPECS-SITC/01FIND FIND

CONTENTS

SR. NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO


PART 1 GENERAL 25
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 25
1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS 25
1.03 QUALITY AND ASSURANCE 26
1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING 26
1.05 SUBMITTALS 27
1.06 TRANSPORT, DELIVERY AND STORAGE 27
PART 2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 28
PART 3 INSTALLATION 31
ANNEXURE-A TECHNICAL DATA SHEET 33
ANNEXURE-B TECHNICAL DATA SHEET 34
ANNEXURE-C TECHNICAL DATA SHEET 35
ANNEXURE-D TECHNICAL DATA SHEET 36
ANNEXURE-E TECHNICAL DATA SHEET 37
ANNEXURE-F TECHNICAL DATA SHEET 38

RECORD OF REVISIONS

R0 20/10/2021 ISSUED FOR TENDERING JPP KGJ


PREPARED
REV DATE DESCRIPTION CHECKED BY
BY

Page 24 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/01


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF DBs REV NO: R0

PART – 1 (GENERAL)

1.01 Scope of Work

1. This section relates to specifications for supply of lighting/Power distribution board (LDB/PDB)
using TPN/FP/DP/SP MCB, isolator & ELCB, Earthing terminal, connector strip for phase
neutral and earth for each circuit with CRCA sheet steel housing.

1. Irrespective of fact whether it is specifically mentioned or not, all the components shall be
deemed to have been included in the specification and shall be provided by the Bidder as
required for proper functioning of the offered equipment.

1.02 Codes & Standards

1. The switchboard, VCB and components used in assembly shall be constructed, wired and
tested in accordance with, but not limited to, this Specification and the relevant
Indian/International Standards and Codes listed below.

B No. Title

IEC:61439-3 Low-voltage switchgear and control-gear assemblies

IS: 8828 Miniature circuit breakers


IS: 4237-1982 General Requirements for Switchgear and ControlGear for
Voltages not exceeding 1000V
IS: 10118-1982 Code of Practice for Selection, Installation and Maintenance of
Switchgear and ControlGear, Part 1 – General, Part 2 –
Selection, Part 3 – Installation, Part 4 – Maintenance
IS: 13947-1993 Specification for Low Voltage Switchgear and ControlGear, Part
1 – General Rules, Part 2 – Circuit Breakers, Part 4 –
Contactors and Motor Starters, Sec 1 – Electromechanical
Contactors and Starters, Part 5 – Control Circuit Devices and
Switching Elements, Sec 1 – Electromechanical Control Circuit
Devices
IS: 5082-1998 Wrought Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Bars, Rods, Tubes,
Sections, Plates and Sheets for Electrical Applications
IS: 2147-1962 Degrees of Protection provided by Enclosures for Low Voltage
Switchgear and ControlGear
IS: 12063-1987 Classification of Degrees of Protection provided by Enclosures
of Electrical Equipment
1. In addition to above mentioned standards, the bidder shall follow the guidelines as specified
in,
1. National Electrical Code ( ISI Publication)
2. Fire Insurance Regulations
3. Tariff Advisory Committee Regulations
4. State Government Regulations

Page 25 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/01


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF DBs REV NO: R0

1. It is not intent to mention all the relevant standards applicable to the proposed work and
equipment. Any relevant Indian Standard, irrespective of the fact whether it is mentioned
herewith or not, shall be made applicable as per requirement of the work and equipment.

1. Compliance by the Bidder with the provisions of this specification shall not relieve the Bidder
of the responsibility of furnishing equipment and components of proper design, electrically
and mechanically suited to meet the operating requirements under the specified service
conditions and be suitable for the purpose of which they are intended.

1. A broad statement that “any equipment being supplied is generally in accordance with this
Specification or any part of it” shall not be acceptable. Any exceptions, deviations or
omissions from this Specification proposed by the Bidder shall be itemized from this
quotation and subject to approval by the Consultant/Client before commencement of
manufacture. In absence of specific deviation, it will be deemed to be considered as
acceptance to this specification.

1. The Bidder should seek clarification on any aspect of the Specification, where it is believed
that obscurity or ambiguity exists in the meaning or intent stated. Where a conflict occurs
between the Bidder’s manufacturing standard, this Specification and the Purchase
Order/Data Sheets, the following shall apply in order of preference:
Purchase Order / Data Sheets
This Specification
National Standard/International Standard
Manufacturer’s Standard

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1. The Bidder shall stand guarantee for the performance of entire equipment and components
for twelve (12) months from the date of commissioning or eighteen (18) months from the
date of dispatch, whichever is earlier, as agreed up on and as reproduced in the purchase
order within the tolerance specified or as permitted by the relevant standards for the
equipment in his scope of supply. The Client also reserves the right to use the rejected
equipment or part thereof until the new equipment meeting the guaranteed performance is
supplied by the Bidder.

1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING

1. All routine tests conforming to relevant Indian/International Standards shall be carried out at
the manufacturer’s works at his expense on the complete unit.

B The DB’s shall be inspected and checked as per inspection manual of the DB manufacturer.

1. Various electrical components and accessories of the DB’s shall be checked as per the drawing
for the respective DB’s.

1. The DB’s shall be checked for rigid mounting, earthing connection, proper rating & size of
components, internal wiring, etc.

Page 26 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/01


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF DBs REV NO: R0

1. All mechanical fasteners and electrical connections shall be checked and tightened before
installation.

F Prior to commissioning of the DB’s following tests shall be carried out.

1. Mechanical endurance test shall be carried out by closing and opening of all the MCB’s,
switches etc.

1. Insulation resistance test shall be carried out between phases and between phase to earth
bus, keeping the isolating switch in open position. Similar test shall be carried out keeping
the isolating switch in closed position.

1. All the interlocks, controls and tripping mechanism of the switch gears shall be tested for their
proper functioning.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A ALONGWITH OFFER

The bidder shall submit completely filled data sheet as per the given format along with
GA drawing indicating list of accessories.

1. DURING APPROVAL

1. The bidder shall submit completely filled data sheet as per the given format
2. General arrangement
3. Test certificates

C HANDING OVER DOCUMENTS

The supplier shall submit following:


1. Test certificates from original manufacturer

1.06 TRANSPORT, DELIVERY & STORAGE

1. The prices shall be F.O.R. site basis including packing & forwarding charges. The quoted
price must include all the costs for necessary mode of transportation up to the site store. The
DB shall be supplied with required storage arrangements suitable for placing in open storage
yard. All incidental expenses during transportation shall be part of quoted prices including
transit insurance. The charges for loading and unloading of equipments at site should
form part of offer.

Page 27 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/01


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF DBs REV NO: R0

2.0 PART – 2 (TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS)

2.01 SITE CONDITIONS


1. Location : BABARGHAT, TAPI, Gujarat
2 Site elevation : 549 Mtr above mean sea level
3 Ambient : Semi-Humid

2.02 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA

1 Maximum Temperature 45 deg C

2 Design Max. Ambient Temperature (Dry Bulb) 50 deg C

3 Minimum Temperature (Winter Dry Bulb) 08 deg C

4 Minimum Relative Humidity 40%

5 Maximum Relative Humidity at 30.5 deg C 95% (Design basis)

6 Normal Barometric Pressure 1008.2 mbar

7 Maximum Rainfall Average 150 mm/year

8 Design maximum wind velocity 100 km/hour

9 Earthquake Category (Seismic Zone) Zone III, IS 1893 (Part I):


2002

2.03 AREA CLASSIFICATION

1. i.Non-hazardous safe as per Hazardous Area Classification IS 5572

2.04 INCOMING POWER SUPPLY AT PROJECT SITE

1 Voltage at Point of supply 11KV

2 Frequency 50 Hz

3 Permissible voltage variation ±10%

4 Permissible frequency variation ±3%

5 Permissible combined voltage & frequency ±6%


variation

6 Symmetrical Fault Level at Point of supply 500 MVA


(Design)

7 Neutral earthing at Point of Supply Grounded

Page 28 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/01


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF DBs REV NO: R0

8 Control supply voltage 230 v AC

2.05 GENERAL

1. The construction of DB and all the accessories shall be suitable to suit ambient climatological
and installation conditions as described above.

1. The lighting distribution boards shall be suitable for operation on 415/240 volt, 50 cycle per
second, A.C supply system. The lighting distribution boards MCB shall be capable of
withstanding short circuit current of 10 KA. The ELCB shall be 30 mA/ 100 mA as specified in
data sheet.

2.06 CONSTRUCTION

1. The DB’s shall be factory made and the MCB arrangement shall be as per BOQ or drawing.
General arrangement lay out of the DB’s shall be approved by the consultants before starting
the manufacture.

1. The DB shall metal clad duly fabricated from 1.25 mm. thick high quality CRCA (Cold rolled
cold annealed)sheet metal.

C The DB shall be wall mounted and dead back type with front operation.

1. The DB shall totally be enclosed and made dust, vermin and weather proof such that it meets
to IP54 protection classification for installation.

1. A detachable cover plate of 1.4 mm thick CRCA sheet to be provided on front of the board
such that all live parts of the electrical accessories mounted on the board can be accessible
only on removal of the said cover plate.
The cover plate shall be fixed to the board with adequate size zinc passivated machine
screws.
Above the detachable cover plate, one additional hinged door of 1.6 mm thick CRCA sheet
shall be provided with a suitable locking arrangement.
The hinged door shall be provided with a suitable gasket capable of withstanding corrosive &
humid atmosphere and to maintain degree of enclosure protection to IP 54 as per IS: 13947
for installation.

F The DB shall have top/Bottom entry arrangement for incoming and outgoing cables/conduits.

1. All hardware to be used in manufacture of the DB shall be S.S 304 to prevent corrosion due to
humid atmosphere prevailing at the project site.

1. All internal electrical connections shall be carried out using 660/1100 volt grade, FRLS
insulated, Copper conductor of ISI approved make, having rated current carrying capacity to
carry continuous full current of respective switch Fuse rating at operating conditions prevailing
at the project site.

1. All non current carrying metal surface of the DB’s shall adequately be treated and painted.

Page 29 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/01


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF DBs REV NO: R0

1. The DB’s shall be provided with electric components and accessories as per the details shown
in the drawing for the respective electric distribution board. The circuit connection from all the
circuit MCB shall be brought to connector provided on top or bottom of the DB with suitable
lugs. The connector shall be suitable to receive phase, neutral and earth wire/cable coming
from each individual circuit. The connector’s shall have circuit identification tag.

1. The DB shall be suitable for wall mounting during construction. Necessary protection cover
shall be provided to protect against ingress of water, cement and dust during construction.

L The DB shall be powder coated. The colour shall be RAL-7032 unless otherwise specified.

1. The neutral connector strip shall be separate for each phase providing per phase isolation (PPI
type). Earthing strip shall be single and separate.

N Horizontal / vertical configuration shall be as approved by consultants/client.

1. Distribution Board:
1. shall be offering smoothened cornersto protect against damages like bending, peeling
of paint hence preventing rusting
2. shall have anti insertion mark on each sides
3. shall have removable knock-outs on top, bottom & sides
4. shall have plastic plugs for mounting holes to protect IP rating
5. shall have plastic caps for covering unused terminals for fishbone assembly
6. shall be supplied with masking sheet to prevent cement entering the box during
plastering
7. shall have pan plate for ease of installation
8. shall have anti insertion mark for ease of mounting

Page 30 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/01


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF DBs REV NO: R0

PART – 3 (INSTALLATION)

3.01 SCOPE OF WORK

1. This specification intended to cover assembly, installation and testing of Distribution box
complete in all respect with all equipment, fittings and accessories for efficient and trouble-
free operation. The material to be supplied by the Contractor and work to be carried out by
the Contractor shall be in general, but not limited to, conforming to the specification laid
down for each item.

3.02 MATERIALS REQUIRED

1. All required hardware such as bolts, nuts, washers (round and spring type), anchor
fasteners, screws, etc. of sizes and type as required shall be conforming to relevant IS. All
hardware shall be hot-dip galvanized or zinc passivated/cadmium plated as per requirement
of work either mechanical fabrication or electrical jointing.
1. Equipment Grouting material such as cement, metal, sand, bricks, etc., if required, shall be
supplied by the Contractor. The material shall be of approved make (Wherever applicable)
for which the Contractor shall consult Engineer-in-charge before procuring the material.
3.03 ERECTION PROCEDURE

1. Lighting Distribution Board (LDB), Sub-lighting Distribution Boards (SLDB) and Power
Distribution Board (PDB) shall be installed on the wall in rooms in accordance with the
layout drawings to be prepared by the Bidder based on the illumination system design.

1. The wall mounted boards shall be installed maintaining the bottom of board at height not
more than 1200 mm from the finished floor level.

1. The space for bending of circuits of 300 mm shall be available above DB. Proper dressing of
circuit and cover shall be provided.

1. A steel frame shall be fabricated from size of steel member found adequate to take weight of
the boards. The fabricated frame shall be grouted on the wall or welded on the steel
structure as the case may be. In case, the board shall be directly fixed on wall, anchor
fasteners of appropriate size shall be used. The frame shall be painted for protection against
corrosion.

1. The board shall be aligned and leveled using leveling instrument such as pendulum weight
and spirit level when fixing on the wall or structure. It shall be ensured that while fixing, no
strain is found on any part.

3.04 TESTING

1. Mechanical close and trip operation in MCB.


Measurement of insulation resistance between phases and between each phase to
earth before and after HV test (MCB in closed condition).
Measurement of insulation resistance of various control circuits before and after HV
test.
DC or AC high voltage withstand test of R, Y, B phase to earth and between phases at

Page 31 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/01


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF DBs REV NO: R0

75% of specified withstand voltage (MCB in closed condition). DC or AC high voltage


testing of each control circuit to earth.
3.05 PRECOMMISSIONING CHECKS
Sr. Description of Check Point Type of Check
1 Proper fixing of meters, etc., tightening of hardware Visual and
mechanical
tools
2 Earth continuity between non-current carrying metal parts Continuity
and board earthing tester
3 Tightness of power/control cable connections at board Visual and
terminal blocks mechanical
tools
4 Bus support insulators for contamination, cracks, chips or Visual
any damage
5 Cleaning of boards Visual
6 AC control voltage supply Multi-meter
7 Sealing of unused holes for cable entry Visual
8 Dressing, terminal connections and ferruling of control Visual
cables taken in boards l
3.06 AS BUILT DOCUMENTS
1. The bidder shall submit final circuit schedule in hard copy as well as soft

version. B The drawing indicating location of DB shall be submitted to the client.

C Test reports, guarantee from DB manufacturer shall be submitted.

Page 32 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/01


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF DBs REV NO: R0

Annexure - A
Technical Data Sheets for Distribution Board (DB)

[BIDDER TO SUBMIT SEPARATE SHEET FOR EACH DB]

Data to be filled up
Sr.
Technical Data Specification Design Requirement /Confirmed by
No.
Bidder
1.0 Make
2.0 Installation Indoor
3.0 Rated parameters of DB
3.1 Type Open accessible / double door type
Housing 1.25 mm(minimum)
3.2 thickness CRCA sheet
3.3 Colour Powder coated, RAL-7032
Lease projection on the wall.
3.4 Mounting Mounting through angle support / Partial
buried in wall
3.5 Configuration PPI, Horizontal / Vertical
3.6 ELCB rating 100 mA
3.7 Spares As per BOQ
Paint
3.8 External RAL-9016
Internal Pebble White
- Internal Earthed
3.9 Doors - Reversible Door
- Integrated locking facility
3.10 Busbars Color Coded
Insulated Cu Busbar One for each phase
3.10.1 Construction separate
3.10.2 S.C. Rating Busbar Rated S.C. Capacity : 10 kA
3.11 Neutral Links Color Coded
Shrouded Cu Neutral Links One for each
3.11.1 Construction phase separate
3.11.2 S.C. Rating Rated S.C. Capacity : 10 kA
3.11.3 Mounting Adjustable
3.12 Earthing Links
3.12.1 Construction Shrouded Cu Link One for each DB
3.12.2 S.C. Rating Rated S.C. Capacity : 10 kA
PPI Type/ Non-PPI type / Phase
3.13 Configuration segregation type
3.14 IK Protection IK 08 as per IEC 62262
3.15 IP Protection IP:22 / 30 / 42 / 54as per IEC 529
LED Indication BEE Switchgear – RYB Lamps with voltage
3.16 lamp indication.

Page 33 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/01


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF DBs REV NO: R0

Annexure -B
TYPICAL DETAILS – TPN DBWITH PPI (PER PHASE ISOLATION)

TYPICAL DETAILS – SPN DB

Page 34 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/01


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF DBs REV NO: R0

Annexure - C
TYPICAL DETAILS – TPN DB WITH SP OUTGOING

Page 35 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/01


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF DBs REV NO: R0

Annexure - D
TYPICAL DETAILS – TPN DB WITH PPI (VERTICAL ARRANGEMENT)

Page 36 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/01


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF DBs REV NO: R0

Annexure -E
TYPICAL DETAILS – TPN DB WITH PHASE CHANGE OVER

Page 37 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/01


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF DBs REV NO: R0

Annexure -F
TYPICAL DETAILS – TPN DB WITH PHASE SEGREGATION

Page 38 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI

DOCUMENT TITLE

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING AND


COMMISSIONING OF LV PANEL BOARD

DOCUMENT NO. SPECS-SITC/02

CONTENTS

SR. NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO


PART 1 GENERAL 40
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 40
1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS 40
1.03 QUALITY AND ASSURANCE 41
1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING 42
1.05 SUBMITTALS 42
1.06 TRANSPORT, DELIVERY AND STORAGE 43
1.07 SPARES 43
PART 2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 44
PART 3 INSTALLATION 59
ANNEXURE-A TECHNICAL DATA SHEET 63

RECORD OF REVISIONS

R0 20/10/2021 ISSUED FOR TENDERING JPP KGJ


PREPARED
REV DATE DESCRIPTION CHECKED BY
BY

Page 39 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

PART – 1 (GENERAL)

1.01 Scope of Work

1. This Specification describes the requirements governing engineering, design, manufacture,


inspection/testing at works, packing, delivery at site, erection, testing and commissioning of
LT panels along with all required components. The equipment shall be manufactured in
accordance with latest Indian/International Standards applicable to such equipment and
components and requirements detailed in this technical specification. The work shall be
executed according to most stringent of these requirements.

1. Irrespective of fact whether it is specifically mentioned or not, all the components shall be
deemed to have been included in the specification and shall be provided by the Bidder as
required for proper functioning of the offered equipment.

1.02 Codes & Standards

1. The switchgear assembly and components used in panels shall be fabricated, manufactured,
wired and tested in accordance with, but not limited to, this Specification and relevant
Indian/International Standards and Codes listed below.

B No. Title
IS: 8623-1993 Factory Built Assemblies of Switchgear and Control gear for
Voltage up to and Including 1000 V AC and 1200 V DC. Part 1
– General Requirements
IS: 4237-1982 General Requirements for Switchgear and Controlgear for
Voltages not exceeding 1000V
IS: 10118-1982 Code of Practice for Selection, Installation and Maintenance of
Switchgear and Controlgear, Part 1 – General, Part 2 –
Selection, Part 3 – Installation, Part 4 – Maintenance
IS: 13947-1993 Specification for Low Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear, Part
1 – General Rules, Part 2 – Circuit Breakers, Part 4 –
Contactors and Motor Starters, Sec 1 – Electromechanical
Contactors and Starters, Part 5 – Control Circuit Devices and
Switching Elements, Sec 1 – Electromechanical Control Circuit
Devices
IS: 5082-1998 Wrought Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Bars, Rods, Tubes,
Sections, Plates and Sheets for Electrical Applications
IS: 2705-1992 Current Transformers – Specification, Part 1 – General
Requirements, Part 2 – Measuring Current Transformers, Part
3 – Protective Current Transformers
IS: 4201-1983 Application Guide for Current Transformers
IS: 722-1996 AC Electricity Meters, Part 1 – General requirements
IS: 2147-1962 Degrees of Protection provided by Enclosures for Low Voltage
Switchgear and Controlgear
IS: 2959-1985 Contactors for Voltages not exceeding 1000V ac and 1200V dc
IS: 12021-1987 Control Transformer for Switchgear and Controlgear for
Voltages not Exceeding 1000 V ac

Page 40 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

IS: 12063-1987 Classification of Degrees of Protection provided by Enclosures


of Electrical Equipment
IS: 5578-1985 Marking and Arrangement for Switchgear Bus Bars, Main
Connection and Auxiliary Wiring
IS: 2419-1979 Dimensions for Panel Mounted Indicating and Recording
Electrical Instruments
IS: 3231-1986 Specification for Electrical Relays for Power System Protection
(All applicable parts)
1. In addition to above mentioned standards, the bidder shall follow the guidelines as specified
in,
1. National Electrical Code ( ISI Publication)
2. Fire Insurance Regulations
3. Tariff Advisory Committee Regulations
4. State Government Regulations

1. It is not intent to mention all the relevant standards applicable to the proposed work and
equipment. Any relevant Indian Standard, irrespective of the fact whether it is mentioned
herewith or not, shall be made applicable as per requirement of the work and equipment.

1. Compliance by the Bidder with the provisions of this specification shall not relieve the Bidder
of the responsibility of furnishing equipment and components of proper design, electrically
and mechanically suited to meet the operating requirements under the specified service
conditions and be suitable for the purpose of which they are intended.

1. A broad statement that “any equipment being supplied is generally in accordance with this
Specification or any part of it” shall not be acceptable. Any exceptions, deviations or
omissions from this Specification proposed by the Bidder shall be itemized from this
quotation and subject to approval by the Consultant/Client before commencement of
manufacture. In absence of specific deviation, it will be deemed to be considered as
acceptance to this specification.

1. The Bidder should seek clarification on any aspect of the Specification, where it is believed
that obscurity or ambiguity exists in the meaning or intent stated. Where a conflict occurs
between the Bidder’s manufacturing standard, this Specification and the Purchase
Order/Data Sheets, the following shall apply in order of preference:
Purchase Order / Data Sheets
This Specification
National Standard/International Standard
Manufacturer’s Standard

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1. The Bidder shall stand guarantee for the performance of entire equipment and components for
twelve (12) months from the date of commissioning or eighteen (18) months from the date of
dispatch, whichever is earlier, as agreed up on and as reproduced in the purchase order within
the tolerance specified or as permitted by the relevant standards for the equipment in his scope
of supply. The Client also reserves the right to use the rejected equipment or part

Page 41 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

thereof until the new equipment meeting the guaranteed performance is supplied by the
Bidder.

1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING

1. All routine tests conforming to relevant Indian/International Standards shall be carried out at
the manufacturer’s works at his expense on the complete unit. Shop tests shall be witnessed
by the Client or by the agency authorized by the Client. Prior notice of minimum 2 weeks
shall be given to the Client for witnessing the tests.

1. Following tests should be performed as acceptance test at manufacturing place,


1. General visual checks for overall dimensions of panel, components, painting, MCCB/
ACB operating mechanism, accessories, wiring, connection of terminals, etc.
2. Dry HV test applying power frequency reference voltage on complete unit at
test voltage specified in relevant IS.
3. HV test on control wiring in the switchgear panel at 2 kV.
4. Insulation resistance test before and after HV test for main equipment and
control circuit.
5. Point-to-point control and protection circuit continuity test.
6. Mechanical and electrical operational tests, testing for interlocks.
7. Primary injection testing for indicating meters and relays.
8. Routine testing of current transformers and voltage transformers.
9. Measurement of contact resistance with ACB in closed position.
Necessary proforma for each test shall be submitted to client/Consultants prior to tests
for approval.

1. In case the Client shall decide to waive off the inspection, the test reports showing results of
specified tests shall be submitted for review and approval prior to dispatch of materials. The
materials shall be dispatched only after getting written approval from the Client/the
Consultant.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

1. ALONGWITH OFFER

The bidder shall submit completely filled data sheet as per the given
format along with GA drawing indicating list of accessories.

Submit list of spare parts required for safe operation of equipment for
Two years.

Make of material selected for preparation of offer.

B DURING APPROVAL

Page 42 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

The supplier shall submit following:


1. GA drawings with shipping sections
2. Single line diagram
3. General construction specifications
4. Foundation layout
5. Bill of Material
6. ACB/MCCB model catalogue and release details
7. Busbar sizing calculations
8. Temperature rise calculations
9. Control & protection diagrams
10. Interlocking scheme
11. Control transformer sizing calculations
12. Quality Assurance Plan

1. HANDING OVER DOCUMENTS

The supplier shall submit following:


1. GA drawing
2. Single line diagram
3. Releases setting chart
4. Switchgear/metering devices operating manuals
5. Data sheet indicating results of tests
6. Test reports
7. Submission of test certificates for all the bought out components from the
sub-suppliers.

1.06 TRANSPORT, DELIVERY & STORAGE

1. The prices shall be F.O.R. site basis including packing & forwarding charges. The quoted
price must include all the costs for necessary mode of transportation up to the final location
of panel or site store. The panels shall be supplied with required storage arrangements
suitable for placing in open storage yard. All incidental expenses during transportation shall
be part of quoted prices including transit insurance. The charges for loading and
unloading of equipments at site should form part of offer.

1.07 SPARES

1. The bidder shall quote for minimum spares required for two years safe operation along with
the offer separately.

Page 43 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

2.0 PART – 2 (TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS)

2.01 SITE CONDITIONS


1. Location : BABARGHAT, TAPI, Gujarat
A
2 Site elevation : 549 Mtr above mean sea level
3 Ambient : Semi-Humid

2.02 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA

A 1 Maximum Temperature 45 deg C

2 Design Max. Ambient Temperature (Dry Bulb) 50 deg C

3 Minimum Temperature (Winter Dry Bulb) 08 deg C

4 Minimum Relative Humidity 40%

5 Maximum Relative Humidity at 30.5 deg C 95% (Design basis)

6 Normal Barometric Pressure 1008.2 mbar

7 Maximum Rainfall Average 150 mm/year

8 Design maximum wind velocity 100 km/hour

9 Earthquake Category (Seismic Zone) Zone III, IS 1893 (Part I):


2002

2.03 AREA CLASSIFICATION

1. ii.Non-hazardous safe as per Hazardous Area Classification IS 5572

2.04 INCOMING POWER SUPPLY AT PROJECT SITE

B 1 Voltage at Point of supply 11KV

2 Frequency 50 Hz

3 Permissible voltage variation ±10%

4 Permissible frequency variation ±3%

5 Permissible combined voltage & frequency ±6%


variation

6 Symmetrical Fault Level at Point of supply 500 MVA


(Design)

7 Neutral earthing at Point of Supply Grounded

Page 44 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

8 Control supply voltage 230 V AC

2.05 GENERAL

1. The assembled equipment and all its components shall be capable of withstanding without
permanent damage the thermal and dynamic stresses resulting from the specified system
conditions. The equipment electrical and thermal capability shall be sufficient to permit fault
current as specified to flow for 1 second without causing any permanent damage to the
equipment.

1. The offered equipment shall be fully type tested at the Government recognized Testing
Laboratory such as CPRI, ERDA, etc. The Type Test Certificates for testing conducted during
past 5 years shall be enclosed by the Bidder for the similar equipment. The particulars of the
equipment test parameters and duration must be clearly stated on the certificate.

2.06 ENCLOSURE

1. The panels shall be generally single front, fully compartmentalized, free-standing, flush
fronted, floor mounting with separate bus bar, switchgear and cable compartments.
(Minimum form 3b as per IEC)

B The enclosure shall be dust and vermin-proof with Degree of Protection IP:4X.

1. The switchgear shall be provided with integral channel base frame of ISMC 75/10 SWG or
ISMC 100/10 SWG depending on weight for each vertical panel, which shall be suitable for
bolting/welding to the Client’s embedded base frame. The sheet steel used for entire
switchgear shall be CRCA maintaining minimum thickness for various components as
specified in Technical Data Sheets.

1. Each vertical section shall be designed to house modular units containing the electrical
equipment. Each module shall be completely enclosed on all sides, self-sufficient with
operating/control device, meters, contactors, relays, door interlock mechanism, pad locking,
terminal block, etc. The modules shall be designed and constructed to afford maximum
protection against arcs occurring in adjacent units under fault conditions damaging other
circuits on the panel. Suitable partition shall be provided between panel compartments and
cable alley to prevent accidental touch of live parts in panel compartment from cable alley.

E Facility to padlock module doors when the switch in OFF position shall be provided.

1. The hinged doors on incomer and each equipped module shall be mechanically interlocked so
that the door cannot be opened when the module is in energized condition, nor the module
can be energized when the door is open. An interlock defeat mechanism shall be provided to
facilitate visual surveys on modules with structure mounted doors. With module doors open,
it must not be possible to accidentally touch, to the extent feasible, any live parts; terminals
of door mounted or permanently energized equipment shall be shrouded.

1. Outgoing feeder panel shall have a separate vertical cable alley. Width of cable alley shall be
sufficient to accommodate all cables and in no case it shall be less than 300 mm. A separate
door shall be provided for cable alley.

Page 45 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

1. All auxiliary devices for control and protection such as operating handles of switches,
indicating meters, relays, selector switches, push buttons etc. shall be mounted on front of
the respective module. These components shall be mounted between 300mm to 1800mm
height from the bottom to facilitate the plant operator’s function.

1. Spare units shall be provided, if specified, in accordance with the data given on Single Line
Diagrams.

1. The size of the Panels shall be designed in such a way that the internal space is sufficient for
hot air movement and the electrical component does not attain temperature more than 50 c..
If necessary, openings shall be provided for natural ventilation, but said openings shall be
screened with fine weld mesh. All the electrical component shall be derated for 50 c.

1. All components in the modules shall be completely accessible for checking, testing and
removal from the front and/or rear of the panel. All auxiliary equipment shall be mounted in
an easily accessible position.

1. It shall be possible to connect external wiring to each unit, without special safety precautions,
with main bus bars live and other units in service.

1. The Panel shall suitable for future extension on both ends. The bus bars shall be suitable for
future extension.

2.07 BUSBARS

1. Bus bars in the panel shall be high conductivity electrolytic aluminum bus bars (Grade E 91) of
appropriate size for main and vertical sections to meet short-circuit requirements as specified.
The Bidder shall submit the design calculations for determination of different bus bar sizes.

1. All bus bars shall be insulated with color-coded, heat-shrink sleeves of 1100 V grade with Red,
Yellow and Blue colors for phase bus bar identification and black color for neutral bus bar
identification.

1. Minimum clearance between live parts/phases, between live parts/neutral to earth shall be 25
mm.

1. The busbars shall be supported using SMC finger type supports at regular interval not more
than 600 mm.

E The earth bus shall be throughout the panel length as per the size and material specified.

1. All doors and movable parts shall be earthed using flexible copper connections to the fixed
frame of the panel. All non-current carrying metallic parts of the mounted equipment shall be
earthed. Inter panel earth bus connections shall be properly bonded for continuity.

2.08 CONTROL SUPPLY

1. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1-ph & N control supply to all the modules in panel as required, shall be
provided from 1 nos.x100% of 415/230V, 1-ph, 50Hz Control Transformer. Rating of the
control transformer shall be suitably decided by the Bidder. 230V, 1-ph & N control supply

Page 46 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

shall be distributed by running a separate control bus of copper throughout the panel. The
control transformer shall be suitably placed with proper ventilation arrangements.

2.09 WIRING & CABLE TERMINATION

1. Adequate space shall be maintained between cable terminals and bottom of incoming
modules to facilitate splicing of cores to terminate multiple lengths of cables and
accommodate the cables without any difficulty maintaining air passage between adjacent
cables for heat dissipation. The terminations should not experience undue stress. Necessary
supports shall be provided for large incomers and outgoing feeders

1. Power wiring in the modules shall be of PVC insulated solid copper wires with bimetallic clamps or
insulated copper strips with bimetallic washers, wherever required. Solid copper wires shall be
terminated using compression lugs of suitable type and size and hardware as required. Wiring
shall be identical in all modules of same rating, sized for maximum continuous current rating of
contactor and MCCB for motor and power feeder modules respectively.

1. Wiring inside the modules for power, control, protection and instruments etc. shall be done
with use of 660/1100 V grade, PVC insulated copper conductor cables conforming to IS: 694
and IS: 8130. Power wiring inside the starter module shall be rated for full current raring of
respective contactor, but not less than 4.0 sq.mm. cross-section area. For current
transformer circuits, 2.5 sq.mm. copper conductor wire shall be used. Other control wiring
shall be done with 1.5 sq.mm. copper conductor wires. Wires for connections to the door
shall be flexible. All conductors shall be crimped with solderless sockets at the ends before
connections are made to the terminals.

1. Each CT secondary terminal shall be wired to the test block and then connected in accordance
with wiring diagrams to the specific terminal block with disconnecting type CT shorting link
so that meter or other device connected with CT can be removed without disturbing CT or
power supply. Neutral point of each 3-phase set of CT shall be separately grounded through
the test block.

1. Particular care shall be taken to ensure that the layout of wiring is neat and orderly.
Identification ferrules shall be fitted to all the wire termination for ease of identification and
to facilitate checking and testing.

1. The outgoing terminals and neutral link shall be brought out to a cable alley suitably located
and accessible from the panel front. The current transformers for instruments metering shall
be mounted on the disconnecting type terminal blocks. No direct connection of incoming or
outgoing cables to internal components of the distribution board is permitted; only one
conductor may be connected in one terminal.

2.10 RATING PLATE AND LABELING

1. Stainless steel nameplate shall be provided with the following information :


1. Manufacturers Name,
2. Manufacturer’s type designation and Serial No. making it possible to get all relevant
information
3. Year of Manufacture

Page 47 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

1. Rated Voltage
2. Rated current
3. Short Circuit Rating
1. A vitreous enamel Danger Plate (415 volts) conforming to relevant IS to be fixed on front and
back of end panels with standard danger symbol and writing for voltage level in English,
Hindi and Gujarati Language.

1. Engraved metal labels with white letters in black background shall be provided for all
compartments. Incomers, all ACB feeders shall be provided with labels on backside of
compartments also.

2.11 PAINTING

1. The panel shall be applied painting after seven tank process and thorough cleaning of all
metal surfaces/structures inside and outside, degreasing, pickling and phosphatizing to
remove mil scale, rust, grease, dirt and then rinsing to remove any trace of acid. The under
surface shall be prepared by applying two coats of red oxide primer and shall be made free
from all imperfections before undertaking the finishing coat. Type of painting shall be as
follows.
1. Painting for outdoor equipment Epoxy based powder coated
2. Painting for indoor equipment Epoxy based powder coated
3. Cable tray Galvanized steel
4. Structural steel Epoxy painted

1.  After preparation of the surfaces, the panels shall be applied two coats of final paint. Colour
shade of final paint shall be as mentioned hereunder unless otherwise specified.
1.0 External surfaces Siemens grey shade, RAL 7032 as per IS:5
2.0 Internal surfaces Semi pebble white
1. All hardware such as screws, bolts, nuts and washers shall be cadmium plated or zinc
passivated.

2.12 ACB (AIR CIRUIT BREAKER)

1. Construction:
The ACBs shall have following features:
Motorized with 230 V A.C. motor.
230 V A.C closing and shunt trip coil
Draw out type with "service", "test", "isolated" and "maintenance" position.
Safety shutter of Fiber glass/polycarbonate sheet of 2mm thickness shall be
provided Mechanically trip free plus anti-pumping feature is to be provided.
Electrical trip free plus anti pumping shall be provided with relay ONLY and not by
contactors.
Electrical/Mechanical operation counter shall be provided.
Door interlock with defeat features to be provided.

Page 48 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

ACB shall be lockable in isolation position.

1. Release:(refer SLD for release details)


Microprocessor based release shall be direct acting type, tripping ACB mechanically.
Short circuit, overload and earth fault protection shall be provided.
The release shall be self powered type

C ACB Performance:
ACB performance inside panels at ambient 50 Degree.
Ics = 100% Icu
Icw = Icu for 1 second.

1. Metering, indication, operating switch, etc. associated with ACB shall be mounted on the same
panel front, but in a different compartment.

1. The following interlocks shall be provided on the circuit breaker:


1. It shall not be possible to withdraw the circuit breaker from the service position with the
contacts of the breaker closed.
2. It shall not be possible to close the circuit breaker unless any one of the three positions
is located, the service position, a definitely located test position, or isolated position.
3. It shall not be possible to open the compartment door when the circuit breaker is ON.
4. The circuit breaker can be padlocked in OFF position with door interlock defeat facility.
5. Castle key interlock shall be provided for normal incomers and DG incomers to prevent
parallel operation, if not specifically mentioned.
2.13 MCCB (MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER)

1. The moulded case circuit breaker (MCCB) shall be air break type and having quick make -
quick break with trip free operating mechanism. Housing of the MCCB shall be of heat
resistant and flame retardant insulating material. Rotary Operating handle of the MCCB shall
be in front and clearly indicate ON/OFF/TRIP positions.

1. The MCCB shall be provided with thermal / magnetic type bi-metal overload release and
electromagnetic short circuit protection device with adjustable time delay. All the releases
shall operate on common trip busbar so that in case of operation of any one of the releases
in any of the three phases, it will cut off all the three phases and thereby single phasing of
the system is avoided. It shall be ensured through the trip-free mechanism that the main
contacts cannot be held against a persistent fault.

C The MCCB wherever called for in the appended drawings shall provide an earth fault relay.

1. Draw out type MCCB shall be provided for the feeder indicated in the single line diagram. The
MCCB shall be provided with 230 V A.C motor for closing and tripping / switching off for the
feeders indicated in single line diagram.

1. The MCCB shall be ambient temperature compensated, which shall allow the breaker to carry
rated current between 25 deg C to 50 deg C with tripping characteristics that are

Page 49 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

approximately the same throughout this temperature range.

1. All MCCB rating > 250 A shall have micro processor based release and MCCB rating <= 250 A
shall have thermal magnetic based release.

2.14 MCB (MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKER)

1. MCB shall provide utmost safety, reliability, flexibility of operation, highly reliable and suitable
protection to the power and lighting circuits

B MCB shall be tropicalised to withstand extreme electrical, mechanical, climatic and


environmental conditions. Due consideration shall be given to the brand using maximum
recyclable components in the product. Housing shall be made of heat resistant insulating
material to provide long life.

1. The circuit breaker dollies shall be of the trip free pattern to prevent closing the breaker on a
faulty circuit.

1. The fault current of MCBs shall be less than or equal to 10 kA at 240 V and of tripping
characteristics B, C or D class as specified.

2.15 ELCB / EL+MCB / RCCB / RCBO

A The fault current breaker shall be less than or equal to 10 kA at 240 V.

1. The circuit breaker dollies shall be of the trip free pattern to prevent closing the breaker on a
faulty circuit.

1. ELCB/RCCB shall have earth leakage protection based on CBCT principle. EL+MCB/RCBO shall
have over current, over load and earth leakage protection based on CBCT principle.

1. Device shall be with IP 20 protection with reset and test button and with din-rail mounting
arrangement.

1. The breaker shall be of 2 Pole Configuration in 1-phase circuits and of 4 Pole configurations in
3-Phase circuits. General specifications shall be as under:
ITEM SPECIFICATIONS
Number of Poles 1P+N/3P+N
Rated voltage 240/415V
Rated current 6A/10A/16A/20A/25A/32A/40A/50A/63A
Rated Operating Current(mA) 30mA/100mA/300mA
Operating Time < 0.1 Sec
Tripping Curve C/D
1. Device shall be Electronic type
2. With midline cut-off functions
3. With double functional connection terminals
4. With contact state indicator
5. Different handle colors to indicate different rated current.

Page 50 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

vi. Rating shall be at site condition.

F Guideline to use ELCB sensitivity range is as follows:


AREA RATING
RESIDENTIAL 30 mA
OFFICE / COMMERCIAL 100 mA
INDUSTRIAL SHED 300 mA
2.16 CONTACTOR

A The contactors shall meet with the requirements of IS: 13947.

1. The contactors shall be double break non-gravity type, equipped with three main contacts and
minimum 2 NO + 2 NO auxiliary contacts, suitable for tropical conditions, providing reliable
performance in high ambient temperature and humidity conditions.

1. The rating selection for motor feeders shall perform Type-2 co-ordination as per IS:13947 for
selected make.

1. The power contactors shall be rated for AC-3 Class Utilization Category to comply with the
latest edition of the ratings and requirements specified by applicable Indian/International
Standards and shall have inherent under-voltage characteristic. They shall be anti-shock
type, designed for heavy duty, rated for at least 125% of the full load motor current, capable
of making and breaking full voltage starting current of squirrel cage motors.

1. The operating coil of the contactor shall be suitable for 110 V, 1-Ph & N AC supply and shall
work satisfactorily between 65% to 110% of the rated value and shall be provided with
insulation of minimum Class B or better.

F The contactor shall have alpha-numeric terminal marking to eliminate wiring door.

G Up to 32 Amp, the contactor shall be suitable for snap-fit, mounting on 35 mm DIN rail.

1. Visible mechanical indication for contactor ON and OFF position shall be provided so as to
enable inspection of its state.

I Main contacts shall be of silver plated copper.

1. The contactor shall be provided with in-built protection to coil against over-voltage and under-
voltage conditions.

2.17 BIMETALLIC RELAY

1. Bimetal relays, provided for protection of motors against overload, shall be positive acting,
ambient temperature compensated type with adjustable setting range.

1. Bimetal relays shall be provided with built-n-single phasing prevention feature, which shall
operate even with 50% rated current at the time of single phasing.

1. Bimetal relays shall be manually reset type with the reset push button brought out on the

Page 51 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

front of the panel. The reset push button shall be capable of being operated without opening
the compartment door.

1. Heavy-duty starters and for blower/fan drives shall be provided with saturable type current
transformer operated over load relays, which shall be suitable for motor starting time varying
form 15 seconds to 60 seconds.

2.18 AUXILIARY CONTACTOR


A The contactor shall be air break type, equipped with minimum 4 NO + 4 NO auxiliary contacts,
unless specified.
B The coil of the contactor shall be suitable for 110 V, 1-Ph & N AC supply and shall work
satisfactorily between 65% to 110% of the rated value.
C The contactors shall be suitable for snap-fit, mounting on 35 mm DIN rail.
D Generally, the aux. contactor shall be used for interlocking and multiplying contacts. Auxiliary
contacts shall be capable of carrying the maximum anticipated current. All contacts shall be
wired up to the terminal block.
1. Visible mechanical indication for contactor ON and OFF position shall be provided so as to enable
inspection of its state.
2.19 SOFT STARTER

1. Soft Starter shall be accommodated in the starter module with necessary electrical interlock
for automatic change over with by-pass contactor (inbuilt/external) at attainment of normal
speed by the motor. Barrier shall be provided between soft starter and assembly of other
normal module components.

1. Soft starter shall provide at least following modes of operations and controls within a single
controller.
- Current limit start - Full voltage start
- Full voltage start - Soft stop

1. It shall be feasible to program the current limit for 50% to 600% of full load current in the
starter.

1. The soft starter shall have following minimum in-built motor protection features.
1. Electronic motor overload protection - with I2T algorithm, suitable for Class 10, incl.
thermal memory, program of trip current feasible by entering motor full load current.
2. Stall protection - with time delay from 0 to 10 sec., protection to operate only after
timing out of motor start time entered into starter.
3. Under-voltage protection - with adjustable trip level as % of line voltage from 0 to
99% and programmable time delay to avoid nuisance trips.
4. Voltage unbalance protection - with unbalance trip programmable from 0 to 25% of
line voltage.
1. LCD display shall show 3-ph current, 3-ph voltage, power in kW, power factor, motor thermal
capacity usage, etc.

F Dedicated ventilation scheme shall be provided for soft starter compartment with
recommended side clearances.

Page 52 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

2.20 FUSE SWITCH UNIT

1. Incomer/outgoing feeder SDF shall be 3-pole, with neutral link, (suitable for 3-ph & N
system), load break, heavy duty type. SDF for motor feeder shall be 3-pole, load break,
motor duty, air break type. SDF shall be provided with quick-make, quick-break manual
operating mechanism. The operating handle shall be mounted in the front of door of the
compartment having the switch.

1. Utilization category of switches for distribution feeder and motor starter application shall be
AC-22 and AC-23 respectively.

1. Neutral shall be generally isolable type, unless specifically mentioned. D

There shall be positive isolation of fuses on opening of switch.

1. SDF shall have separate arcing and current carrying zones with phase barriers provided
between adjacent phases.

1. Provision shall be there for add-on contacts, if required at future

date. G Visible indication shall be provided for SDF ON and OFF position.

2.21 FUSE

1. All power and control fuses shall be non-deteriorating HRC cartridge link type only. Power fuses
shall be pressure fitted (knife edge)/bolted type and shall preferably have ribs on the contact
blades to ensure good line contact. For motor feeders, HRC fuses for motor duty (AC-
1. shall only be used.

1. It shall be possible to handle fuses during off load conditions with full voltage available on the
terminals. Wherever required, fuse pullers shall be provided. The fuse bases shall be so
located in the modules to permit use of fuse puller with ease to insert/ remove of fuse links
as and when required.

2.22 SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE


Surge Protection Device (TVSS) connected to the mains power supply should be able to
withstand 100 KA (10/350 sec) as per IEC 62305-1.

Protection at the main incomer of the power supply system has to be connected at the Main
Distribution Board after the incoming breaker.
SPD should be connected between Phase and Neutral and between Neutral and Earth with
the following ratings.
For 3 phase system, 3 Nos. of Line to Neutral SPD & 1 No. of Neutral to Earth SPD are to be
provided. For 1 phase system, 1 No. of Line to Neutral SPD & 1 No. of Neutral to Earth SPD
is provided.

 Class B/Class I (IEC 61643)


Parameters Specifications

Page 53 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

Line to Neutral Neutral to Earth


Type Encapsulated/Non- exhausting Spark Gap
Nominal Voltage, Un 230V, 50/60 Hz
Over Voltage withstanding 400V
capacity
Lightning Impulse Current 40KA(10/350 sec) 125 KA(10/350 sec)
Voltage Protection Level, Up < 2.5 KV
Response Time < 100 nano seconds
Operating temperature range -40 C to +85 C
Mounting on Din Rail
Degree of Protection IP20
Back-up Fuse / MPCB Up to 500 amps max. Depending up on panel design &
breaking capacity.
Class B+C/Class I+II (IEC 61643)

Specifications
Parameters
Line to Neutral Neutral to Earth

MOV with built in Spark Gap Encapsulated


Type
thermal fuse / Non-exhausting

Nominal Voltage, Un 230V, 50/60 Hz


Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage, > 320 Volt 255 Volt
Uc

Nominal Discharge Current In 30 KA(8/20 sec) 50 KA(8/20 sec)

Maximum Discharge Current Imax 50 KA (8/20 sec)

Lightning Impulse Current 7 KA(10/350 25 KA(10/350 sec)


sec)
Voltage Protection Level at 1 KA < 750 volts <1200 Volt

Response Time < 25 nano < 100 nano seconds


seconds

Operating temperature range -40 C to +80 C

Mounting on Din Rail

Degree of Protection IP20

Max. Back-up fuse / MPCB Up to 160 amps max. Depending up on


panel design & breaking capacity.

Surge Protection Device for single phase power supply (L-N) (N-E) at branch Panel

Page 54 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

Parameter Specification

L-N N-PE

Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage 385 V 255 V

Requirement class to EN 61643-11 Type 2 Type 1 + 2

Requirement class to IEC 61643 - 1 Class 1 Class 1 + 2

Lightning Protection Zone (LPZ) 1-2 0-2

Nominal Discharge surge current (8/20 µS) 20 kA NA

Maximum Discharge Surge Current In 40 kA 50 Ka

Voltage Protection Level < 1.7 kV < 1.2 kV

Response time < 25 ns < 25 ns

Temperature range -40 to +80 ̊C -40 to +80 ̊C

Protection rating IP20 IP20

Division Unit ( 17.5mm) 1 1

Connection cross section (Cable size) 2.5 – 25 mm² 2.5 – 25 mm²

Class C/Class II (according to IEC 61643)

Parameters Specifications

Line to Neutral Neutral to Earth

Type MOV with built in Spark Gap


Encapsulated / Non-
thermal fuse
exhausting

Nominal Voltage, Un 230V, 50/60 Hz


Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage, Uc > 320 Volt 255 Volt

Nominal Discharge Current In 20 KA(8/20 sec) 50 KA(8/20 sec)

Maximum Discharge Current I max 40 KA 50 KA (8/20 sec)


Voltage Protection Level at 1 KA < 1000 Volts <1200 Volts

Response Time < 25 nano seconds < 100 nano seconds

Page 55 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

Operating temperature range -40 C to +80 C

Mounting on Din Rail

Degree of Protection IP20

Back-up fuse / MPCB / MCB Up to 125 amps max. Depending up on


panel design & breaking capacity.

Connection diagram for SPD for 3 phase 4 wire

R
F1
Y
F2
B
F3
F4 F5 F6

PDS 1

PDS 3
SPD 2

N
SPD 4

PE

F1, F2, F3 - : Incoming ACB/MCCB/SFU


F4, F5, F6 -: Back up fuse / MPCB / MCB for Surge Arrester
R, Y, B and N -: RYB and N Bus bar or looping after the incomer
PE - : Earth Bus bar in the panel
SPD1, 2, 3 - : Surge Arrester to connect between Line and Neutral
SPD 4 - : SPD to connect between Neutral and Earth.

2.22 CURRENT TRANSFORMER

1. Each phase shall be provided with separate current transformer of accuracy Class I
(metering), Class 5P10 (protection) and suitable VA burden for operation of associated
metering and controls. Current transformer shall be in accordance with IS: 2705 - 1964 as
amended up to date.

Page 56 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

2.23 INDICATING AND RECORDING INSTRUMENTS/METERS

1. All indicating instruments and meters shall be capable of carrying continuously their full load
currents and full voltage across their pressure coils. They shall not be damaged by the
passage of fault currents or the existence of over pressure on the primary side of their
instrument transformers for the maximum permitted duration of fault conditions which may
occur during normal operation. All instruments and meters shall be back connected.

1. The AC ammeters, voltmeters, PF meter, frequency meter, etc. shall be digital and flush
mounted type. Ammeters and voltmeters shall preferably be with in-built selector switch to
observe 3-phase currents and voltages. The quantity of indicating meters shall be as
provided in the specification for respective equipment/Bill of materials.

1. Wherever specified, a multi-function meter (MFM) shall be provided. MFM shall be digital
suitable to measure various parameters of the system with unbalance load working at 415V,
TPN, 50 Hz supply. The MFM shall have RS-485/RS-232 serial ports and open Protocol and
suitable for 230V AC, 50 Hz auxiliary power supply and 5/1A CT secondary.

2.24 INDICATING LAMPS

1. Indicating lamps assembly shall be screw type with built in resistor having non fading color
lens. LED type lamps are required.

2.25 PUSH BUTTONS

1. The push button unit shall comprise of the contact element, a fixing holder, and a push
button actuator. The push button shall be momentary contact type. The contacts shall be of
silver alloy and rated at 10 Amps. continuous current rating. The actuator shall of standard
type and colour as per its usage for ON, OFF and TRIP.

2.26 SHOP DRAWINGS

1. The Bidder shall develop his own General Arrangement (GA), Schematic Control Wiring, Aux.
Wiring Drawings, etc. adding necessary auxiliary devices, accessories, component particulars
of the supplied equipment, bill of materials, etc., which are required for a safe, convenient,
efficient and proper operation of the equipment as per technical specification and shall
submit all the drawings for the Client’s approval.

1. The Client’s concurrence of the said drawings is an essential requirement before proceeding
with the any manufacturing activity. The Client’s review of the Bidder’s drawings shall not
relieve him from the responsibility for supplying equipment conforming with the relevant
specifications and standards or for any mistakes, errors or omissions in the
Bidder’s/Manufacturer’s drawings.

2.27 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT

1. The Bidder shall fill-up Technical Particulars and Other Technical Data without fail. In other
technical particulars, calculated technical data may be provided.

Page 57 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

1. In case the Bidder shall fail to furnish the data sheets and guaranteed technical particulars
and other technical data, the bid is liable for rejection without assigning any reason thereof.

2.28 ATTACHMENTS

1. 1. Data sheet
2. Feeder / release details

Page 58 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

PART – 3 (INSTALLATION)

3.01 SCOPE OF WORK

1. These specifications intended to cover assembly, installation and testing and


commissioning of LT panel complete in all respect with all equipment, fittings and
accessories for efficient and trouble-free operation. The material to be supplied by the
Contractor and work to be carried out by the Contractor shall be in general, but not
limited to, conforming to the specification laid down for each item.

3.02 MATERIALS REQUIRED

A quired hardware such as bolts, nuts, washers (round and spring type), anchor fasteners,
screws, etc. of sizes and type as required shall be conforming to relevant IS. All hardware
shall be hot-dip galvanized or zinc passivated/cadmium plated as per requirement of work
either mechanical fabrication or electrical jointing.
B ment Grouting material such as cement, metal, sand, bricks, etc., if required, shall be
supplied by the Contractor. The material shall be of approved make (Wherever applicable)
for which the Contractor shall consult Engineer-in-charge before procuring the material.
3.03 ERECTION PROCEDURE

1. The Manufacturer of panel shall depute qualified and experienced engineer (herein after
called “Engineer”) to work in tandem with the erection contractor and Engineer-in-charge
of the Client. He shall remain present at site throughout till satisfactory completion of total
work.

1. The contractor shall thoroughly inspect and check during the unpacking to ensure
inclusion of all items as per packing list. Any transport damage to parts, if observed, and
short supplied items shall be reported immediately to the Engineer-in-charge.

1. Before installation, the contractor shall ensure thorough cleaning of panels by blowing dry
air and manually using clean smooth cotton cloth. Use of any chemical affecting properties
of electrical insulation used shall be totally avoided.

1. The panels installed on finished surfaces of steel base frame to be kept ready duly
grouted by the Client. The panels shall be placed on base frame and aligned properly.
Then the panels shall be fixed either using tack welding or bolting with anchor bolts.

1. The contractor shall direct proper installation of loose supplied items like meters, relays,
etc. and their wiring on respective panels as per drawings. Smooth handling of delicate
items like instruments, relays, etc. shall be ensured. Removal of the blocking
materials/mechanisms inserted for safe transport of such components shall be only after
ensuring that the panels have been completely installed and no further movement would
be required.

1. It shall be ensured that the Air circuit breaker, operating mechanism and spring are in de-
energized/discharged condition. Movement of ACB trolley in panel shall be smooth without
any undue stops. Closing of module doors without any distortion shall be checked and

Page 59 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

ensured after installation and alignment of panels.

1. Range of overload relays / timers etc. shall be checked with requirement of motor actually
to be connected at site and if the same is undersized / oversized, it shall be brought to the
notice of the client / consultant, who shall arrange procurement of corrected components.
However, the contractor shall not charge anything extra for labour for such replacements.

3.04 TERMINATION OF LT CABLE (as defined in scope of work)

1. The Contractor shall ensure that LT cables are terminated using weatherproof type of
nickel-cadmium plated, single/double compression cable glands and tinned copper/copper
lugs of appropriate size of approved make.

3.05 TESTING

1. Before electrical panel is energized, the insulation resistance of each bus shall be
measured from phase to ground. Measurement shall be repeated with circuit breakers in
operating positions and contacts open.

1. Before switchgear is energized, the insulation resistance of all control circuits shall be
measured from line to ground.

1. The following tests shall be performed on all circuit breakers during erection.
1. Contact alignment and wipe shall be checked and adjustment where necessary in
accordance with the breaker manufacturer’s instructions.
2. Each circuit breaker shall be drawn out of its cubicles, closed manually and its
insulation resistance measured from phase to phase and phase to ground.
3. All adjustable direct acting trip devices shall be set using values given by the
consultant/ manufacturer.
4. The dielectric strength of insulating oil wherever applicable, shall be checked.
5. Before switchgear is energized, the following tests shall be performed one each
circuit breaker in its test position.
6. Close and trip the circuit breaker from its local control switch push button or
operating handle. Switchgear control bus may be energized to permit test
operation of circuit breaker with A.C. closing with prior permission of the client /
consultant.
7. Test tripping of the electrically operated circuit breaker by operating mechanical
trip device.
8. Test proper operation of circuit breakers latch, check carriage limit switch if
provided. Test proper operation of lockout device in the closing circuit. Wherever
provided by simulating conditions which would cause a lockout to occur.
9. Trip breaker either manually or by applying current or voltage to each of its
associated protective release.
10. Before switchgear is energized, the tests covered above shall be repeated with
each breaker in its normal operating position.

Page 60 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

1. Capacitor banks shall be tested as per manufacturer’s instructions. In addition,


test for output and/or capacitance, insulation resistance test and test for
efficiency of discharge device shall be carried out.
All electrical equipment alarms shall be tested for proper operation by causing alarms to
sound under simulated abnormal conditions.

1. Performa For PCC, MCC, DB, Control Panel Test


Name of PCC/MCC/DB/Panel
Manufacturer’s details
Tested By
Witnessed By
Main Busbar Details:
1. Configuration:
2. Busbar material & size:
3. Rated voltage:
4. Control voltage:
5. Rated current:
6. Dist. Between supports:
7. Rated frequency:
8. Dist. Between busbar:
9. Ventilation
For major sub-busbars, fill-in above information
separately.
Physical Examination:
1. Dimension
2. Weight
3. No. of sections with sizes
4. Base Channel
5. Protection class
6. Lifting hook
7. Feeder notations on front and rear doors
8. Cable Entry (Top/Bottom)
HV Test:
Test Voltage:
Applied
Across: Time:
Insulation resistance test (contacts open, breaker (Mega ohm)
racked in position):
between each phase of bus
between each phase and earth
DC and AC control and auxiliary circuits
between each phase of CT / PT and between CT &
PT circuit if any
Circuit breaker or contactor module designation:
Check for contact alignment and
wipe Check / test all releases / relays
Check mechanical interlocks
Check electrical interlocks
Closing - local & remote (wherever applicable)

Page 61 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

Tripping - local & remote (wherever applicable)


Opening time of breaker / contactor
Closing time of breaker / contactor
CT/PT checks
CT/PT ratio
CT secondary resistance
CT polarity check
Fabrications:
1. Material
2. Main Frame Thickness / Gauge
3. Door Thickness / Gauge
4. Gland plate
5. Painting Internal
6. Painting External
7. Door (Hinged/Screw type)
Earthing Busbar:
1. Size
2. Location
Control and Measurement:
1. Meters (Analog/digital)
2. Accuracy Class
3. Control Wiring Fuses
4. Control Transformer
Accessories and Spares:
5. Door opening keys
6. Operating handles of breaker
7. Drawing pocket with drawing
8. Tail/Dropper sizes
9. Connector Sizes
10. Test certificates of all bought out items

Page 62 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

Annexure - A
Technical Data Sheets for Low voltage Panel
[BIDDER TO SUBMIT SEPARATE DATASHEET FOR EACH LV PANEL]
Data to be filled up
Sr. Specification Design
Technical Data /Confirmed by Bidder
No. Requirement
1.0 Site Condition
1.1 Type Indoor
1.2 Mounting Floor, Indoor
1.3 Ambient Temperature 50° C.

2.0 OPERATIVE CONDITION


2.1 Voltage 415 V ± 10 %, 3 phase
2.2 System 3Ø,4WIRE
2.3 Frequency 50HZ,+3%/-6%.
2.4 Fault Current 35 kA for 1 sec
3.0 ENCLOSURE
3.1 top cover, bottom sheet, 2 mm
component mounting plates,
side covers
3.2 Front doors, rear doors, cable
alley doors , Cubicle partition 1.6 mm
covers
3.3 Gland plate 3 mm
3.4 Base frame ISMC 75 / 100
4.0 CONTROL SYSTEM
4.1 Voltage
For Indication 230 V A.C.
For Metering 230 V A.C.
For Protection 230 V A.C.
4.2 Control Supply Through 230 V A.C. only
Control Transformer
4.3 Control Wiring 2.5 MM² FRLS Cu. Wire
2.5 MM² FRLS cu. Wire for
CT ckt.
5.0 BUSBAR
5.1 Phase Bus bar
A. Material Aluminum Vendor to produce detail
B. Support SMC/DMC busbar sizing calculation for
C. Insulation Epoxy Moulded ( Resin ) each busbar.
D. Insulating Barriers Fiber Glass / Poly Carbonate
Of Minimum 1.5 Mm Thick
E. Max. Current Density 0.9 Amp. / mm²
Permissible
F. Permissible temp. rise over 40 deg. Cen
ambient
5.2 Neutral Bus bar 50% of phase bus

Page 63 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/02


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD REV NO: R0

Data to be filled up
Sr. Specification Design
Technical Data /Confirmed by Bidder
No. Requirement
Material Aluminium
5.3 Earth Bus bar Size as per SLD
Material GI
6.0 PAINTING
6.1 Type Of Paint Powder coated
Shade
6.2 Exterior RAL-7032
6.3 Interior Semi pebble white
6.4 Degree Of Protection IP 4x
6.5 Max. Temperature Rise Inside 35 ° C. above ambient
The Panel (°C.)
7.0 CABLE ENTRY Bottom
8.0 CONTROL TRANSFORMER Required
9.0 HARDWARE ( ZINC PLATED ) YES
10.0 SPACE HEATER 230 V A.C. With thermostat
control
11.0 POCKET FOR DRAWINGS AT Required
DOOR
12.0 Illumination and switched Required
power plug

Page 64 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI

DOCUMENT TITLE

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING


AND COMMISSIONING OF LIGHT FIXTURES AND FANS

DOCUMENT NO. SPECS-SITC/03

CONTENTS

SR. NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO


PART 1 GENERAL 66
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 66
1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS 66
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 67
1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING 68
1.05 SUBMITTALS 68
1.06 TRANSPORT, DELIVERY AND STORAGE 68
PART 2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 69
ANNEXURE-A TECHNICAL DATA SHEET 73
ANNEXURE-B TECHNICAL DATA SHEET 75

RECORD OF REVISIONS

R0 20/10/2021 ISSUED FOR TENDERING JPP KGJ


PREPARED
REV DATE DESCRIPTION CHECKED BY
BY

Page 65 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/03


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF LIGHT FIXTURE AND FANS REV NO: R0

PART – 1 (GENERAL)

1.01 Scope of Work

1. The scope of work shall cover the supply, assembling and testing of various types of
light fixtures as per specification and latest standards.

1. Irrespective of fact whether it is specifically mentioned or not, all the components shall
be deemed to have been included in the specification and shall be provided by the
Bidder as required for proper functioning of the offered equipment.

1.02 Codes & Standards

1. The components used in assembly shall be constructed, wired and tested in accordance
with, but not limited to, this Specification and the relevant Indian/International
Standards and Codes listed below.

B Sr. No. Title

IS: 3646 Code of practice for interior illumination

IS: 1913 General and Safety requirements for Electric lighting


fittings

IS: 374 (2002-03) Specification for electric ceiling type fans and regulators

IS 374 : 1979 Specification for Ceiling Type fans andregulators

IS 1534 (Part 1) Ballasts for tubular fluorescent lamps – performance


requirements– Part 1 For switch start circuits

IEC 61347-2- Lamp control gear Part 2-8 Particular requirements for
8/IS15885(part2/Section ballasts for fluorescent lamps
8)

IEC 62031 / IEC 62384 LED modules for general lighting - Safety specifications
DC or AC supplied electronic control gear for LED modules
- Performance requirements

IEC 60929 / IS13021 AC supplied electronic ballast for tubular fluorescent lamps
(Part1 and Part 2) – performance requirement

IS 14700 (Part 3/Sec Electromagnetic compatibility Part 3 Limits for harmonic


current emissions (equipment input current ≤ 16 A per
2)/IEC 61000-3-2
phase

IS6873(Part5) /CISPR Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbance


15 characteristics Part 5 Electrical lighting and similar
equipment

Page 66 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/03


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF LIGHT FIXTURE AND FANS REV NO: R0

LM 79 LED laminar photometry

LM 80 LEDlaminar Maintenance

1. In addition to above mentioned standards, the bidder shall follow the guidelines as
specified in,
1. National Electrical Code (ISI Publication)
2. Fire Insurance Regulations
3. Tariff Advisory Committee Regulations
4. State Government Regulations

1. It is not intent to mention all the relevant standards applicable to the proposed work and
equipment. Any relevant Indian Standard, irrespective of the fact whether it is mentioned
herewith or not, shall be made applicable as per requirement of the work and equipment.

1. Compliance by the Bidder with the provisions of this specification shall not relieve the
Bidder of the responsibility of furnishing equipment and components of proper design,
electrically and mechanically suited to meet the operating requirements under the
specified service conditions and be suitable for the purpose of which they are intended.

1. A broad statement that “any equipment being supplied is generally in accordance with
this Specification or any part of it” shall not be acceptable. Any exceptions, deviations or
omissions from this Specification proposed by the Bidder shall be itemized from this
quotation and subject to approval by the Consultant/Client before commencement of
manufacture. In absence of specific deviation, it will be deemed to be considered as
acceptance to this specification.

1. The Bidder should seek clarification on any aspect of the Specification, where it is
believed that obscurity or ambiguity exists in the meaning or intent stated. Where a
conflict occurs between the Bidder’s manufacturing standard, this Specification and the
Purchase Order/Data Sheets, the following shall apply in order of preference:
Purchase Order / Data Sheets
This Specification
National Standard/International Standard
Manufacturer’s Standard

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1. The Bidder shall stand guarantee for the performance of entire equipment and
components for twelve (12) months from the date of commissioning or eighteen (18)
months from the date of dispatch, whichever is earlier, as agreed up on and as
reproduced in the purchase order within the tolerance specified or as permitted by the
relevant standards for the equipment in his scope of supply. The Client also reserves the
right to use the rejected equipment or part thereof until the new equipment meeting the

Page 67 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/03


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF LIGHT FIXTURE AND FANS REV NO: R0

guaranteed performance is supplied by the Bidder.

1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING

A The bidder shall submit photometry of the fixture supplied.

1. The wattage consumption for each fixture shall be tested and confirmed against
requirements as agreed. Ballast losses shall be separated.

1. Each fixture shall be tested at 1500volts r.m.s. 50Hz for one minute and no flashover of
breakdown shall occur between current carrying parts and ground.

1. Insulation resistance of each fixture shall be tested at 500 V.D.C. and the insulation
resistances so measured shall not be less than 2 mega ohms between all current
carrying parts and ground.

1. Each fixture shall be examined visually to ensure that it is complete in all respects and
satisfactorily finished.

1. Type and routine test certificates shall be submitted for tests conducted as per relevant
IS/BS for the fixture and accessories.

G Establishing service value by necessary tests

1.05 SUBMITTALS

1. DURING APPROVAL

1. The bidder shall submit IES files of selected fixtures


2. Details of Material of construction
3. Ballast losses

1. HANDING OVER DOCUMENTS

The supplier shall submit following:


1. Test certificates from original manufacturer
2. Guarantee certificates

1.06 TRANSPORT, DELIVERY & STORAGE

1. The prices shall be F.O.R. site basis including packing & forwarding charges. The
quoted price must include all the costs for necessary mode of transportation up to the
site store. All incidental expenses during transportation shall be part of quoted prices
including transit insurance. The charges for loading of equipment’s at site should
form part of offer.

Page 68 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/03


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF LIGHT FIXTURE AND FANS REV NO: R0

2.0 PART – 2 (TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS)

2.01 SITE CONDITIONS


1. Location : BABARGHAT, TAPI, Gujarat
A
2 Site elevation : 549 Mtr above mean sea level
3 Ambient : Semi-Humid

2.02 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA

1 Maximum Temperature 45 deg C

2 Design Max. Ambient Temperature (Dry 50 deg C


Bulb)

3 Minimum Temperature (Winter Dry Bulb) 08 deg C

4 Minimum Relative Humidity 40%

5 Maximum Relative Humidity at 30.5°C 95% (Design basis)

6 Normal Barometric Pressure 1008.2 mbar

7 Maximum Rainfall Average 150 mm/year

8 Design maximum wind velocity 100 km/hour

9 Earthquake Category (Seismic Zone) Zone III, IS 1893 (Part I): 2002

2.03 AREA CLASSIFICATION

1. iii.Non-hazardous safe as per Hazardous Area Classification IS 5572

2.04 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA

1 Voltage at Point of supply 11KV

2 Frequency 50 Hz

3 Permissible voltage variation ±10%

4 Permissible frequency variation ±3%

5 Permissible combined voltage & frequency variation ±6%

6 Symmetrical Fault Level at Point of supply (Design) 500 MVA

7 Neutral earthing at Point of Supply Grounded

Page 69 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/03


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF LIGHT FIXTURE AND FANS REV NO: R0

8 Control supply voltage 230V AC

2.05 GENERAL

1. All fixtures shall be complete with ballast igniter, starter, capacitor, lamp accessories and
fixings necessary for installation whether so detailed under fixture description or not.

1. Fixture housing, frame or canopy shall provide a suitable cover for the fixture outlet box
or fixture opening.

1. Fixture shall be completely wired with FRLS wires and constructed to comply with the
regulations and standards for Electric Lighting Fixtures, unless otherwise specified.
Fixtures shall bear manufacturer’s name and the factory inspection label unless
otherwise approved.

1. Wiring within the fixture and for connection to the branch circuit wiring and shall not be
not less than 1.5 sq. mm. copper for 250 Volt application. Wire insulation shall suit the
temperature conditions inside the fixture and wires bypassing the choke shall be heat
protected with a heat resistant sleeve.

1. Metal used in lighting fixtures shall be not less than 22 SWG or heavier if so required to
comply with specifications or standards. Sheet steel reflectors shall have a thickness of
not less than 20 SWG. The metal parts of the fixtures shall be completely free from burrs
and tool marks. Solder shall not be used as mechanical fastening device on any parts of
the fixture.

F All Outdoor Light Fixture shall have Protection Class as specified in BOQ.

G Non-reflecting surfaces such as fixture frames and trim shall be Aluminum die cast.

1. Lighting fixtures shall be designed for minimum glare and for continuous operation under
specified atmospheric condition.

1. All fixtures shall be complete with accessories like power factor improvement capacitors,
low loss ballast, long range igniter maximum distance between igniter and fixture shall
be 30 mtr. etc.

1. Fluorescent fixture shall be of sheet steel casing with corrosion resistance finish. It shall
be provided with separate wiring channel with cover plate and an earth terminal. All
screw shall be chromium plated only. Lamp and starter holders shall be of tough
moulded plastic with spring loaded rotor type connector. Capacitors shall be low loss
paper impregnated hermetically sealed. Internal wiring shall be neatly clipped and where
by passing the ballast, a suitable heat resistance barrier or sleeve shall be provided.

1. Industrial low bay / medium bay / high bay fitting shall be of die cast Aluminum housing,
high purity Al. Reflector, acrylic cover and wire guard.

2.06 REFLECTOR

Page 70 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/03


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF LIGHT FIXTURE AND FANS REV NO: R0

1. Light reflecting surface shall be mirror finished having the reflection factor of not less
than 90%. All parts of reflector shall be completely covered by finish and free from
irregularities. It shall be capable of withstanding a 6 mm. radius bend without showing
sign of cracking, peeling or loosening from the base metal. Finish shall be capable of
withstanding 72hours’ exposure to ultra violet sun lamp placed 10 cm. from the surface
without discoloration, hardening or warping and retain the same reflection factor after
exposure. Test report shall be furnished for each lot of fixtures.

1. Lighting fixture reflectors shall generally be manufactured from aluminum sheet of not less
than 20 SWG. They shall be readily removable from the housing for cleaning and
maintenance without disturbing the lamps and without the use of tools. They shall be
security mounted to the housing by means of positive fastening devices of a captive type.

1. Polystyrene egg-box type louvers shall be provided whenever specified. Appropriate


captive type fixing devices shall be incorporated for securing these.

2.07 BALLAST

1. Lighting fixtures ballasts shall be designed manufactured and supplied in accordance


with the relevant standard IS 1534 (Part-1) and shall function satisfactorily under site
conditions. The ballasts shall have a long service life and low power loss as specified in
BOQ.

1. Ballasts shall be mounted using self-sticking, anti-vibration fixings and shall be easy to
remove without removing the fittings.

1. Ballast shall contain a thermosetting type compound not subject to softening or


liquefying under any operating conditions or upon ballast failure. The ballasts shall be of
the inductive and heavy duty type Filled with polyester or equivalent. They shall be free
from hum and protected from the atmospheres. Ballasts which produce a humming
sound shall be replaced free of cost by the supplier. MH / HPSV ballasts shall be
provided with suitable tapings.

1. Ballast to all types of fixtures shall have compliances (“Star Rated”) as per BEE (Bureau
of Energy Efficiency – BEE)

2.08 CAPACITOR

1. Lighting fixture capacitors shall have a constant value of capacitors and shall be
connected across the supply of individual lamp circuits.

1. Each capacitor shall be suitable for operation at 240 volts ± 5% single phase 50 Hz with
a suitable value of capacitance so as to correct the power factor of lists corresponding
lamp circuit to the extent of 0.98 lag.

1. The capacitors shall be hermetically sealed preferably in metal container to prevent


seepage of impregnating material and ingress of moisture.

2.09 LAMPS

Page 71 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/03


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF LIGHT FIXTURE AND FANS REV NO: R0

1. Lamps shall be supplied and installed in all lighting fixtures furnished under this contract. B

The lamps shall be of required star rating as per BEE S & L requirements, as specified.

1. Lamps shall be of wattage and type as given in the drawings and schedules. Where not
given, the details shall be ascertained from the client before procurement.

2.10 CEILING FAN

1. The performance requirements shall be in accordance with clause 8 of prevalent IS


374:1979.

B All ceiling fans shall comply with minimum Air Delivery of 210 cu m/min.

1. Capacitor type Regulator shall have minimum 3 steps apart from off position and
maximum position.

1. Electric Ceiling fan capacitor type with double ball bearing complete with capacitor,300
mm down rod, canopies shackles, three number blades made up of aluminum alloy,
suitable for single phase ,AC 210 V,50 Hz supply and conforming to class 1 of
IS:374/1979 with latest amendments

1. The down rod shall be capable to withstand a tensile load of 1000 kg without breakdown
and a torsion load of 500 kg.cm without breakage as per clause 10.14.1 of IS:374/1979
with amdt.1 to 6.

Page 72 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/03


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF LIGHT FIXTURE AND FANS REV NO: R0

Annexure - A
Technical Data Sheets for Light Fixture

[BIDDER TO SUBMIT SEPARATE SHEET FOR EACH FIXTURE]


Data to be filled up
Sr. Specification Design
No. Technical Data Requirement /Confirmed by
Bidder

1.0 Make

2.0 Cat. No.

3.0 Light fixture

3.1 Type of Lamp

Watt/no.

No. of Lamp/fixture

Lumens/Watts >= 110 lumens / watt

Lumens/no.

3.2 Ballast / Control Gear / Driver

Losses/no.

THD ≤8 %

Input Voltage Range 180Vrms to 270Vrms

Operating Voltage 240Vrms

Output Voltage

Output Voltage Ripple < 3%

Output Voltage Protection (SPD) Required

Current Waveform EN 61000-3-2

Withstand Voltage 440V for 2 hours

Temperature Rise @ 45ºC Tamp <= 30ºC

Hot Swapping Required


Watts including control
3.3 Overall consumption at 230 V, AC
gear/Driver

3.4 Overall dimension

Page 73 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/03


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF LIGHT FIXTURE AND FANS REV NO: R0

3.5 Reflector material (As applicable)


3.6 Louvre type & material (As
applicable)

3.7 Operating PF (Overall) >= 0.95

3.8 Housing material

Thickness

Painting

54 (Indoor)
IP
65 (Outdoor)

3.9 .ies file Required

3.10 Actual image file Required


Efficiency of the LED lamps at 85
3.11 Deg C junction temperatures > 85%
Life at junction temperature of 85
3.12 Deg C at rated current for 24 hour > 50000 hours
continuous operation

3.13 Details of Heat Sink

Material

Surface Area

5700k
Color Variation should be
3.14 Color temperature (nominal CCT)
5665 +/-365K (ANSI
binning)

3.15 View Angle > 120

3.16 Luminary maintenance LM 80

3.17 Color Rendering Index CRI >= 75

3.18 Fixture Efficiency ≥ 90%

3.19 EMC Compliance Required

Page 74 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/03


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF LIGHT FIXTURE AND FANS REV NO: R0

Annexure - B
Technical Data Sheets for Ceiling Fan

[BIDDER TO SUBMIT SEPARATE SHEET FOR EACH FAN]

Data to be filled up
Sr. Specification Design
Technical Data /Confirmed by
No. Requirement
Bidder
1.0 Make & Model
2.0 Fan size 1200 mm
3.0 No. of blades 3
4.0 Operating Voltage 230 V, 50 Hz
5.0 Power Consumption @230V
(Indicate IS tolerance, if any) To be specified
6.0 Ampere To be specified
7.0 Capacitor value To be specified
8.0 Fan Speed :
Minimum To be specified
Maximum
9.0 Compatibility with electronic
regulator Required
10.0 Air Delivery as per IS 374 To be specified
11.0 BEE star rating 5 star
12.0 Service Value (air delivery/Watt) To be specified
13.0 Blade Material & thickness 1.1 mm
14.0 Blade Angle 8-9 degree
15.0 Colour White
16.0 Type of paint Epoxy Powder coated
17.0 Ball bearing Double
18.0 Fan Balancing Required
19.0 Resistance type fan regulator Not required
20.0 Standard Fan rod length Required

Page 75 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI

DOCUMENT TITLE

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING


AND COMMISSIONING OF LT POWER AND CONTROL CABLE

DOCUMENT NO. SPECS-SITC/04

CONTENTS

SR. NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO


PART 1 GENERAL 77
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 77
1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS 77
1.03 QUALITYASSURANCE 78
1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING 78
1.05 SUBMITTALS 79
1.06 TRANSPORT, DELIVERY AND STORAGE 79
PART 2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 80
PART 3 INSTALLATION 84
ANNEXURE-A TECHNICAL DATA SHEET 91

RECORD OF REVISIONS

R0 20/10/2021 ISSUED FOR TENDERING JPP KGJ


PREPARED
REV DATE DESCRIPTION CHECKED BY
BY

Page 76 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

PART – 1 (GENERAL)

1.01 Scope of Work

1. This Specification describes the requirements governing engineering, design, manufacture,


inspection/ testing at works, packing, delivery at site, erection, testing and
commissioning of Low Tension Cables (LT cables). The item shall be manufactured in
accordance with latest Indian/IEC Standards applicable to such equipment and
components and requirements detailed in this technical specification. The work shall be
executed according to most stringent of these requirements.
1. Irrespective of fact whether it is specifically mentioned or not, all the components shall be
deemed to have been included in the specification and shall be provided by the Bidder as
required for proper functioning of the offered equipment.
1.02 Codes & Standards

1. The entire work under the scope relevant to the cable shall be executed conforming to the latest
revision of Indian Standards mentioned hereunder, or conforming to equivalent IEC or other
International Standards applicable to such equipment and components and
requirements detailed in this technical specification.
B No. Title
IS:7098-1988 (Part-1) Specification for Cross-linked Polyethylene Insulated PVC
Sheathed Cables - For Working Voltages up to and including
1100 Volts
IS:3975-1998 Specification for Mild Steel Wires, Strips and Tapes for
Armouring of Cables
IS:5831-1984 Specification for PVC Insulation and Sheath of Electric
Cables
IS:10810 Methods of Test for Cables – Acceptance and Routine Tests
(All applicable parts)
IS:8130-1984 Specification for Conductors for Insulated Electric Cables
and Flexible Cords
IS:10418-1972 Wooden Drums for Cables
IS: 3961 Recommended current ratings for cables
IEC Publication 287 Electric Cables calculation of current rating
1. In addition to above mentioned standards, the bidder shall follow the guidelines as
specified in,
1. National Electrical Code ( ISI Publication)
2. Fire Insurance Regulations
3. Tariff Advisory Committee Regulations
4. State Government Regulations
1. It is not intent to mention all the relevant standards applicable to the proposed work and
equipment. Any relevant Indian Standard, irrespective of the fact whether it is mentioned
herewith or not, shall be made applicable as per requirement of the work and equipment.
1. Compliance by the Bidder with the provisions of this specification shall not relieve the Bidder
of the responsibility of furnishing equipment and components of proper design,
electrically and mechanically suited to meet the operating requirements under the
specified service conditions and be suitable for the purpose of which they are intended.
1. A broad statement that “any equipment being supplied is generally in accordance with this

Page 77 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

Specification or any part of it” shall not be acceptable. Any exceptions, deviations or
omissions from this Specification proposed by the Bidder shall be itemized from this
quotation and subject to approval by the Consultant/Purchaser before commencement of
manufacture. In absence of specific deviation, it will be deemed to be considered as
acceptance to this specification.
1. The Bidder should seek clarification on any aspect of the Specification, where it is believed
that obscurity or ambiguity exists in the meaning or intent stated. Where a conflict
occurs between the Bidder’s manufacturing standard, this Specification and the Purchase
Order/Data Sheets, the following shall apply in order of preference:
Purchase Order / Data
Sheets This Specification
National Standard/International
Standard Manufacturer’s Standard

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1. The Bidder shall stand guarantee for the performance of entire equipment and components
for twelve (12) months from the date of commissioning or eighteen (18) months from
the date of dispatch, whichever is earlier, as agreed up on and as reproduced in the
purchase order within the tolerance specified or as permitted by the relevant standards
for the equipment in his scope of supply. The Purchaser also reserves the right to use
the rejected equipment or part thereof until the new equipment meeting the guaranteed
performance is supplied by the Bidder.

1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING

1. All routine tests conforming to relevant Indian/International Standards shall be carried out at
the manufacturer’s works at his expense on the complete unit. Shop tests shall be
witnessed by the Client or by the agency authorized by the Client. Prior notice of
minimum 2 weeks shall be given to the Client for witnessing the tests. The Test
Certificate, showing results of the tests specified below, shall be carried out on the drum
length, from which the cut length is offered, shall be submitted prior to dispatch of
material. Unless the Purchaser’s express written approval is received, the cut length shall
not be dispatched.
All routine tests conforming to relevant Indian/International Standards shall be carried
out at the manufacturer’s works at his expense on the cables with lengths of 500 mtr
and above.
In case of cable with less than 500 Mtr lengths, all routine tests conforming to relevant
Indian/International Standard must have been carried out on the offered LT cable at the
manufacturer’s works. The Test Certificate, showing results of the tests specified carried
out on the drum length, from which the cut length is offered, shall be submitted prior to
dispatch of material. Unless the Purchaser’s express written approval is received, the cut
length shall not be dispatched.
1. Following tests should be performed as acceptance test at manufacturing place,
1. General visual checks for overall dimensions of cables, workmanship
satisfaction, overall sheath finish, etc.
2. Dry HV test for 05 min. applying power frequency reference voltage on
complete length at the test voltage specified in Clause 19.7.2 of IS: 7098
(Part-II)-1985, between each phase to earth and between phases.

Page 78 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

1. Insulation resistance test before and after HV test for main equipment and
control circuit.
2. Conductor DC resistance test.
3. Partial discharge test.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

1. ALONGWITH OFFER
The bidder shall submit completely filled data sheet as per the given format.
1. DURING APPROVAL
The supplier shall submit following:
1. Technical datasheet
2. Type test certificates for given cable
3. Quality Assurance Plan
1.06 TRANSPORT, DELIVERY & STORAGE

1. The prices shall be F.O.R. site basis including packing & forwarding charges. The quoted
price must include all the costs for necessary mode of transportation up to site store.
The item shall be supplied with required storage arrangements suitable for open storage
yard. All incidental expenses during transportation shall be part of quoted prices
including transit insurance. The charges for loading and unloading of equipments
at site should form part of offer.

Page 79 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

2.0 PART – 2 (TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS)

2.01 SITE CONDITIONS

A 1. Location : BABARGHAT, TAPI, Gujarat


2 Site elevation : 549 Mtr above mean sea level
3 Ambient : Semi-Humid
2.02 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA

A
1 Maximum Temperature 45 deg C

2 Design Max. Ambient Temperature (Dry Bulb) 50 deg C

3 Minimum Temperature (Winter Dry Bulb) 08 deg C

4 Minimum Relative Humidity 40%

5 Maximum Relative Humidity at 30.5 deg C 95% (Design basis)

6 Normal Barometric Pressure 1008.2 mbar

7 Maximum Rainfall Average 150 mm/year

8 Design maximum wind velocity 100 km/hour

9 Earthquake Category (Seismic Zone) Zone III, IS 1893 (Part I):


2002

2.03 AREA CLASSIFICATION

1. Non-hazardous safe as per Hazardous Area Classification IS 5572

2.04 INCOMING POWER SUPPLY AT PROJECT SITE

B
1 Voltage at Point of supply 11KV

2 Frequency 50 Hz

3 Permissible voltage variation ±10%

4 Permissible frequency variation ±3%

5 Permissible combined voltage & frequency ±6%


variation

6 Symmetrical Fault Level at Point of supply 500 MVA


(Design)

Page 80 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

7 Neutral earthing at Point of Supply Grounded

8 Control supply voltage 230 v AC


2.05 GENERAL

1. The construction of cable and all the parts shall be suitable to suit ambient climatological and
installation conditions as described above.
1. All materials used in the manufacturing of cable shall be new, unused and of finest quality. All
materials shall comply with the applicable provision of test of specifications under
relevant Indian standards, IEC standards, Indian Electricity Rules and any other statutory
provision rules and regulations.
1. The PVC material used in the manufacture of cable shall be of reputed manufacturer. No
recycling of PVC is permissible. The Client reserves the right to ask for documentary
proof of the purchasing of various raw materials to be used for the manufacturing of the
cable and to check that the Manufacturer is complying with required quality standards.
The LT power cables and all its components shall be capable of withstanding without
permanent damage the thermal and dynamic stresses resulting from the specified
system conditions. Thermal capability shall be sufficient to allow fault current to flow for
3 second without causing any damage to the equipment.
The LT power cables shall be fully type tested at the Government recognized Testing
Laboratory such as CPRI, ERDA, etc. in accordance with the relevant standards. The
Type Test Certificates for testing conducted for the similar equipment during past 5
years shall be submitted by the Bidder. The particulars of the equipment test parameters
and duration must be clearly stated on the certificate or attachments.
The LT power cables and control cables shall be 1100 V Grade of high conductivity, 90
deg C rating, heavy duty, stranded, compacted, high ductility, aluminum/copper circular
shaped conductor with XLPE (cross-linked polyethylene) insulation provided over
conductor and XLPE insulation.
Type of conductor according to sizes of cables shall be as follows.

1. LT power cables
2 core / 3 core / 4 core up to 6 mm2 size stranded copper conductor
3 core / 3.5 core / 4 core of 10 mm2 and stranded aluminumconductor
above size
2. Control cables

All multi-core of 1.5 mm2 size Solid copper conductor


All multi-core of 2.5/4.0 mm2 size Stranded copper conductor

1. General Guideline for selection of cable:

Cross Section Area Type of Conductor


< 10 sq mm Cu Conductor
>= 10 sq mm Al Conductor

General Guideline for selection of cable core for three phase cables for non-motorized
duty:

Page 81 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

Cross Section Area Core of cable


<= 16 sq mm 4C
>=25 sq mm 3.5 C

2.06 Material of Construction

1. Conductor :
The cable conductor shall be stranded and compacted made of high conductivity, high
density Aluminum of grade H2 and class 2 for all sizes OR high conductivity, high
density, electrolytic grade, class 2, stranded Copper conductor as specified to form
compact circular shaped conductor having resistance within limits specified in IS:8130-
1984 along with latest amendment thereof.
1. Insulation :
XLPE insulation shall be suitable for specified highest system voltage. The manufacturing
process shall ensure that the insulation shall be free of voids. The insulation shall
withstand mechanical and thermal stress under steady state and transient operating
conditions. The insulation of the cable shall be conforming to IS:7098 (Part-I).
1. Fillers and Inner sheath :
The inner sheath shall be suitable to withstand the site conditions and specified
temperature. It shall be of adequate thickness, consistent quality and free from all
defects. The PVC sheath shall be extruded. The Cable shall have suitable PVC filler laid
up with insulation cores to provide subsequently circular cross section before the inner
sheath is applied. The filler shall be suitable for operating temperature of the cable. The
fillers and inner sheath shall be chosen to be compatible with the temperature ratings of
the cable and shall have no deleterious effect on any other component of the cable.
1. Armour :
A galvanized steel round wire or strip armouring shall be provided. The dimensions of
steel strips armouring shall be conforming to IS: 3975-1998 read along with latest
amendment thereof.
1. Outer sheath :
Outer sheath of extruded PVC type ST.2 conforming to IS: 5831-1984 shall be provided
over armouring with suitable additives to prevent attack by rodents and termites. The
outer sheath shall have flame retardant low smoke (FRLS) characteristics, which shall
meet the requirements of additional tests specified for that purpose in the relevant
Indian Standards.
1. Core identification :
The cores shall be identified by either coloured strips applied on the cores (Red, Blue,
Yellow for phase and Black for neutral) or by numbers.

2.07 Other Requirements

1. Length Tolerance :
The size of cable, for which the ordered length shall be 500 Mtr and above, the allowable
tolerance on individual drum length shall be ± 3%. And allowable tolerance on overall
length shall be ± 2%. These requirements shall not be applicable to the cables of
lengths less than a drum length.

Page 82 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

1. Identification mark :
Following details shall be embossed only on the outer sheath at suitable interval on
entire length of cables.
1. Name of manufacturer
2. Voltage grade
3. Year of manufacture
For identification of cores, coloured strip of red, yellow and blue colours shall be used to
identify phase conductors.

2.07 Packing and Forwarding

1. The cable shall be wound in wooden drum as per and packed in drums suitable for vertical
transport. The drum shall be suitable to withstand rough handling during transport and
outdoor storage and loading/unloading. The outer surface of the drum shall
be painted with white aluminum paint. Similarly, the inside surface of the drum shall
have the protective layer of varnish/paint to protect it from white ants.
1. The wooden drum shall be provided with steel bends and strips for better protection.
1. The ends of cable shall be sealed by means of non-hygroscopic sealing material to prevent
moisture ingress.
1. The Tenderer shall be responsible for any damage to the cable or drum during transit due to
improper and inadequate packing. Wherever necessary, proper arrangement for lifting,
such as lifting hooks, shall be provided.
1. Each drum shall bear on the outside flange, legibly and indelibly in the English language, a
distinguishing number, the manufacturer's name and particulars of the cable, i.e.
Voltage, length, conductor size, cable type, insulation type and gross weight shall also be
clearly visible. The direction for rolling shall be indicated by an arrow.
2.20 REJECTION OF CABLE
1. The client may reject any cable if during tests or service any of the following conditions arise:
1. The actual resistance of cable is +1% of approved value.
2. Length supplied is more than allowed tolerance of 3%.
3. Physical damage to outer sheath.
4. Actual diameter of cable more than approved tolerance.
2.21 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT
1. The Tenderer shall fill-up Technical Particulars and Other Technical Data without fail. In
other technical particulars, calculated technical data may be provided.
1. In case the Tenderer shall fail to furnish the data sheets and guaranteed technical particulars
and other technical data, the bid is liable for rejection without assigning any reason
thereof.

Page 83 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

PART – 3 (INSTALLATION)

3.01 SCOPE OF WORK

1. These specifications intended to cover installation and testing of HT/LT cable complete
in all respect with all equipment, fittings and accessories for trouble-free operation. The
material to be supplied by the Bidder and work to be carried out by the Bidder shall be
in general, but not limited to, conforming to the specification laid down for each item.

3.02 CODES & STANDARDS

A ing Indian Standards and Code of Practice shall be applicable.


i. IS-10810- Methods of test for cables
3.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1. Cables unloaded directly at working site shall be tested for insulation resistance between
R, Y, B to earth and between phases and also for conductor continuity prior to start any
activity.
1. Cable routes shall be designed by the Bidder. The cable layout drawings for outdoor area
and indoor areas and cable schedule shall be prepared and got approved. The route shall be
so that interference with existing structures, buildings, pipelines, etc. is avoided. All routes
shall be carefully decided so as to lay the most economical lengths of cables.

1. All cables routes shall be carefully measured and cables shall be cut to the required
lengths, leaving sufficient lengths on both ends for the final connection of the cable to
the terminals. The cable lengths cut from the cable drums shall be carefully selected to
prevent undue wastage of cables. Extra loop lengths shall be provided for cables,
wherever required/specified, in consultation with the Client.

D Cables shall be installed maintaining minimum cable bending radii as follows.


Cables of 1.1 kV grade 15 D for all power and control cables
Cables of 3.3 kV to 11 KV grade 15 D for single core
cables (D, overall diameter of cable) 20 D for multi-core cables

1. Extreme care shall be exercised while laying cables to avoid formation of twist, sharp
bend, etc. in order to avoid mechanical damage to cables. Wooden rollers or steel rollers
with rubber on rolling surface shall be used for pulling of large lengths of cables. No
dragging of cables on ground shall be permitted.

1. The cables, when taken out from the ground or trench for termination in respective
equipment, shall be taken through GI conduits of appropriate size, bending properly as
required, and terminated. The exposed conduit end shall be properly plugged using
round wooden pieces and sealing compound.

1. Where cables shall pass through walls, the Bidder shall be required to make opening in
the wall or ceiling at no extra cost. Location shall be determined by the Bidder and
approval from the Client shall be obtained prior to making hole.

Page 84 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

1. All cables shall be identified close to their both termination points by aluminum cable
tags by cable identification number as per cable schedule. In case the route length is
more than 10 Mtr, such marker shall be provided along entire length at 20 Mtr interval.
The marker shall be securely fastened to cable using 16 SWG GI wire. The tag shall
indicate cable tag no. and equipment tag no. as per the schedule.
1. Cable tags shall be provided on all cables at each end (just before entering the equipment
enclosure), on both sides of a wall or floor crossing, on each duct/conduit entry and at each
end & turning point in cable tray/trench runs. Cable tags shall be provided inside the
switchgear, motor control centers, control and relay panels etc., wherever required for cable
identification, where a number of cables enter together through a gland plate.

1. General spacing requirement between different types of cables shall be as follows.


1. Spacing between HT and LT cables shall be at least 300mm horizontal or vertical.
2. Spacing between instrument/Extra low voltage cables and LT power cables shall
be at least 300mm horizontal or vertical.

1. In case the outer sheath of a cable is damaged during handling/installation, the Bidder shall
repair it at his own cost to the satisfaction of the Employer. In case any other part of a cable
is damaged, the same shall be replaced by a healthy cable at no extra cost to the Client, i.e.
the Bidder shall not be paid for installation and removal of the damaged cable.

3.05 LAYING OF CABELS ON TRAYS

1. The power, control and instrument service cables shall be laid on the GI pre-fabricated
ladder type cable trays installed in horizontal or vertical formation as required.

1. Long lengths of cable to be laid on horizontal trays shall be pulled using wooden rollers
or steel rollers with rubber on rolling surface. No dragging of cables on the trays shall be
permitted to avoid damage. The cables shall be neatly laid on the trays without bends
and kinks.

1. The cables laid on the trays shall be clamped at every 600mm intervals in vertical runs
and 1000mm interval in horizontal runs. Clamps shall be fixed on both the sides of
bends. Clamps fabricated from 25x3mm GI flats shall be arranged by the Bidder as per
the size and number of cables to be clamped with the trays.

1. Cables for motors and other electrical equipments shall be dropped through GI tray of
suitable width depending upon number and size of power and control cables to be
routed. One end of GI tray shall be supported from the main tray and second end from
local support derived from the equipment/floor.

3.06 LAYING OF POWER, CONTROL, EARTHING CABLES IN GROUND

1. For laying cables underground, the excavation and back-filling of the trench, generally in
soft soil, shall be in the scope of the Bidder. The trench shall be excavated using manual
and mechanical methods as per field conditions.

1. Minimum depth of trench shall be around 1000 mm and width shall be 500-600 mm
depending on number of cable to be laid in parallel.

Page 85 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

1. Cables shall be so laid in trench that this will not interfere with other underground structure.
All water pipes, sewage lines or other structures which become exposed by excavation shall
be properly supported and protected from injury until the filling has been rammed solidly in
places under and around them. Any telephone or other cables coming in the way are to be
properly shielded / diverted as directed by the Employer / consultant.

1. Where paved footpaths are encountered, the pavement slabs shall be properly stored and
reinstated. Identification markers of other services shall be properly stored and restored.

1. The bottom of the excavated trench should be leveled flat and free from any object,
which would damage the cables. Any gradient encountered shall be gradual.

1. Following procedure shall be followed for laying of cables directly buried in ground.
1. Sand bedding of 100 mm shall be provided at bottom of trench.
2. Cable shall be laid on the sand bed. In case of multiple cables, the spacing between
adjacent cables shall be maintained as mentioned earlier.
3. Red bricks shall be installed on two sides of laid cables or in between adjacent
cables as required.
4. The testing of cables shall be carried out after this activity.
5. Once cable passes the testing, the sand shall be spread up to level of brick top, and
then horizontal brick shall be placed across two bricks already installed.
6. Final sand bedding of 100 mm shall be provided on the top brick.
7. Thereafter, the trench shall be filled and compacted with excavated soil up to the
finished ground level.
1. Cables shall be pulled into the excavated trench using rollers or wooden trough to
reduce friction. A series of rollers shall be used to guide the cables along the trench and
around the trench corners to avoid damage to top sheath. All care shall be taken to
avoid contact of cable with sharp object.

1. For cables directly buried in ground, the Bidder shall install round shaped galvanized cast
iron cable markers with appropriate marking over ground at all bends, loops, road
crossing points (if any) and at every 15 Mtr interval on straight runs. Cable markers shall
be properly grouted. The cable markers for HT and LT cables shall be separate and
installed accordingly. Location of underground cable joints shall be indicated with cable
marker with an additional inscription “Cable joints”.
1. Loops of about 5 Mtr shall be provided in between the route at the point shown by the
Client during the course of work.

1. Dry and clean riverbed sand, free of stones, sharp objects, waste, etc. shall be supplied in
required quantity by the Bidder. All left out sand shall be removed from site by the Bidder.

1. Bricks of good quality and strength shall be supplied by the Bidder in required quantity.
No pieces of brick shall be used for laying. All such wastage shall have to be considered
by the Bidder in the price and shall be removed from site by the Bidder on completion of
work.

L For all underground cables, route markers should be used :

Page 86 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

1. Separate route markers should be used for LT, HT and telephone cables.
2. Route markers should be grounded in ground with 1:2:4 cement concrete pedestal
size 230 x 230 x 300 mm..
3. Cable markers should be installed at an interval not exceeding 20 mar. along the
straight routes of cables at a distance of 0.5 Mtr. away from centre of cable with the
arrow marked on the cable markers plate indicating the location of cable. Cable
markers should also be used to identify change in direction of cable route and for
location of every joint in underground cable.

1. In case the cables shall be required to cross a road, drain, waste water channel or storm
water drain, they shall be routed through RCC Hume pipes/GI pipes of 100/150 mm
diameter. After passing of cable, the pipes shall be closed at both ends by sealing
compound. At the point of entrance to pipeline, adequate bed of sand shall be given so
that the cables do not slack and get damaged by pipe ends.

3.07 LAYING OF POWER AND CONTROL CABLES IN BUILT-UP TRENCHES

1. The cables shall be laid on the GI pre-fabricated trays to be installed in the built-up
trenches. The supports shall be fabricated from standard structural steel members.

1. Insert plates will be provided at an interval of 750 mm wherever cables are to be


supported without the use of cable trays, such as in trenches, while at all other places
these will be at an interval of 2000 mm.

1. In case of requirement of laying power, control and instrument cable the in same trench,
distance at least 300mm shall be vertically between two tiers to avoid electromagnetic
interference to instrument cables.

1. Such built-up trenches shall be covered by 6mm thick chequered plates, to be supplied
and fabricated by the Bidder.

1. Cable racks and supports shall be painted after installation with two coats of metal
primer (comprising of red oxide and zinc chromate in a synthetic medium) followed by
two finishing coats of aluminum paint. The red oxide and zinc chromate shall conform to
IS: 2074.

1. Power and control cables in the cable trench shall be laid in separate tiers. The order of laying of
various cables shall be as follows, for cables other than directly buried.
1. Power cables on bottom tiers.
2. Control instrumentation and other service cables in top tiers.

1. Cables for the motors and other electrical equipments shall be taken from trenches for
termination using GI pipe up to height as per terminal box position. GI pipes shall be
fixed on the trench wall and shall be sealed at both ends.

1. Power and control cables shall be securely fixed to the trays/supports with self locking
type nylon ties with de-interlocking facility at every 5 meter interval for horizontal run.
Vertical and inclined cable runs shall be secured with 25 mm wide and 2 mm thick
aluminum strip clamps at every 2m.

Page 87 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

3.08 LAYING OF CABLES ON WALLS AND STRUCTURES

1. Generally, PVC, copper cables (YWY type) used for the lighting circuits shall be laid on
the walls, ceilings and/or steel structures.

1. Cables, to be routed on walls and steel structures, shall be cleated with GI spacers and GI
saddles at every 300 mm interval. Size of saddles shall match overall diameter of cables.

1. Route shall be marked using suitable colour on walls or structures prior to fixing of
spacers so that cables run maintaining straight horizontal alignment all along the route.

D The spacer shall be tightly fixed on the walls using PVC wall plugs and GI hardware.

3.9 TERMINATION OF LT POWER AND CONTROL CABLES

1. All XLPE aluminum/copper, armoured power and control cables shall be terminated at
respective equipment by means of double compression type cable glands of proper size
conforming to specification provided elsewhere in this document.

1. All the cores of control cables shall be identified at both ends by their terminal numbers
by means of PVC ferrules suitable for the size of cable core. Wire numbers shall be as
per cable schedule. Spare cores shall be neatly bunched and provided with ferrules at
both ends for future use.

1. After taking cables inside the panels or equipment through glands, the individual core
shall be properly dressed and taken along cable ways (in panel/board) and shall be fixed
at correct place with self-locking type polythene straps. Nylon cords shall not be
permitted. Cable armour shall not be exposed after termination is complete. Control
cable cores shall also be neatly bunched in panel and fixed using self locking polythene
straps.
1. Drilling of holes in gland plates using appropriate hole making tool shall be the Bidder’s
responsibility. All unused cable entries on panels and equipment shall be plugged/sealed.

1. Cable lugs shall be either aluminum, tinned-copper or copper, hole or pin type, suitable
for crimping on cable cores. Crimping of lugs shall be carried out by hand crimping or
hydraulically operated crimping tool as per cable size.

1. Before crimping, insulation provided on cable cores shall be removed and conductor
surface shall be cleaned. Suitable conducting jelly shall be applied on conductor lead and
lug shall be inserted such that all strands of core shall be enclosed by lug. Not a single
strand shall be cut. Final crimping shall be carried out thereafter.

1. The cable glands shall conform to IS: 6121. They shall comprise of heavy duty brass
casting, machine finished and nickel plated, to avoid corrosion and oxidation. Rubber
components used in cable glands shall be neoprene and of tested quality. Cable glands
shall be of approved make.
1. On completion of termination work at particular area, equipment, part of panel, etc., all
bolts, nuts, hardware of terminal box shall be properly provided in its position and

Page 88 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

tightened.

3.10 PVC FERRULES, CABLE IDENTIFICATION TAGS, CLAMPS, TIES

1. PVC ferrules to be provided on individual core and cables at the termination for core
identification shall be of best quality self-locking type of size in accordance with the size
of core. The ferrules shall be supplied in alphabets and numerical types.
1. The Cable shall be identified by providing identification tags made of non-corrosive material
with writing in indelible ink or made of aluminum plate with punched marking. The tags shall
be provided at both ends of cables and at every 25 Mtr length along route.

1. The cables laid on tray shall be clamped as follows. Nylon cords shall not be
allowed. In case of large nos. of cable laid on trays – GI clamps of suitable size.
Cables laid on walls, structures – GI saddles and cleats of suitable
size. Cables taken in switchgear panels – Self locking PVC cable ties.

3.11 TESTING

1. Before energizing, the insulation resistance of every circuit shall be measured from
phase to ground.

1. Where splices or terminations are required in circuits rated above 650 volts, measure
insulation resistance of each length of cable before splicing and/or terminating. Repeat
measurements after splices and/or terminations are complete.

C DC high voltage test shall be made after installation of all cables of 1100V grade.

1. For record purpose test data shall include the measured values of leakage current versus
time.

1. The test voltage and duration for HT cables shall be as per relevant Codes and
Standards of Bureau of Indian Standards. Application of stresses due to imposition of
high voltage uncalled for shall be avoided as far as possible.

3.13 PRECOMMISSIONING CHECKS

1. Check whether cable is laid and dressed properly, proper identification tag is provided,
and proper glanding and termination work is done. Check cables laid underground for
proper sand bedding, brick cover, etc.

1. Check the insulation resistance between phases and phase to earth using 1000V hand
operated megger keeping cable disconnected at both ends. Measure insulation
resistance of directly buried cables twice, i.e. before cable trenches are backfilled as well
as after trenches are backfilled.

1. Record voltage and current in the commissioning report for record when the cable is
energized along with respective equipment.

1. Discharge the cables properly using appropriate earthing rod immediately after HV and

Page 89 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

insulation resistance testing to avoid static electricity shock (This is must for HT cables).
Sr. Description of Check Point Type of Check
E 1 Provision of cable identification tags at both ends and Visual
in-between as specified
2 Earthing of cable screen and armouring using copper Visual and megger
braid from termination
3 Workmanship of end terminations
4 Laying without undue bends, kinks, bending radius Visual and
measurement
5 For cables laid on trays/built-up trenches , Visual
1. Clamping on trays
2. Fixing of trays in alignment
6 Proper bending radius maintained Visual
7 Proper provision of cable gland Visual
8 Clearance between trays for HT & LT cables, trays for Visual and
electrical & inst. Cables measurement
9 Tightening of cable terminations on both sides Visual
10 Ferruling at both ends for control & instrument cables Visual
11 Measurement of IR values at various stages Megger
1. After laying underground or on tray
2. Before termination at both ends

Page 90 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

Annexure - A
Technical Data Sheets for LT Cable
[BIDDER TO SUBMIT SEPARATE SHEET FOR EACH CABLE]
Data/Confirmation
Sr. No. Particulars Description
by Bidder
1.0 ENVIRONMENT DETAILS
1.1 Ambient Temp In Degree Celsius 50 Degree Celsius
1.2 Ground Temp In Degree Celsius 35 Degree Celsius
1.3 Relative Humidity 90 % At 35 Degree
Celsius
1.4 Altitude < 1000 Meter Above MSL
1.5 Atmosphere Non Corrosive, Humid
and Dusty
2.0 SYSTEM DETAILS
2.1 System Voltage 1.1KV + / - 10%
2.2 System Frequency 50 Hz., +3% / -6%
2.3 Grounding Solidly Earthed
2.4 Fault Level As per SLD/Cable
Schedule
3.0 CABLE
3.1 No. of Cores 3/3.5/4 (Three)
3.2 CABLE CONDUCTOR
3.1.1 Size Of Conductor As per BOM
3.1.2 Material High Purity Aluminum
3.1.3 Construction Stranded
3.1.4 Shape Compacted Circular
3.3 CONDUCTOR INSULATION
3.3.1 Material High Purity Void And
Moisture Free Cross
Linked Polyethylene
(XLPE)
3.3.2 Thickness > = 5.5mm
3.5 CORE IDENTIFICATION TAPE Yes Required
3.6 CORE LAYING Right Hand Direction
3.7 INNER SHEATH / COVER PVC type ST-2, Extruded
3.8 ARMOURING
3.8.1 Material Flat Steel GI Strip
3.8.2 No Of Strip 4
3.8.3 Size Of Strip 0.8 mm
3.9 OUTER SHEATH
3.9.1 Material PVC type ST-2
3.9.3 Thickness > = 1.4 Mm
3.9.4 Colour Black

Page 91 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

Data/Confirmation
Sr. No. Particulars Description
by Bidder
3.10 MARKING ON OUTER SHEATH YES
3.10.1 Voltage Grade Yes
3.10.2 No. of Cores/Size of Conductor / Yes
Material of Conductor
3.10.3 Type Of Insulation Yes
3.10.4 Details About Armour Yes
3.10.5 Details Of Standards Yes
3.10.6 Year Of Manufacturer Yes
3.10.7 Any Other Details Yes
4.0 TESTING
4.1 Type Test As Per IS Certificate To Be Provided
for each drum
4.2 Routine Test As Per IS Yes To Be Witnessed By
Client
4.3 Acceptance Test Yes To Be Witnessed By
Client
5.0 CABLE DRUM Non Returnable
5.1 Material Wooden / Steel
5.2 Marking On Cable Drum As Per Specification
6.0 CABLE PARAMETERS
Cable Constants
6.1 AC resistance per core at
operating temperature and 50 Hz
frequency (Ohm/kM)
6.2 Reactance per core at 50 Hz
frequency (Ohm/kM)
6.3 Capacitance per
core(Microfarad/kM)
6.4 DC resistance per core at 200C
(Ohm/kM)
6.5 Armour resistance (Ohm/kM)
6.6 Overall Diameter (mm)
6.7 Weight of Cable (KG/Mtr.)
Current Carrying Capacity
6.7 In Ground
6.8 In Air

Page 92 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI

DOCUMENT TITLE

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING AND


COMMISSIONING OF INTERNAL WIRINGSYSTEM

DOCUMENT NO. SPECS-SITC/05

CONTENTS

SR. NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO


PART 1 GENERAL 94
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 94
1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS 94
1.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING 95
PART 2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 97
PART 3 INSTALLATION 102
ANNEXURE-A TECHNICAL DATASHEET FOR CONDUIT 105
ANNEXURE-B TECHNICAL DATASHEET FOR WIRE 106

RECORD OF REVISIONS

R0 20/10/2021 ISSUED FOR TENDERING JPP KGJ


PREPARED
REV DATE DESCRIPTION CHECKED BY
BY

Page 93 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

PART – 1 (GENERAL)

1.01 Scope of Work

A This specification covers definition of point wiring, system of wiring, supply, installation,
connection, testing and commissioning of point wiring for light points, ceiling fan points,
exhaust fan points, convenience socket points, power socket outlet points, bell outlet
points, etc. including fixing of light fixtures, ceiling fan, exhaust fan, wall fan, bell etc.

1. Irrespective of fact whether it is specifically mentioned or not, all the components shall
be deemed to have been included in the specification and shall be provided by the
Bidder as required for proper functioning of the offered equipment.

1.02 Codes & Standards

1. The entire work under the scope relevant to the transformers shall be executed
conforming to the latest revision of Indian Standards mentioned hereunder, or
conforming to equivalent IEC or other International Standards applicable to such
equipment and components and requirements detailed in this technical specification.

B No. Title
IS: 732 Code of practice for electrical wiring installation (System
voltage not exceeding 650 V)
IS: 1646 Code of practice for fire safety of buildings (General)
Electrical installation.
IS: 9537 (Part - 2) Rigid steel conduits for electrical wiring.
IS: 2667 Fittings for rigid steel conduits for electrical wiring.
IS: 3480 Flexible steel conduits for Electrical wiring.
IS: 3837 Accessories for rigid steel conduit for electrical wiring.
IS: 694 PVC insulated cables.
IS: 9537 (Part - 3) Rigid non-metallic conduits for electrical wiring.
IS: 6946 Flexible (Pliable) non-metallic conduits for electrical
installation.
IS: 1293 3 pin plugs and sockets.
IS: 8130 Specifications of conduits for electrical installation.
IS: 3854 Switches for domestic purpose.
IS: 3419 Fittings for rigid non-metallic conduits.
IS: 4648 Guide for electrical layout in residential buildings Indian
electricity act and rules.
1. In addition to above mentioned standards, the bidder shall follow the guidelines as
specified in,
1. National Electrical Code ( ISI Publication)
2. Fire Insurance Regulations
3. Tariff Advisory Committee Regulations
4. State Government Regulations
5. Indian electricity Act, 2003

Page 94 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

1. It is not intent to mention all the relevant standards applicable to the proposed work and
equipment. Any relevant Indian Standard, irrespective of the fact whether it is mentioned
herewith or not, shall be made applicable as per requirement of the work and equipment.

1. Compliance by the Bidder with the provisions of this specification shall not relieve the
Bidder of the responsibility of furnishing equipment and components of proper design,
electrically and mechanically suited to meet the operating requirements under the
specified service conditions and be suitable for the purpose of which they are intended.

1. A broad statement that “any equipment being supplied is generally in accordance with
this Specification or any part of it” shall not be acceptable. Any exceptions, deviations or
omissions from this Specification proposed by the Bidder shall be itemized from this
quotation and subject to approval by the Consultant/Client before commencement of
manufacture. In absence of specific deviation, it will be deemed to be considered as
acceptance to this specification.

1. The Bidder should seek clarification on any aspect of the Specification, where it is
believed that obscurity or ambiguity exists in the meaning or intent stated. Where a
conflict occurs between the Bidder’s manufacturing standard, this Specification and the
Purchase Order/Data Sheets, the following shall apply in order of preference:
Purchase Order
This Specification
Drawings
Bill of quantity
National Standard/International Standard
Manufacturer’s Standard

1.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING

INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST

1. The insulation resistance shall be measured by applying 500 volt megger with all fuses
in places, circuit breaker and all switches closed

1. The insulation resistance in megohms of an installation, measured shall not be less


than 50 megohms divided by the number of points on the circuit

1. The insulation resistance shall be measured between


1. EARTH TO PHASE
2. EARTH TO NEUTRAL
3. PHASE TO NEURAL
4. PHASE TO PHASE

EARTH CONTINUITY PATH

Page 95 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

1. The earth continuity conductors shall be tested for electrical continuity and the electrical
resistance of the same along with the earthing lead but excluding any added resistance
or earth leakage circuit-breaker, measured from the connection, with the earth electrode
to any point in the earth continuity conductor in the completed installation and shall not
exceed one ohm

1. All the above tests shall be carried out in presence of client and the results shall be
recorded in prescribed forms. Any default during the testing shall be immediately
rectified and that section of the installation shall be re tested. The completed test result
form shall be submitted to the client for approval

Page 96 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

2.0 PART – 2 (TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS)

2.01 AREA CLASSIFICATION

1. Non-hazardous safe as per Hazardous Area Classification IS 5572

2.02 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA

1 Maximum Temperature 45 deg C

2 Design Max. Ambient Temperature (Dry Bulb) 50 deg C

3 Minimum Temperature (Winter Dry Bulb) 08 deg C

4 Minimum Relative Humidity 40%

5 Maximum Relative Humidity at 30.5 deg C 95% (Design basis)

6 Normal Barometric Pressure 1008.2 mbar

7 Maximum Rainfall Average 150 mm/year

8 Design maximum wind velocity 100 km/hour

9 Earthquake Category (Seismic Zone) Zone III, IS 1893 (Part I):


2002

2.03 GENERAL

1. Prior to laying of conduits, the contractor shall submit for approval, the shop drawing
for conduit layout indicating the route of the conduits, number and size of the conduits,
location of junction/inspection/pull/outlet boxes, size and location of switch boxes,
number and size of wires pulled through each conduit and all other necessary relevant
details. Only after the drawings are approved, the contractor shall proceed with the
work of laying of conduits.

2.04 POINT WIRING

1. A point shall consist of the branch wiring from the distribution board together with a
switch as required, including the ceiling rose or pendant holder or swan holder, or ceiling
fan box or socket or suitable termination. A point shall include, in addition, the earth
continuity conductor/wire from the distribution board to the earth pin/stud of the
outlet/switch box and to the outlet points

1. Supply, installation, fixing of conduits with necessary accessories,


junction/pull/inspection/switch boxes and outlet boxes

C Supplying and drawing of wires of required size including earth continuity wire

1. Supply, installation and connection of flush type switches, sockets, cover plates, switch

Page 97 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

plates, and fixing fan regulator etc

1. The point shall be complete with the branch wiring from the distribution board to the
outlet point, through switch board, conduit with accessories, junction, pull, inspection
boxes, control switch, socket, outlet boxes, ceiling roses, button/swan holder,
connector etc

2.05 INCOMING POWER SUPPLY AT PROJECT SITE

1 Voltage at Point of supply 11KV

2 Frequency 50 Hz

3 Permissible voltage variation ±10%

4 Permissible frequency variation ±3%

5 Permissible combined voltage & frequency ±6%


variation

6 Symmetrical Fault Level at Point of supply 500 MVA


(Design)

7 Neutral earthing at Point of Supply Grounded

8 Control supply voltage 230 v AC

2.06 POINT RATE

1. The rate per point shall include supply, installation, connection, testing and
commissioning of point as described under “point wiring”. The measurements
of the points will be enumerated

2.07 SYSTEM OF WIRING

1. Unlessfollows:otherwise mentioned on the drawings, the system of point wiring shall


be as The system of wiring shall consist of single core, FRLS insulated, 650/1100 volt
grade, copper conductor wires/cables laid through exposed (surface mounted) PVC
conduits as directed & wherever required, conduits shall be concealed in walls and slabs.

2.08 MATERIAL

1. PVC Conduit
All non-metallic PVC conduits shall conform to IS: 9537 ( Part - 3 ). The conduit shall be
planed and of type as specified in IS: 9537 and shall be used with the corresponding
accessories (Refer IS: 3419 specification for fittings for rigid non metallic conduits). PVC
conduits shall be rigid unplasticised, heavy gauge having 2.0 mm. wall thickness up to 20
mm. diameter conduit and 2.5 mm. wall thickness for all sizes above 20 mm. diameter

Page 98 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

1. M.S. Conduit
Conduits shall conform to IS: 9537 (Part - 2), finished with galvanized surface. No steel
conduit less than 25 mm. in diameter shall be used. Conduits shall be solid drawn of lap
welded type, with minimum wall thickness for conduits having 25 mm. and above
diameter. The conduits shall be delivered to the site of construction in original bundles
and each length of conduit shall bear the label of manufacturers. The conduit
accessories such bends, coupling etc. shall be conforming to the relevant Indian
Standard specification

1. Boxes
1. All the boxes for switches, sockets and other receptacles, junction boxes, pull boxes
and outlet boxes shall be fabricated from 2.0 mm. thick mild sheet painted with
two coats of red-oxide and then two coats of enamel paints as called for. Colour of
the paints shall be as approved by the client. The boxes shall have smooth external
and internal finished surface
2. Boxes in contact with earth or exposed to the weather shall be of 2 mm. mild steel
and hot dip galvanized after fabrication
3. Separate screwed earth terminal shall be provided in the box for earthing purpose
4. All boxes shall have adequate no. of knock out holes of required diameter for conduit
entry
5. Switch boxes to receive switches, socket outlets, power outlets, telephone outlets, fan
regulators, etc. shall be fabricated to the approved shape and size to accommodate
all the devices without overcrowding.
6. Outlet boxes to receive ceiling fan shall be fitted with adequately sized rod
7. Hook to fix ceiling fan. The boxes shall be of minimum depth of 65 mm.
8. Boxes installed for concealed wiring shall be provided with suitable extension rings or
plaster covers as required. Boxes for use in masonry block or tiled walls shall be
square cornered tile type, or standard boxes having square cornered tile type
covers. These boxes shall be installed in the center of the masonry block or tiles
9. Cast metal boxes installed in wet locations and boxes installed flush with the outside
of exterior surface shall be gasketed

1. Cover Plate
The cover of the boxes to receive outlet points shall be of best anodized sheet cut

to shape and size or plate of approved manufacturers of switches

1. Cables
1. The cables shall conform to IS: 694. For all internal wiring FRLS insulated cables of
650/1100 volts grade, single core shall be used
2. The conductors shall be plain annealed copper conductors complying with IS: 1554
3. The conductors shall be circular copper conductor

Page 99 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

1. The insulation shall be FRLS compound complying with the requirements of IS:
694. It shall be applied by an extrusion process and shall form a compact
homogenous body.
2. The thickness of FRLS insulation shall be as set out in the relevant standards
3. The cores of all cables shall be identified by colours in accordance with the
following sequence.
Single phase Red
Three phase Red, Yellow, Blue
Neutral Black
Earth Green or Green/Yellow
1. Means of identifying the manufacturer shall be provided throughout the length of
cable
8. Unless otherwise specified in the drawings the size of the cables used for internal
wiring shall be as follows:
1. The earth continuity conductor shall be similar to circuit cables and shall be drawn
through conduit along with other circuit cables. The size of the earth continuity
conductor shall be as follows:
Nominal cross-section area of largest Nominal cross-sectional area of earth
associated copper circuit conductor in continuity conductor in sq.mm.
sq.mm.
1.5 sq mm 1.0 sq mm
2.5 sq mm 1.5 sq mm
4.0 sq mm 2.5 sq mm
6.0 sq mm 4.0 sq mm
Separate circuit shall run for each water heater, kitchen equipment, window
air conditioner, and similar outlets at location as shown on drawing
1. Switches
1. Switches shall conform to IS: 3854, IS: 1293 and IS: 4615. The switches shall be
single pole, single or two way as shown on the drawings or as specified. They shall
be of Modular type rated for 250 volt, and of full 5/15 A capacity. They shall be
provided with insulated dollies and covers
2. The switches shall be rocker operated with a quiet operating mechanism with
bounce free snap action mechanism enclosed in an arc resistant chamber.
3. The switches shall have pure silver and silver cadmium contacts.
4. The switches shall be flush modular type.
5. The make of the switches shall be as indicated in the drawings or BOQ or make of
material or as suggested and approved by the client.
1. The switches installed in outdoor area shall be industrial, metal clad type, and shall
be provided in weather proof enclosures, complete with weather proof gasketed
covers.

G Socket

Page 100 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

1. The sockets shall conform to IS: 1293. Each socket shall be provided with control
switch of appropriate rating. The sockets shall be moulded type, rated for 250
volts, and either of full 5 A or 15 A capacity, as mentioned on the drawings.
2. Sockets shall be of three pin type, the third in being connected to earth continuity
conductor.
3. The socket shall be flush modular type.
4. The sockets installed in machine room, plant room or wet/damp area shall be metal
clad weather proof type.
5. The finishing and make of all the sockets shall be same as light switch.
6. The socket shall have fully sprung contacts and solid brass shrouded
7. Terminals to ensure positive electrical connections.
8. The sockets shall be provided with automatic shutters, which open only when earth
pin of the plug inserts in the socket.
9. The socket shall be provided with three pin plug top suitable to the socket and of
the same make as socket.

Page 101 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

PART – 3 (INSTALLATION)

1. Rigid PVC conduits shall be used for concealed wiring system. The conduits shall be
concealed in the concrete slab, floor, walls, beams, columns etc.
3.01 FIXING OF CONDUITS

1. Conduits embedded in concrete shall be installed in the framework before pouring


concrete. The conduits shall be installed above the bottom reinforcing bars, and shall
provide positive wire fastening of the conduit to the rein forcing rods at an interval of not
more than one meter, but on either side of couplers or bends or outlet / pull / junction
boxes or similar fittings, proper hold fast shall be fixed at a distance of 30 cm from the
center of such fittings. Conduits embedded in the wall shall be fixed inside the chase.
The chase in the wall shall be neatly made and be of ample dimensions to permit the
conduit to be fixed in the manner desired. In the case of building under construction,
chase shall be provided in the wall at the time of their construction and shall be filled up
neatly with cement mortar 1:4 after erection of conduit and brought to the original finish
of the wall. Cutting of horizontal chases in walls is prohibited. The conduits shall be fixed
inside the chase by means of staples or by means of saddles not more than 60 cm apart.

1. Conduits shall be so arranged as to facilitate easy drawingof wires through them. Entire
conduit layout shall be donein such a way as to avoid additional junction boxes other
than light points. The wiring shall be done in a looping manner. All the looping shall be
done in either switch boxes or outlet boxes. Looping in junction or pull boxes are strictly
not allowed. Where conduits cross building expansion joints, adequate expansion fittings
or other approved devices shall be used to take care of any relative movement.

C All conduits shall be installed so as to avoid steam and hot water pipes.

1. Conduits shall be installed in such a way that the junction, derivation and pull boxes shall
always be accessible for Repairs and maintenance work. The location of junction / pull
boxes shall be marked on the shop drawings and approved by the Employer.

1. A separation of 200 mm shall be maintained between electrical conduits and hot water /
chilled water lines in the building.

F Caution shall be exercised in using the PVC conduits in location where ambient
temperature is 50 degree Celsius or above. Use of PVC conduits in places where ambient
temperature is more than 60 degree C is prohibited. The entire conduit system including
boxes shall be thoroughly cleaned after completion of installations and before drawing of
wires.
1. Separate conduits shall be provided for the following system.
1. 15 / 20 Amp. Power outlets.
2. 5/10 Amp. Outlets and lighting system.
3. Telephone / intercom / CCTV / Fire Alarm / Music & public address system etc.
4. Computer.
5. UPS Power.
H Conduits shall be joined by means of plain couplers. The conduits shall be thoroughly
cleaned before making the joints. In case of plain coupler joints, proper jointing material
like a vinyl solvent cement (gray in colour) or any material as recommended by the
manufacturer shall be used.

Page 102 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

1. Wherever necessary, bends or diversions may be achieved by bending the conduits or by


employing normal bends. No bends shall have radius less than 2.5 times outside
diameter of the conduit. Heat may be used to soften the PVC conduit for bending, but
while applying heat to the conduit, the conduit shall be filled with sand to avoid any
damage to the conduit.

1. All the outlets for fittings, switches etc. shall be boxes of substantial construction. In
order to minimize condensation or sweating inside the conduits, all outlets of conduit
system shall be properly drained and ventilated, but in such a manner as to prevent the
entry of insects, etc. Fixing between conduit and boxes, outlet boxes, switch boxes and
the like must be provided with entry spouts and smooth PVC bushes. Joints between
conduit and any type of boxes shall be effected by means of conduit couplers in to each
of which shall be coupled smooth PVC bush from inside the box. In any case all the joints
shall be fully watertight.

1.Cables of AC supply of different phase shall be bunched in separate conduits. The


number of insulated wires / cables that may be drawn into the conduits shall be as per
the following table. In this table, the space factor does not exceed 40%. However, in any
case conduits having lesser than 19 mmdiameter shall not be used Wires carrying
current shall be so bunched in the conduit that the outgoing and return wires are drawn
into the same conduit. Wires originating from two different phases shall not be run in the
same conduit.
3.02 SWITCH AND SOCKET

1. Switches shall be installed at 900 mm above finished floor level unless otherwise
indicated on the drawings. The switch controlling the light point or fan shall be
connected on to the phase wire of the circuit and neutral shall be continuous,

1. The cover plates to the switch box shall be fixed by means of sunk head brass cadmium
screws.
3.03 DRAWING OF CONDUCTORS
1. The drawing and joining of copper conductor or wires shall be executed with due regard to
the following precautions, while drawing insulated wires into the conduits, care shall be taken
to avoid scratches and kinks which may cause age of conductors. There shall be no sharp
bends. Insulation shall be shaved off for a length of 15 mm at the end of wire like
sharpening of a pencil and it shall not be removed by cutting it square or ringing.
1. 1100 Volts grade either single core PVC insulated flexible wires that may be drawn in
RIGID NON-METALLIC or RIGID PVC CONDUITS.

Size of wire Size of conduit (mm)


(Nominal cross
section area of 20 25 32 40 50
conductor)
1.5 6 10 16 - -
2.5 5 8 14 - -
4 3 6 10 - -
6 2 5 6 - -
10 - 2 5 6 -

Page 103 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

16 - - 3 6 6
25 - - 2 4 6
35 - - 2 3 5
1. 1100 Volts grade either single core PVC insulated flexible wires that may be drawn in
RIGID METALLIC conduits

Size of wire Size of conduit (mm)


(Nominal cross
section area of
conductor) 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
1 6 7 19 30 - - -
1.5 5 5 12 24 - - -
2.5 3 6 10 17 - - -
4 2 3 8 13 - - -
6 2 2 6 10 - - -
10 - - 4 6 6 - -
16 - - 3 4 6 - -
25 - - 2 3 4 6 7
35 - - - 2 3 5 6
50 - - - - - 3 5
D
All looped joints shall be soldered and connected through terminals block / connectors.
The pressure applied to tighten terminal screws shall be just adequate, neither too much
nor too less. Conductors having nominal cross section area exceeding 4 sq.mm shall
always be provided with crimping type cable sockets. At all bolted terminals, brass flat
washer of large area and approved steel spring washers shall be used. Brass nuts and
bolts shall be used for all connections.
E
Only certified wireman and cable jointers shall be employed to do joining work.
F
For all internal wiring PVC insulated wires of 650/1100 volts grade shall be used. The
sub-circuit wiring for point shall be carried out in looping system and no joint shall be
allowed in the length of the conductors.
G
Before the wires are drawn into the conduits the conduits shall be thoroughly cleaned of
moisture, dust, and dirt or any other obstruction by forcing compressed air through the
conduits.

The wiring shall be by looping back system, and hence all joints shall be made at main
switches, distribution boards, socket outlets, lighting outlets and switch boxes only. No
joints shall be made inside conduits and junction boxes.

3.04 LOAD BALANCING

A Balancing of circuits in three phase installation shall be planned before the


commencement of wiring and shall be strictly adhered to.

Page 104 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

Annexure - A
Technical Data Sheets for Conduit

Sr. No. Technical Data Specific Requirement Vendor's Details


1 Type P.V.C./GI
2 IS Standard IS : 9537 Part-III
3 Colour Black/Grey/White
4 Duty Low/Meduim/Heavy
5 Fire Retardant Property Yes/No
6 Lead Free Yes/No
7 Corrosion Free Yes/No
8 Thermal resistance -5°C to +60°C
9 Dimension Details
9.1 Nominal Size (mm)
9.2 Outside Diameter (mm)
Tolerance on Outer Diameter
9.3 (mm)
9.4 Inside Diameter (Min.) (mm)
9.5 Wall Thickness (mm)
10 Weight kG/Mtr
11 Tensile Strength kGf/cm2 > 500
12 Breakdown Voltage kV / mm > 18
13 Insulation Resistance MOhm > 100
14 Make
Accessories
1 Degree Elbow - Plain End
a.
Degree 90/45/30
b.
Material P.V.C.
c.
Radius
d.
Outside Diameter (mm)
e.
Inside Diameter (Min.) (mm)
2 Junction Box
a. Material P.V.C.
1 way / 2 way / 3 ways / 4
b. Ways Ways
c. Wall Thickness (mm)
3 Coupler
a. Material P.V.C.
b. Outside Diameter (mm)
c. Inside Diameter (Min.) (mm)
4 Tee
a. Material P.V.C.
b. Outside Diameter (mm)
c. Inside Diameter (Min.) (mm)
5 Closer (End Cap)

Page 105 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

a. Material P.V.C.
b. Outside Diameter (mm)
c. Inside Diameter (Min.) (mm)
6 Elbow
a. Material P.V.C.
b. Outside Diameter (mm)
c. Inside Diameter (Min.) (mm)

Annexure - B
Technical Data Sheets for Wires

Specific Vendor's
Sr. No. Technical Data
Requirement Details
IS:5831:1984
1 Standard IS 694 : 1990
2 ISI Marked Yes
3 Wire Size (sq mm) 0.5
4 Conductor Material Cu
5 Max DC Resistance at 20 Deg Cent (Ohm/km) 39
6 Current Rating (Amp) 4
7 Voltage Rating (Volts) 1100
1. Short Circuit Rating (kA)
1. Conductor Overall Dia (mm)
10 No. of Cores (1C/2C/3C) 1C
11 Type (Rigid/Flexible) Flexible
12 No of Wires/Core 16
13 Wire Dia (mm) 0.2
14 Each Core Dia (for Multicore Wires) (mm) NA
15 Twin Twisted (for Multicore Wires) NA
16 Insulation Material Standard IS:5831:1984
17 Insulation Material (PVC / XLPE / HR PVC) PVC
18 Nominal Insulation Thickness (mm) 0.6
19 Insulation Resistance MOhm
20 Fire Retardant Material FR PVC
21 Wire Overall Diameter (mm) 6.2
22 Wire Overall Weight (kG/Mtr)
23 Sheathed/Non-Sheathed Sheathed
24 Sheath Thickness (mm) 0.9
25 Max Operating Temp (Deg Cent) 70
26 Wire Color
27 Make POLYCAB

Page 106 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI

DOCUMENT TITLE

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING


AND COMMISSIONING OF EARTHING SYSTEM

DOCUMENT NO. SPECS-SITC/06

CONTENTS

SR. NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO


PART 1 GENERAL 108
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 108
1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS 108
1.03 QUALITY AND ASSURANCE 109
1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING 109
1.05 TRANSPORT, DELIVERY AND STORAGE 109
PART 2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 110
PART 3 INSTALLATION 114
ANNEXURE-A TECHNICAL DATASHEET FOR EARTHING STATION MATARIAL 116
ANNEXURE-B TYPICAL EARTHING DETAILS (PLATE TYPE EARHING) 119
ANNEXURE-C TYPICAL EARTHING DETAILS (EQUIPOTENTIAL BAR) 120

RECORD OF REVISIONS

R0 20/10/2021 ISSUED FOR TENDERING JPP KGJ


PREPARED
REV DATE DESCRIPTION CHECKED BY
BY

Page 107 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/06


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

PART – 1 (GENERAL)

1.01 Scope of Work

1. This Specification describes the requirements governing engineering, design, manufacture,


packing, delivery at site, erection, testing and commissioning of Earthing System and
relevant Equipment. All the items shall be manufactured in accordance with latest
Indian/International Standards applicable to such material and requirements detailed in
this technical specification. The work shall be executed according to most stringent of
these requirements.

1. Irrespective of fact whether it is specifically mentioned or not, all the components shall be
deemed to have been included in the specification and shall be provided by the Bidder as
required for proper functioning of the offered equipment.

1.02 Codes & Standards

1. All the materials to be supplied under this specification shall be of best quality and in
conformity with, but not limited to the latest relevant Indian/International Codes and
Standards and technical requirements provided hereunder.

B No. Title

IS:3043-1987 Code of Practice for Earthing

IS:2062-1999 Steel for General Structural Purposes – Specification

IS:2629-1985 Recommended Practice for Hot-Dip Galvanizing of Iron


and Steel

IS:10238-2001 Fasteners - Threaded Steel Fastener - Step Bolts for Steel


Structures

IS:209 Indian Standard – Zinc to be used for Galvanizing

1. In addition to above mentioned standards, the bidder shall follow the guidelines as
specified in,
1. National Electrical Code ( ISI Publication)
2. Indian Electricity Act
3. Fire Insurance Regulations
4. Tariff Advisory Committee Regulations
5. State Government Regulations

1. It is not intent to mention all the relevant standards applicable to the proposed work and
equipment. Any relevant Indian Standard, irrespective of the fact whether it is mentioned
herewith or not, shall be made applicable as per requirement of the work and equipment.

1. Compliance by the Bidder with the provisions of this specification shall not relieve the
Bidder of the responsibility of furnishing equipment and components of proper design,

Page 108 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/06


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

electrically and mechanically suited to meet the operating requirements under the
specified service conditions and be suitable for the purpose of which they are intended.

1. A broad statement that “any equipment being supplied is generally in accordance with this
Specification or any part of it” shall not be acceptable. Any exceptions, deviations or
omissions from this Specification proposed by the Bidder shall be itemized from this
quotation and subject to approval by the Consultant/Client before commencement of
manufacture. In absence of specific deviation, it will be deemed to be considered as
acceptance to this specification.

1. The Bidder should seek clarification on any aspect of the Specification, where it is believed
that obscurity or ambiguity exists in the meaning or intent stated. Where a conflict occurs
between the Bidder’s manufacturing standard, this Specification and the Purchase Order,
the following shall apply in order of preference:
Purchase Order
This Specification
National Standard/International Standard
Manufacturer’s Standard

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1. The Bidder shall stand guarantee for the performance of entire equipment and
components for twelve (12) months from the date of commissioning or eighteen (18)
months from the date of dispatch, whichever is earlier, as agreed up on and as
reproduced in the purchase order within the tolerance specified or as permitted by the
relevant standards for the equipment in his scope of supply. The Client also reserves the
right to use the rejected equipment or part thereof until the new equipment meeting the
guaranteed performance is supplied by the Bidder.

1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING

1. The sample of earthing material to be supplied shall be submitted for approval prior to
supply.

1.05 TRANSPORT, DELIVERY & STORAGE

1. The prices shall be F.O.R. site basis including packing & forwarding charges. The quoted
price must include all the costs for necessary mode of transportation up to the site store.
The material shall be supplied with required storage arrangements suitable for placing in
open storage yard. All incidental expenses during transportation shall be part of quoted
prices including transit insurance. The charges for loading and unloading of
equipments at site should form part of offer.

Page 109 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/06


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

2.0 PART – 2 (TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS)

2.01 SITE CONDITIONS


1. Location : BABARGHAT, TAPI, Gujarat
A
2 Site elevation : 549 Mtr above mean sea level
3 Ambient : Semi-Humid

2.02 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA

A 1 Maximum Temperature 45 deg C

2 Design Max. Ambient Temperature (Dry Bulb) 50 deg C

3 Minimum Temperature (Winter Dry Bulb) 08 deg C

4 Minimum Relative Humidity 40%

5 Maximum Relative Humidity at 30.5 deg C 95% (Design basis)

6 Normal Barometric Pressure 1008.2 mbar

7 Maximum Rainfall Average 150 mm/year

8 Design maximum wind velocity 100 km/hour

9 Earthquake Category (Seismic Zone) Zone III, IS 1893 (Part I):


2002

2.03 AREA CLASSIFICATION

1. Non-hazardous safe as per Hazardous Area Classification IS 5572

2.04 INCOMING POWER SUPPLY AT PROJECT SITE

1 Voltage at Point of supply 11KV

2 Frequency 50 Hz

3 Permissible voltage variation ±10%

4 Permissible frequency variation ±3%

5 Permissible combined voltage & frequency ±6%


variation

6 Symmetrical Fault Level at Point of supply 500 MVA


(Design)

7 Neutral earthing at Point of Supply Grounded

Page 110 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/06


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

8 Control supply voltage 230 V AC

2.05 GENERAL

1. The earthing network shall consist of pipe type earthing stations, earthing grid, circuit
protective conductors and bonding conductors. The electrodes and earth bonding of all
relevant necessary non-current carrying metal parts of equipments/ apparatus shall be
carried out as required.

1. The system shall have a common earthing system as described in the specification. Besides
common earthing system, individual earthing systems shall be provided as follows.
1. Transformer neutral grounding : min. 2 points
2. DG set Generator neutral grounding : min. 2 points
3. Electronic sensitive equipment earthing : min. 2 points
4. UPS neutral grounding : min. 2 points
5. Lightning protection down conductor : as per design

1. Sufficient numbers of electrodes interconnected by GI strip shall form earthing mat so that
the overall earth resistance shall be less than 1 ohm for each individual earthing mat.

1. The quantity of earth electrodes and other materials are indicated based on basic
engineering. The Tenderer shall test the resistivity of soil at site. Exact number of earth
electrodes shall be determined by the Tenderer to achieve the desired earth resistance
value.

1. The earth loop resistance to any point in the electrical system shall not be in excess of 0.5
ohms in order to ensure satisfactory operation of protective devices.

2.06 PIPE EARTH ELECTRODE

1. GI pipe shall be of medium class 100mm dia, 3m in length and approx. 4.5mm thickness.
Typical sketch showing details of pipe type earthing station is placed in the tender
document for information.

1. GI Pipe electrode shall be cut tapered at bottom and provided with holes of 4-5mm dia
drilled not less than 7.5cm from each other up to 2m of length from bottom.

1. Clamping of the earth leads to the earth electrode shall be made by clamp made of
50x6mm GI strip. The clamps shall be capable of providing a high pressure contact
between the earth rod and the earth leads to achieve a low contact resistance. Two open
ends of the strip shall be connected to the grounding met conductors using required size
of hardware. The connection shall be made in the brick chamber so that it will also work
as disconnecting link.
1. When more electrodes are driven to form a group, the heads of the electrodes in the group
shall be bonded to each other by means of a 50x6mm GI strip, laid at a depth of at least

Page 111 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/06


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

600 mm in the soil.

1. All other accessories like hardware for making connections, funnel with wire mesh, CI cover
hinged on frame, charcoal, salt, etc. shall be supplied with each earthing station. The costs for
all accessories shall be deemed to be included in the price of the earth electrode.

2.07 PLATE EARTHING STATIONS

1. The plate electrode shall be 600 x 600 x 3.25/5(Thk.) mm copper plate or 600 x 600 x
6.15/12(Thk.) mm hot dip GI/CI.

B The earth resistance shall be maintained with suitable soil treatment.

1. The earth lead shall be connected to the earth plate through Hot Dip G.I. bolts. D

The earthing conductors shall be of copper strip in case of copper earthing.

1. G.I. pipe with funnel of approved quality shall be used for watering the earthing
electrodes / stations.

1. IS marked cast iron cover of appropriate dimensions shall be supplied as specified in IS:
3043 along with fabricated MS angle frame. The cover shall be hinged to the frame. The
frame shall be grouted in brick masonry work of earthing station. The cover and frame
shall be painted with bitumen paint after applying primer. Earthing station Tag No. shall
be painted on top of cover as per designation given on the layout drawing.

1. The hardware and other consumables for earthing installation shall be of copper/bras in
case of copper earth plate and shall be hot dip galvanized iron material in case of G.I.
earth plate.

2.08 EARTHING/GROUNDING MAT/PROTECTIVE CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS

1. The grounding met shall be formed by making interconnections between earthing stations
and grounding met as per the earthing layout drawing.

1. Minimum depth of grounding conductor shall be 600mm. Generally, the conductors shall
be laid as per layout, however wherever pipelines or cables shall be encountered en route,
suitable modification for route shall be carried out at site during course of execution of
work. Necessary protection to the conductors laid underground shall be provided with
sand/bricks to prevent mechanical damage.

2.09 The joints between met conductors shall be done only by /brazing/welding, except the
connections made with the earthing stations as mentioned elsewhere in this specification.

1. Conducting petroleum jelly shall be applied to the contact surfaces of GI flats in case of
bolted joints. All the brazed/welded joints shall be applied bituminous paint and shall be
taped to prevent corrosion.

1. When GI conductors are connected to copper/aluminum bus, the contact surfaces of GI


shall be tinned or suitable bi-metallic washers shall be used between joints.

Page 112 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/06


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

1. Earthing conductors running along the steel structures shall be welded at interval of
1000mm and running on the walls of the buildings shall be cleated at interval of 750mm
along the route.

2.10 GUIDELINES FOR EARTHING AND GROUNDING

1. All the electrical equipment/metallic frames of electrical equipment operating at 250 volts
and above shall be provided with two separate and distinct connections to the earthing
met through the earth bus.

1. Generally, the size of protective conductors used for electrical equipment with the earthing
grid at two distinct points shall be as provided hereunder (MINIMUM REQUIRED).
Transformer/DG generator neutrals 50x6mm GI strip
HV Switchboards 50x6mm GI strip
LV Switchboards, APFC Panel 40x5mm GI strip
Lighting/Power distribution boards 25x6mm GI strip
GI cable trays 25x6mm GI strip
Sub-lighting distribution boards 8 SWG stranded GI wire
LT motor up to 5.5 kW 8 SWG stranded GI wire
LT motor of 110 kW 40x5mm GI strip
Local control stations/Welding sockets 8 SWG stranded GI wire
Junction boxes 12 SWG stranded GI wire
Steel structure/Pipes 25x6mm GI strip
Lighting fixtures, sockets, fans, etc. 14 SWG GI wire/PVC flexible copper
wire green core

C All hardware to be used in the system shall be zinc passivated/cadmium plated.

Page 113 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/06


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

PART – 3 (INSTALLATION)

3.01 ELECTRICAL AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

1. Metallic conduit shall not be accepted as an earth continuity conductor. A separate


insulated / bare earth continuity The earth continuity conductor be drawn inside
conductor the conduit shall be insulated.

1. Non metallic conduit shall have an insulated earth continuity conductor of the same size as
for metallic conduit. All metal junction and switch boxes shall have an inside earthstud to
which the earth conductor shall be connected. The earth conductor shall be distinctly
colored (Green or Green/Yellow) for easy identification.

1. Armoured cable shall be earthed by two distinct earth connections to the armouring at
both the ends and the size of connection being as for the metallic conduit.

1. In the case of unarmoured cable, an earth continuity conductor shall either be run outside
along with the cable or should form a separate insulated core of the cable

1. Three phase power panel and distribution boards shall have two distinct earth connections
of the size correlated to the incoming cable size. In case of single phase DB’s a single
earth connection is adequate

3.02 ERECTION PROCEDURE

1. The plate/pipe electrode, as far as practicable, shall be buried below permanent moisture
level but in no case less than 3 M below finished ground level

1. The plate/pipe electrode shall be kept clear of the building foundation and in no case, it
shall be nearer by less than 2 M from outer face of the respective building wall / column

1. The plate electrode shall be installed vertically and shall be surrounded with 150 mm.
thick layers of Charcoal dust and Salt mixture

1. 20 mm. dia. G.I. pipe for watering, shall run from top edge of the plate / pipe electrode to
the mid level of block masonry chamber

1. Top of the pipe shall be provided with G.I. funnel and screen for watering the earth /
ground through the pipe

1. The funnel with screen over the G.I. pipe for watering to the earth shall be housed in a
block masonry chamber as shown in the drawing

1. The masonry chamber shall be provided with a Cast Iron hinged cover resting over the
Cast Iron frame which shall be embedded in the block masonry

1. Construction of the earthing station shall in general be as shown in the drawing and shall
conform to the requirement on earth electrodes mentioned in the latest edition of Indian
Standard IS: 3043, Code of Practice for Earthing Installation.

Page 114 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/06


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

1. The earth conductors ( Strips / Wires, Hot dip G.I. / copper ) inside the building shall
properly be clamped / supported on the wall with Galvanized Iron clamps and Hot Dip GI
screws / bolts. The conductors outside the building shall be laid at least 600 mm. below
the finished ground level/

1. The earth conductors shall either terminate on earthing socket provided on the equipment
or shall be fastened to the foundation bolt and / or on frames of the equipment. The
earthing connection to equipment body shall be done after removing paint and other oily
substances from the body and then properly be finished

1. Over lapping of earth conductors during straight through in joints, where required, shall
be of minimum 75mm. long and bitumen coated.

1. The earth conductors shall be in one length between the earthing grid and the equipment
to be earthed

1. Minimum distance of 2 Mtr shall be maintained between other electric conductor, earthing
conductor and the conductor laid for the lightning protection system. Earthing and
lightning protection system conductors shall be bonded to each other to prevent side
flashover in case of non-availability of adequate clearance.

1. The earthing met conductors, risers, earthing cables, etc. passing through walls shall be
covered with galvanized iron sleeves for the passage through wall. Water stop sleeves
shall also be provided wherever the earthing conductor enters the building from outside.

3.03 TESTING

1. The entire earthing installation shall be tested as per requirements of Indian Standard
Specification IS: 3043. The proforma shall be submitted to consultants for approval.

1. The following earth resistance values shall be measured with an approved earth megger
and recorded.
1. Each earthing station
2. Earthing system as a whole
3. Earth continuity conductors

1. Earth conductor resistance for each earthed equipment shall be measured which shall not
exceed 1 ohm in each case.

1. Measurements of earth resistance shall be carried out before earth connections are made
between the earth and the object to be earthed

E All tests shall be carried out in presence of the consultant / client

3.04 AS BUILT DOCUMENTS

1. The bidder shall submit drawings indicating location of earthing stations, connection and
path of earthing conductor, earth bus location and size of conductor.

Page 115 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/06


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

B Test reports shall be submitted for records.

ANNEXURE; A
TECHNICAL DATASHEET FOR EARTHING STATION MATERIAL

Sr. No. Description Minimum Requirements Vender To Comply


1 Name of manufacturer
2 Model no.
3 Application For Substation
4 Equipment standard IS:3043
5 NominalOperating Voltage 12 kV
6 Short time Current Rating 50 kA rms for 1 sec

7 Frequency 50 Hz
8 PIPE specifications
8.1 Pipe make ISI marked
8.2 Hole for connection
8.3 Pipe class Class b
8.4 Pipe coating GI 150 microns min.

9 Material description
9.1 Type of electrode Dual pipe
(Pipe in pipe technology)
9.2
Diameter of outer GI electrode 80mm
9.3
Outer pipe thickness 4 mm
9.4
Diameter of inner GI electrode 50mm
9.5
Inner pipe thickness 3.6 mm
9.6
Length of electrode 3 Mtr
9.7
Terminal size 50x6 mm GI
10 Chemical specification
10.1 Chemical brand
10.2 Back fill compound (bfc) Graphite, Alumina
10.3 Chemical specification Graphite, Sodium Sulphate,
Alumina Oxide, Silica
Oxide, Feric Oxide,
Titanium Oxide, Calcium
Oxide, Other Ash Content
And Natural Minerals
Which Is Resistance
Lowering Grounding
Minerals.
10.4 PH value 7.0
10.5 Resistivity Ohm-Mtr
10.6 Density kg/cube3
10.7 Specific Gravity

Page 116 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/06


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

10.8 Melting Temperature >500`c


11 Earth resistance value <= 10 ohm-Mtr soil
resistivity
11.1 <= 25 Ohm-Mtr soil
resistivity
<= 50 Ohm-Mtr soil
resistivity
<= 100 Ohm-Mtr soil
resistivity
<= 200 Ohm-Mtr soil
resistivity
<= 300 Ohm-Mtr soil
resistivity
11.2 ROHS certified Yes
11.3 Certified by CPRI (central power
research institute)

Page 117 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/06


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

ANNEXURE: A
TYPICAL EARTHING DETAILS (PIPE TYPE EARTHING-IS:3043)

Page 118 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/06


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

ANNEXURE: B
TYPICAL EARTHING DETAILS (PLATE TYPE EARTHING-IS:3043)

Page 119 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/06


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV CABLES REV NO: R0

ANNEXURE: C
TYPICAL EARTHING DETAILS (EQUIPOTENTIAL BAR)

Page 120 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI

DOCUMENT TITLE

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR LIGHTNING PROTECTION


INSTALLATIONS

DOCUMENT NO. SPECS-SITC/07

CONTENTS

SR. NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO


PART 1 GENERAL 122
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 122
1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS 122
1.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING 123
PART 2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 124
PART 3 INSTALLATION 126

RECORD OF REVISIONS

R0 20/10/2021 ISSUED FOR TENDERING JPP KGJ


REV DATE DESCRIPTION PREPARED BY CHECKED BY

Page 121 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/07


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR LIGHTNING PROTECTION REV NO: R0

PART – 1 (GENERAL)

1.01 Scope of Work

1. These specifications cover supply, installation, connection, testing and commissioning of


Lightning Protection system of premises. The system comprising of Air termination,
horizontal conductor, down conductor, testing joint and earthing station.

1. Irrespective of fact whether it is specifically mentioned or not, all the components shall
be deemed to have been included in the specification and shall be provided by the
Bidder as required for proper functioning of the offered equipment.

1.02 Codes & Standards

1. The entire work under the scope relevant to the lightning protection shall be executed
conforming to the latest revision of Indian Standards mentioned hereunder, or
conforming to equivalent IEC or other International Standards applicable to such
equipment and components and requirements detailed in this technical specification.

B No. Title
IS: 2309 Protection of Buildings and allied structures against
lightning – Code of Practice
1. In addition to above mentioned standards, the bidder shall follow the guidelines as
specified in,
1. National Electrical Code ( ISI Publication)
2. Fire Insurance Regulations
3. Tariff Advisory Committee Regulations
4. State Government Regulations
5. Indian electricity Act, 2003

1. It is not intent to mention all the relevant standards applicable to the proposed work and
equipment. Any relevant Indian Standard, irrespective of the fact whether it is mentioned
herewith or not, shall be made applicable as per requirement of the work and equipment.

1. Compliance by the Bidder with the provisions of this specification shall not relieve the
Bidder of the responsibility of furnishing equipment and components of proper design,
electrically and mechanically suited to meet the operating requirements under the
specified service conditions and be suitable for the purpose of which they are intended.

1. A broad statement that “any equipment being supplied is generally in accordance with
this Specification or any part of it” shall not be acceptable. Any exceptions, deviations or
omissions from this Specification proposed by the Bidder shall be itemized from this
quotation and subject to approval by the Consultant/Client before commencement of
manufacture. In absence of specific deviation, it will be deemed to be considered as
acceptance to this specification.

1. The Bidder should seek clarification on any aspect of the Specification, where it is
believed that obscurity or ambiguity exists in the meaning or intent stated. Where a
conflict occurs between the Bidder’s manufacturing standard, this Specification and the
Purchase Order/Data Sheets, the following shall apply in order of preference:
Page 122 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/07


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR LIGHTNING PROTECTION REV NO: R0

Purchase Order
This Specification
Drawings
Bill of quantity
National Standard/International Standard
Manufacturer’s Standard

1.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING

EARTH RESISTANCE TEST

1. Each pit shall be tested for earthing resistance at testing joint. The results shall
be recorded and submitted to site in-charge. The result shall be less than 1 ohm.

Page 123 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/07


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR LIGHTNING PROTECTION REV NO: R0

2.0 PART – 2 (TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS)

2.01 AREA CLASSIFICATION

1. Non-hazardous safe as per Hazardous Area Classification IS 5572

2.02 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA

1 Maximum Temperature 45 deg C

2 Design Max. Ambient Temperature (Dry Bulb) 45 deg C

3 Minimum Temperature (Winter Dry Bulb) 08 deg C

4 Minimum Relative Humidity 40%

5 Maximum Relative Humidity at 30.5 deg C 95% (Design basis)

6 Normal Barometric Pressure 1008.2 mbar

7 Maximum Rainfall Average 150 mm/year

8 Design maximum wind velocity 100 km/hour

9 Earthquake Category (Seismic Zone) Zone III, IS 1893 (Part I):


2002

2.03 INCOMING POWER SUPPLY AT PROJECT SITE

1 Voltage at Point of supply 11KV

2 Frequency 50 Hz

3 Permissible voltage variation ±10%

4 Permissible frequency variation ±3%

5 Permissible combined voltage & frequency ±6%


variation

6 Symmetrical Fault Level at Point of supply 500 MVA


(Design)

7 Neutral earthing at Point of Supply Grounded

8 Control supply voltage 230 V AC

2.04 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM

1. The lightning protection system shall be installed as indicated on the drawings or in case
such is not available, the contractor shall prepare one as per Indian IS: 2309 and
approved by Consultants & Architects.
Page 124 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/07


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR LIGHTNING PROTECTION REV NO: R0

1. An air terminal shall be installed on the highest roof of the building. The air terminal
shall be joined to horizontal conductor by means of welded joint.

1. Down conductor shall be installed on the vertical surface of the building. It should
be away from any other service by minimum 500 mm and shall not be covered by
any means.

1. Down conductors shall be joined with roof conductors as prescribed by the Code of
Practice. A test joint shall be provided in the down conductor, 100 cm. above the
ground level at a place that is easily accessible for testing.

1. The down conductor shall be joined to an earth termination network or to the earthing
station as indicated in the drawings. The earthing stations shall not be used for any
other purpose unless otherwise specified.

1. The earthing station and the earthing conductor shall be designed as per section under
heading “Earthing”.

2.05 SYSTEM COMPONENTS

Air termination & Horizontal conductor

1. An Air termination shall consist of vertical conductor or a system of horizontal


conductors and shall be installed along the outer perimeter of the roof.

1. No part of the roof shall be more than 10 Mtr. From the nearest horizontal
protective conductor.

1. All metallic projections, chimneys, ducts, vent pipe, railings, gutters etc. on or above
the main surface of the roof of the structure shall be bonded to the firm part of the Air
termination network. The method and nature of fixing shall be simple, solid and
permanent.

1. The minimum dimension of the Air termination network shall be as


follows G.I.: 25 x 3 mm.

1. The air terminal shall be installed vertically on the highest point of the roof and shall be

clamped firmly with the structure. The roof conductor shall be laid horizontally below

the finishing of the roof surface.

Down conductor

1. The no. of down conductors shall be as follows:


A structure having a base area not exceeding 100 sq.mtr. shall have only one
down conductor
For a structure having a base area exceeding 100 sq.mtr., the no. of down
conductors shall equal to smaller of the following:
Page 125 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/07


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR LIGHTNING PROTECTION REV NO: R0

One plus one for every 300 sq.mtr. or part thereof in excess of the first 100 sq.mtr.
OR One for every 30mtr. per perimeter

G The down conductor shall be distributed round the outside wall of the structure

1. Any external metal running vertically through the structure shall be bonded to the
down conductor at the top and bottom

1. A down conductor shall follow the most direct path possible between the air terminals
and the earth termination.

1. The size of the down conductor shall be similar to roof conductor or air
termination network.

1. Each down conductor shall be provided with a testing joint in such a position that, it
is convenient for testing.

1. The lightning protection system shall have as few joints as possible. Joints and bonds
shall be mechanically and electrically effective, e.g. welded. With overlapping joint the
length of overlapping shall not be less than 25 mm. for all types of conductor. Contact
surfaces shall be first cleaned then inhibited from oxidation with a suitable non-
corrosive compound.

Page 126 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/07


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR LIGHTNING PROTECTION REV NO: R0

PART – 3 (INSTALLATION)

1. The horizontal conductor shall be laid on top of the parapet wall but not inside. All
the edges of the building/structure must be invariably protected by conductor.

1. The lift well top, water tank, cabin or any other structure shall be covered by
horizontal conductor.

1. A “Ω” loop shall be provided to allow thermal expansion at ever 5 Mtr. Interval
for horizontal conductor.

1. The horizontal conductor shall not be painted or covered with any architecture element.
It should offer highest point of contact of the building/structure.

E The testing joint shall be temper proof and properly protected against weather.

1. Down conductor shall be installed on the vertical surface of the building. It should
be away from any other service by minimum 500 mm and shall not be covered by
any means.

G The earthing station installation shall be done as described in specification “Earthing”.

Page 127 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI

DOCUMENT TITLE

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING


AND COMMISSIONING OF PA SYSTEM

DOCUMENT NO. SPECS-SITC/08

CONTENTS

SR. NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO


PART 1 GENERAL 129
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 129
1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS 129
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 130
1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING 130
1.05 SUBMITTALS 130
1.06 TRANSPORT, DELIVERY AND STORAGE 130
1.07 SPARES AND AMC 130
PART 2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 132
PART 3 INSTALLATION 136
PART 4 TECHNICAL DATA SHEET 138

RECORD OF REVISIONS

R0 20/10/2021 ISSUED FOR TENDERING JPP KGJ


REV DATE DESCRIPTION PREPARED BY CHECKED BY

Page 128 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/08


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF PA SYSTEM REV NO: R0

PART – 1 (GENERAL)

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

1. This specification and the scope of work are intended to cover engineering, design, drawing
approval, manufacture, assembly, testing at manufacturer’s works, packing and
forwarding, delivery and transportation F.O.R. site of Public Address System complete
in all respect with all equipment, fittings and accessories for efficient and trouble-free
operation.

1. Irrespective of fact whether it is specifically mentioned or not, all the components shall be
deemed to have been included in the specification and shall be provided by the Bidder
as required for proper functioning of the offered equipment.

1.02 CODES & STANDARDS

1. BS EN : 60849 - Evacuation system

1. The design, manufacture and performance of equipment shall comply with all currently
applicable statutes, regulations and safety codes. Nothing in this specification shall be
construed to relieve Vendor of this responsibility. All the components should be
designed and installed as per NFPA – 72

1. In addition to above mentioned standards, the bidder shall follow the guidelines as specified
in,
1. Local Electricity regulations
2. Fire Insurance Regulations
3. CFO (Chief Fire Officer) Requirements
4. State Government Regulations

1. It is not intent to mention all the relevant standards applicable to the proposed work and
equipment. Any relevant British Standard, irrespective of the fact whether it is
mentioned herewith or not, shall be made applicable as per requirement of the work
and equipment.
1. Compliance by the Bidder with the provisions of this specification shall not relieve the Bidder of
the responsibility of furnishing equipment and components of proper design, electrically
and mechanically suited to meet the operating requirements under the specified service
conditions and be suitable for the purpose of which they are intended.

1. A broad statement that “any equipment being supplied is generally in accordance with this
Specification or any part of it” shall not be acceptable. Any exceptions, deviations or
omissions from this Specification proposed by the Bidder shall be itemized from this
quotation and subject to approval by the Consultant/Client before commencement of
manufacture. In absence of specific deviation, it will be deemed to be considered as
acceptance to this specification.

1. The Bidder should seek clarification on any aspect of the Specification, where it is

Page 129 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/08


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF PA SYSTEM REV NO: R0

believed that obscurity or ambiguity exists in the meaning or intent stated. Where a
conflict occurs between the Bidder’s manufacturing standard, this Specification and the
Purchase Order/Data Sheets, the following shall apply in order of preference:
Purchase Order / Data Sheets
This Specification
National Standard/International Standard
Manufacturer’s Standard

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1. The Bidder shall stand guarantee for the performance of entire equipment and components
for twelve (12) months from the date of commissioning or eighteen (18) months from
the date of dispatch, whichever is earlier, as agreed up on and as reproduced in the
purchase order within the tolerance specified or as permitted by the relevant standards
for the equipment in his scope of supply. The Client also reserves the right to use the
rejected equipment or part thereof until the new equipment meeting the guaranteed
performance is supplied by the Bidder.

1. The contractor shall have successfully installed similar public address system, evacuation
voice and visual signaling control components on a previous project of comparable size
and complexity. The owner reserves the right to reject any control components for
which evidence of a successful prior installation performed by the contractor cannot be
provided.

1. The contractor shall have in-house engineering and project management capability consistent
with the requirements of this project. Qualified and approved representatives of the system
manufacturer shall perform the detailed engineering design of central and remote control
equipment. Qualified and approved representatives of the system manufacturer shall
produce all panel and equipment drawings and submittals, operating manuals. The
contractor is responsible for retaining qualified and approved representative(s) of those
system manufacturers specified for detailed system design and documentation,
coordination of system installation requirements, and final system testing and
commissioning in accordance with these specifications.

1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING

1. All intelligent public address system devices shall be tested for and for user defined message.
All wiring shall be tested for continuity, shorts, and grounds before the system is
activated. All test equipment, the installing contractor, shall make instruments, tools
and labor required to conduct the tests available.

1. The system including all its sequence of operations shall be demonstrated to the Owner, his
representative, and the local fire inspector. In the event the system does not operate
properly, the test shall be terminated. Corrections shall be made and the testing
procedure shall be repeated until it is acceptable to the Owner, his representatives and
the fire inspector.

1. At the final test and inspection, a factory-trained representative of the system

Page 130 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/08


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF PA SYSTEM REV NO: R0

manufacturer shall demonstrate that the system functions properly in accordance with
these specifications. The representative shall provide technical supervision, and
participate during all of the testing for the system.

1. A letter from the Contractor certifying that the system is installed entirely in accordance with
the system manufacturer's recommendations and that the system is in proper working
order.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

1. ALONGWITH OFFER

Submit list of spare parts required for safe operation of equipment for Two years.

1. DURING APPROVAL

The supplier shall submit following:


1. Layout drawings indicating location of speakers/amplifiers/racks.
2. Wiring diagram

1. HANDING OVER DOCUMENTS

The supplier shall submit following:


1. Final installation drawings
2. Amplifier Settings
3. Test reports
4. O & M manuals

1.06 TRANSPORT, DELIVERY & STORAGE

1. The prices shall be F.O.R. site basis including packing & forwarding charges. The quoted
price must include all the costs for necessary mode of transportation up to the site
store. All incidental expenses during transportation shall be part of quoted prices
including transit insurance. The charges for loading and unloading of
equipments at site should form part of offer.

1.07 SPARES & AMC (Annual Maintenance Contract)

1. The bidder shall quote for minimum spares required for two years safe operation of system
along with the offer separately.
The bidder shall quote for maintenance contract for 1st year & 2nd year. The
maintenance contract shall form part of offer and considered in comparison.

2.0 PART – 2 (TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS)

Page 131 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/08


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF PA SYSTEM REV NO: R0

2.01 SITE CONDITIONS


14. Location : BABARGHAT, TAPI, Gujarat
A 15. Site elevation : 549 Mtr above mean sea level
16. Thermal Resistivity of Soil : 150 deg C, cm/watt
2.02 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA

1 Maximum Temperature 45 deg C

2 Design Max. Ambient Temperature (Dry Bulb) 45 deg C

3 Minimum Temperature (Winter Dry Bulb) 08 deg C

4 Minimum Relative Humidity 40%

5 Maximum Relative Humidity at 30.5 deg C 95% (Design basis)

6 Normal Barometric Pressure 1008.2 mbar

7 Maximum Rainfall Average 150 mm/year

8 Design maximum wind velocity 100 km/hour

9 Earthquake Category (Seismic Zone) Zone III, IS 1893 (Part I):


2002

2.02 AREA CLASSIFICATION

1. Non-hazardous safe as per Hazardous Area Classification

2.03 INCOMING POWER SUPPLY AT PROJECT SITE

1 Voltage at Point of supply 11 KV

2 Frequency 50 Hz

3 Permissible voltage variation ±10%

4 Permissible frequency variation ±3%

5 Permissible combined voltage & frequency ±6%


variation

6 Symmetrical Fault Level at Point of supply 500 MVA


(Design)

7 Neutral earthing at Point of Supply Grounded

8 Control supply voltage 230 V AC

Page 132 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/08


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF PA SYSTEM REV NO: R0

2.05 GENERAL

1. PA System shall cater to fire evacuation speakers for broadcasting alarm signals and
evacuation messages in the event of an emergency. The same speakers shall be used
for soft music for the entire floor.

1. The PA System shall operate on 24 VDC power and shall suitable for continuous duty, be of
modular design and utilize component based on solid state technology.

1. PA System shall be capable of generating both emergency and evacuation messages to ‘ALL’
or selected speaker zones located within the premises. It shall also able to play music
‘ALL’ or selected speaker zone.

1. The system shall essentially consist of microprocessor based central control equipment with
zone selectable announcement.

1. Normally background music shall be played, in selected zone only, using the central
DVD/Cassette Player Source. When, a particular zone is selected for making an
announcement, the background music to that particular zone only shall be cut-off and
the announcement relayed. All other zones shall remain unaffected. Once the
announcement is over, the music shall resume.

1. An emergency call shall include following:


1. A special slow-whoop signal, sweeping from 500Hz up to 1200 Hz.
2. PA pre-recorded message shall be broadcasted on completion of the slow-
whooping signal.
3. It shall be possible to repeat both of the above procedures to be repeated
during the emergency period.
4. Provision for recording the message in the field shall be available.

2.06 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

1. The system shall provide the Voice paging to individual, grouped or to all zones, from the fire
controller’s room via microphone from the fire alarm control panel.

1. Voice paging to individual or all zones, from the microphone shall over ride broadcast or
recorded messages, in those selected zones. The paging zones are to select via a
keypad located at the microphone location in the Security Room.

1. The system shall be capable of being easily extended to accommodate (25% spare capacity)
additional handsets, speakers, etc. in future. For this purpose, adequate spare capacity
shall be provided in equipment. The public address system shall incorporate following
operational features:

Page 133 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/08


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF PA SYSTEM REV NO: R0

1. A ‘siren tone’ oscillator and a siren switch shall be provided for emergency
purposes. This shall be such that it can be actuated from the handset station
only fitted on the main fire alarm control panel. The siren tone shall broadcast
over all the loudspeakers.
2. A ‘Testing signal’ tone oscillator and a test signal switch shall be provided for
testing purposes. The test signal shall be broadcast over all the loudspeakers.
3. The frequencies of the tones for ‘call attention’, ‘emergency siren’ and ‘testing’
shall be very much different from each other, so that the same could be
differentiated clearly.
4. Vendor shall specifically confirm that communication shall be clear and audible
even in noisy areas. If any adjustments in amplifier system etc. required in this
connection at site during and after commissioning the same shall be done
without any extra cost to the Client.

1. External box to be supplied along with Speaker for wall / ceiling mounting application.

2.07 DUAL CHANNEL POWER AMPLIFIER

1. The dual channel power amplifiers shall have the following features:
1. Power output: 150 W per channel at 0.05 % harmonic distortion over frequency
range 40 to 20,000 Hz + 1 dB.
1. Frequency response 40 to 20,000 Hz + 1 dB at specified power.
2. Signal and noise level: 100 dB below rated output.
3. Channel separation: 90 dB at 1 kHz.
4. Output: 100V / 70 V.
5. Controls and indicators such as volume control, AC power switches etc.

2.08 POWER SUPPLY

1. Power supply unit shall be well filtered, regulated, have constant voltage under load and shall
have the following additional features:
1. Output: 24, 12 V dc.
1. Input: 120 V, 60 Hz, nominal.
2. Power consumption: as required.
3. Replaceable fuse: as required.
4. Rectifier: silicon full wave bridge.

Page 134 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/08


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF PA SYSTEM REV NO: R0

1. Filter, choke and dual condensers.


2. Hook-up (+) (-) terminals strip with terminal screws.
3. Line cord: 2 m (6ft.), 3 (three) conductor with strain relief.

2.09 HAND HELD SPEAKER

1. Microphones shall be hand held type, table mounted, close talking, noise canceling, low
impedance. Dynamic type, complete with goose neck and have the following features:
1. Frequency response: 50 - 15,000 Hz.
i1)Output level: approximately - 55 dB
1. Sensitivity: - 149dB
2. Output impedance, balanced to ground, 150 ohms.
3. Housing, metal, desk, flexible goose neck, black finish.
4. Built-in push -to-talk switch.
5. Magnetic dust shield.

2.10 SPEAKER & CABLES

1. The ceiling ring speaker shall be double cone Loudspeaker attached to a circular grille which
is injection molded from high impact polystyrene. The assembly shall be secured in to
cut-out, using two integral spring loaded ceiling locking clamps. The Loudspeaker shall
be supplied with transformer with winding taps that allow outputs of 6 W or 12/15W as
required.

1. The cable shall be as mentioned in datasheet.

1. All cables from various zones to be terminated on termination box & from there individual
cables will connect to the amplifier system.

2.11 CALL STATION

1. The multizone call station shall be a stylish high quality call station with a stable metal base, a
flexible microphone stem and a unidirectional condenser microphone. It shall be
intended for making calls to selected zones. The special design shall allow for neatly
flush mounting in desk tops. Using dip switches on the bottom of the call station, the
call station ID shall be selectable. The call station shall have selectable gain, speech
filter and limiter for improved intelligibility.

1. On each call station it shall be possible to select 6 zones with the possibility to connect a call
station keypad to increase the number of zones or zone groups that can be selected.

Page 135 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/08


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF PA SYSTEM REV NO: R0

3.0 PART – 3 (INSTALLATION)

3.01 GENERAL

1. Installation shall be as shown on the drawings, and as recommended by the major equipment
manufacturer.

1. All cables, junction boxes, cables supports and hangers shall be concealed in finished areas
and may be exposed in unfinished areas.

3.02 CABLING

1. Prior to laying and fixing of conduits, the contractor shall carefully examine the drawings
indicating the layout, satisfy himself about the sufficiency of number and sizes of
conduits, sizes and location of conduits and other relevant details. Any discrepancy
found in the drawings shall be brought to the notice of Consultant / Engineer in-charge.
Any modifications suggested by the Contractor shall be got approved by the Consultant
/ Engineer in-charge before the actual laying of conduits is commenced.

1. All cables from various zones to be terminated on termination box & from there individual
cables will connect to the amplifier system.

3.03 TESTING

A Sr. Description Visual Test Docum


No. Readings entatio
n

All cables are tested for continuity,


1 insulation, resistance etc. √

2 System installation proper as per drawing √

Carry out visual checks on all speakers &


controller free from any mechanical
damage, cables, interphase modules etc.to
3 ensure they are properly installed. √

4 Check for proper termination & feruling √

5 Check Input A/C Supply Voltage √

Check location/spacing of loudspeakers as


6 in drawing. √ √

7 Check Distribution of Zones as per Drawing. √ √

8 Check full load speaker sound quality . √

9 Check if local lodspeakers overrides by √ √

Page 136 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/08


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF PA SYSTEM REV NO: R0

voice messages in case of emergency


evacuation.

If power fails, whether controller working


10 on battery supply √

Check if recorder messages are CLEAR, free


from any noise distortion & easy to
11 understand. √

Controller display and all key working


12 properly √

3.04 COMMISSIONING

1. At final commissioning of each system, the Contractor shall confirm that:


1. All devices, control panels are tested and operate correctly .
2. Commissioning shall be fully documented and the documentation submitted to the
Engineer.
3. The Contractor shall demonstrate each zone and main panel to the satisfaction of
the Engineer by conducting a series of witnessed acceptance tests as directed by
the Engineer. This shall take place after the above final commissioning and following
receipt of the commissioning documentation by the Engineer.
4. Both the installation and the commissioning activities shall be undertaken as a single
continuous operation.
5. The contractor shall present an Acceptance Certificate for signature by the customer.

3.05 DOCUMENTS

1. The contractor, upon completion of the commissioning activity, shall hand over the system to
the customer. At the time of hand over, the contractor shall provide the customer with
the following documentation:
1. Copy of detailed report
2. Component and equipment list
3. Product description sheets
4. System design drawing(s)
1. System schematic diagram(s)
2. System operating manuals

3.06 TRAINING

1. The contractor shall provide the customer with details of the training required by personnel to
operate and maintain the PA System during routine operation and normal
troubleshooting.

Page 137 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/08


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF PA SYSTEM REV NO: R0

Technical Data Sheets for Public Address System


Specific Technical Requirement v/s Technical Data by Bidder

Data to be filled up
Sr. Specification Design
Technical Data /Confirmed by
No. Requirement
Bidder

1.0 Make

2.0 Installation False ceiling / Surface / wall

3.0 Speakers (Round


shape)
Power Handling Capacity 6W

3.1 Sound Pressure Level 64 dB

3.2 Nominal Voltage 100 V / 70 V (tap)

3.3 L.S. impédance 4 Ohms.

3.4 Dimensions To bespecified by Vendor

3.5 Colour To bespecified by Vendor

Power Handling Capacity 15 W

3.6 Sound Pressure Level 96 dB

3.7 Nominal Voltage 100 V / 70 V (tap)

3.8 L.S. impédance 4 Ohms.

3.9 Dimensions To bespecified by Vendor

3.10 Colour To bespecified by Vendor

4.0 Speaker Cable

4.1 Cable Type 32 / .2 mm (1.0 sq. mm) armoured


FRLS, Twisted pair

4.2 Conductor Copper, Resistance per Km. (Max.

Page 138 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/08


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF PA SYSTEM REV NO: R0

25 Ohms)

4.3 Individual Insulation PVC Type, Insulation Thickness


nominal : 0.5mm

4.4 Overall Sheath Thickness - 1.8mm, Material - PVC


type as per IS – 5831, Outer dia -
8.5mm dia

Page 139 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI

DOCUMENT TITLE

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATION, TESTING AND


COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENTs

DOCUMENT NO. SPECS-SITC/09

CONTENTS

SR. NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO


PART 1 GENERAL 141
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 141
1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS 141
PART 2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 142

RECORD OF REVISIONS

R0 20/10/2021 ISSUED FOR TENDERING JPP KGJ


PREPARED
REV DATE DESCRIPTION CHECKED BY
BY

Page 140 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/09


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATION OF I-T-C REV NO: R0

PART -1 (GENERAL)

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A This Specification describes the requirements governing engineering, design,


manufacture, packing, delivery at site, erection, testing and commissioning of
Electrical Installation Accessories, Electrical Safety Items and Personal Protective
Equipment and other consumable. All the items shall be manufactured in
accordance with latest Indian/International Standards applicable to such material
and requirements detailed in this technical specification. The work shall be
executed according to most stringent of these requirements.

1. Irrespective of fact whether it is specifically mentioned or not, all the components


shall be deemed to have been included in the specification and shall be provided
by the Bidder as required for proper functioning of the offered equipment.

1.02 CODES & STANDARDS

1. All the materials to be supplied under this specification shall be of best quality and
in conformity with, but not limited to, the latest relevant Indian/International
Codes and Standards and technical requirements provided for each item elsewhere
in the specification except as modified by the Client in the Purchase Order.

1. Compliance by the Bidder with the provisions of this specification and relevant
Codes and Standards shall not relieve him of the responsibility of furnishing
apparatus and accessories, to be supplied by him, of proper design, which shall
conform to meet electrically and mechanically the operating requirements under
the specified service conditions and shall be suitable for the purpose of which they
are intended.

Page 141 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/09


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATION OF I-T-C REV NO: R0

PART – 2 (TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS)

2.01 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA


1. Location : BABARGHAT, TAPI, Gujarat
A
2 Site elevation : 549 Mtr above mean sea level
3 Ambient : Semi-Humid

B 1 Maximum Temperature 45 deg C

2 Design Max. Ambient Temperature (Dry Bulb) 50 deg C

3 Minimum Temperature (Winter Dry Bulb) 08 deg C

4 Minimum Relative Humidity 40%

5 Maximum Relative Humidity at 30.5 deg C 95% (Design basis)

6 Normal Barometric Pressure 1008.2 mbar

7 Maximum Rainfall Average 150 mm/year

8 Design maximum wind velocity 100 km/hour

9 Earthquake Category (Seismic Zone) Zone III, IS 1893 (Part I):


2002

2.02 INCOMING POWER SUPPLY AT PROJECT SITE

1 Voltage at Point of supply 11KV

2 Frequency 50 Hz

3 Permissible voltage variation ±10%

4 Permissible frequency variation ±3%

5 Permissible combined voltage & frequency ±6%


variation

6 Symmetrical Fault Level at Point of supply 500 MVA


(Design)

7 Neutral earthing at Point of Supply Grounded

8 Control supply voltage 230 V AC

2.03 GENERAL

1. The construction of transformer and all the accessories shall be suitable to suit ambient

Page 142 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/09


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATION OF I-T-C REV NO: R0

climatological and installation conditions.

1. Details of approved makes for the items to be supplied are provided separately. Alternative
equipment must not be used, unless written approval has been given by the Client.

1. All the materials, hardware and consumable to be supplied by the Bidder shall be new,
unused and of best quality. The Bidder shall get the samples of materials approved by the
Client/the Consultant prior to supply and installation. No deviation is acceptable in this
regard.
1. The Bidder shall order well in time, the required materials for the execution, after obtaining
specific approvals of the material/samples from the Client. Requests from the Bidder to supply
"equivalent" materials on the grounds of long delivery period / non-availability in market of the
approved samples will not be entertained under any circumstances.

2.04 STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTIONS AND FABRICATION CONSUMABLE

1. The scope of specification covers supply of structural steel sections such as MS angles,
MS channels, MS flats, I-sections, etc. as required for fabrication of base frame for electric
panels/lighting boards, supports for cable trays, brackets for lighting fixtures, fittings for
cable trays, transformer foundation, etc.

1. The structural steel sections such as ISMB, ISMC, angles, T-section, etc shall be conforming to
the following Codes and Standards read with the latest amendment thereof.
1. IS:800-1991Code of Practice for Use of Structural Steel in General Building
Construction
2. IS:2062-1999 Steel for General Structural Purposes - Specification
3. IS:808-1964Indian Standard for Equal and Unequal MS Angles (ISA), MS
Channels (ISMC), MS I beams (ISMB)
4. IS:2629-1985 Recommended Practice for Hot-Dip Galvanizing of Iron and
Steel
5. IS:10238-2001 Fasteners - Threaded Steel Fastener - Step Bolts for Steel
Structures
6. IS:209 Indian Standard – Zinc to be used for Galvanizing
1. Generally, structural steel sections ISMB 75/100, ISMC 75/100, ILA 50x50x5, ILA 40x40x5, ILA
25x25x6, 25x6 flat, 25x3 flat, etc. shall be supplied. 6mm thkChequered plates shall also be
supplied for covering the indoor cable trenches. The scope of supply shall not be limited to
these sections. The other sections shall also be supplied, if required.

1. Structural steel sections shall be new, free from kink/deformation/twist/buckle/bend, and


free from rust.

1. Welding electrodes of approved grade, make and quality shall be used for the fabrication.
Welding rods shall conform to IS:814 or IS:815. All other consumable for welding work
shall be considered for supply.

1. In case specifically asked for, the hot-dip galvanized steel sections shall be supplied.

Page 143 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/09


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATION OF I-T-C REV NO: R0

2.05 GALVANIZED STEEL PRE-FABRICATED LADDER TYPE CABLE TRAYS (WITH


ACCESSORIES)

1. The structural steel to be used in the cable trays and hot-dip galvanizing of sections shall
be conforming to the Indian Standards specified above.

1. Fabrication of Tray / Ladder and accessories at site and welding is not permitted. In
unavoidable circumstances, If any cut or holes are made in the trays/Ladder/accessories,
zinc spray need to be applied over the surface. The metal edge has to be protected by
edge protection sleeves to avoid cable damage. Edge of the supports has to be protected
with plastic END caps. Screwed connections and internal fixing Devices should not create
any damage to the cable when correctly fixed. Sudden or jerky motions shall not be used
to tighten reusable screw connections.

1. Cables shall run in cable tray/ladder mounted horizontally or vertically on cable tray
support system which in turn shall be supported from floor, ceiling, overhead structures,
trestles, pipe racks, trenches or other building structures using prefabricated mounting
accessories.

1. The cable trays shall be supplied in standard lengths of


3000mm. Standard width of the tray shall be as follows:
Width: 50, 100, 150, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600 & 750 mm.

1. Rung and Accessories


Maximum rung spacing in the ladder shall be 300mm. The rung’s should be made of C
profiles suitable to fix cables by special metal clamps. All the ladder accessories like
Bend’s, TEES’s, Cross over’s etc should be designed in accordance with IS and shall be
factory fabricated. The accessories shall be made from the same material as of the ladder
and modular type, it should be connected with the ladder by using fasteners

1. Cover for Cable Tray:


Cover for trays/ladders to protect the cable insulation from falling objects, water droplets,
and harmful effects of ultraviolet rays and accumulation of dust. The cover shall be made
either from Hot Dip Galvanized sheet steel or superior quality Double Dip Galvanized
Sheets. For Outdoor application, Double dip Galvanized material shall be used. The covers
should be fitted properly to the Ladder / Tray by using pre fixed and tested locks which
ensure that covers are fitted rigidly to Tray / Ladder. For outdoor application in high wind
areas, additional cross over beadings to be used for fixing the cover on tray / ladder of
width more than 500 mm.

1. Pre-fabricated cable trays in straight lengths and all its hardware shall be capable of
withstanding without permanent deformation and/or damage the mechanical stresses
resulting from load of various types and sizes of cables laid. Weight bearing capability
shall be sufficient to meet specified requirements without any damage to the equipment.

1. Cable tray / Ladder, bend, T Bend, cross, and all supports are to be tested for Safe
Working Load (SWL), deflections, Impact resistance, Salt Spray & Electrical continuity test
according to IS mentioned above. The cable tray/ladder should not deflect more than

Page 144 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/09


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATION OF I-T-C REV NO: R0

1/100th of the span length at SWL in Mid span and the transverse deflection of all
mounting accessories at SWL shall not exceed 1/20th of the length. The cable tray / cable
ladder should be tested up to 1.7 times SWL at minimum and maximum room
temperature. The temperature classification of cable tray system should be - 5 to +
150°C.The relevant details of SWL and the load chart with respect to SWL, supporting
distance and the deflection should be according to the following chart.
Safe Working Load (SWL) with a span length up to 3 meters
Side Span length (in meters)
Width
Description Height 1.5m 2m 2.5m 3m
(in mm)
(in mm) Permitted Load (in kg/meter)
35 50 - 300 125 90 50 -
60 50 - 600 150 100 50 -
Perforated Cable Tray
85 100 - 600 175 110 50 -
110 100 - 550 185 130 75 60
45 200 - 600 180 140 100 55
Cable Ladder 60 200 - 600 - 225 150 100
110 200 - 600 - 310 200 140

Safe Working Load (SWL) with a span length up to 10 meters


Side Span length (in meters)
Width
Description Height 4m 5m 6m 7m 8m 9m 10m
(in mm)
(in mm) Permitted Load (in kg/meter)
200 - 300 160 110 75 - 20 - -
Perforated Cable 110
400 - 600 200 150 100 - 40 - -
Tray for long
200 - 300 230 180 140 100 70 - -
span distance 160
400 - 600 250 200 160 130 100 - -
200 - 300 160 110 80 40 - - -
110
Cable Ladder for 400 - 600 210 150 100 70 - - -
long span 200 - 300 230 180 140 100 70 - -
160
distance 400 - 600 250 200 160 130 100 - -
200 200 - 600 - - 300 250 200 140 100
2.06 WIRED MESH PRE-FABRICATED CABLE TRAYS – CARBON STEEL WITH HOT DIP
GALVANIZING PROCESS (WITH ACCESSORIES)

1. Cable trays shall be manufactured from steel wires (CI), welded together and bent into
final shape. All cable trays, except the 30x50, shall be manufactured with a longitudinal
‘T-welded’ safety edge.

B Trays shall be constructed with a 50 mm x 100 mm mesh configuration.

C Internal widths of 50 mm, 100 mm, 150 mm for heights of 30 mm / 54 mm

1. Internal widths of 300 mm, 400 mm, 450 mm and 500 mm for heights of 105 mm

Page 145 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/09


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATION OF I-T-C REV NO: R0

1. The surface treatment chosen shall depend on the environment wherein the product will
be installed.

1. The positive contribution made by each type of surface treatment and each type of
stainless steel shall be demonstrated by means of salt spray tests (SST) performed in
accordance with the relevant Indian standard.

G Hot dipped galvanized after manufacture for at least 360 h of SST

1. Assemblies with specific fire-resistant properties must have certificate issued by an


approved laboratory in accordance with the tests described in the standard DIN 4102-12.
The wire cable tray short-circuit resistance must be tested by an independent laboratory.

1. For the purpose of assembling the various wire cable tray, only fast coupling systems or
screw-based systems must be used. These must be designed, mechanically tested and
supplied by the wire cable tray manufacturer. The electrical resistance of the joints must
not exceed 50 mΩ and must be tested in accordance with the procedure described in the
standard IEC 61537

1. Only supports, brackets or hangers designed, mechanically tested and supplied by the
wire cable tray manufacturer must be used. The loading capacities of the brackets and
the hanger torques must be tested in accordance with the standard IEC 61537.

1. To enable earthing every 15 m, bimetal terminals or tin-plated aluminum connectors must


be used. These must be recommended and tested by the manufacturer.

1. The surface treatment chosen shall depend on the environment wherein the product will
be installed. The positive contribution made by each type of surface treatment and each
type of stainless steel shall be demonstrated by means of salt spray tests (SST)
performed in accordance with the standard EN 9227.
In case of Electro zinc plated after manufacture in accordance with the relevant IS/EC.

1. Mesh tray and all mounting supports are to be tested for Safe Working Load (SWL),
deflections, Impact resistance, Salt Spray & Electrical continuity test according to IS. The
cable tray should not deflect more than 1/100th of the span length at SWL in Mid span for
mesh trays and the transverse deflection of all mounting accessories at SWL shall not
exceed 1/20th of the length. The mesh tray should be tested up to 1.7 times SWL at
minimum and maximum Temperature. The temperature classification of mesh tray system
should be - 5 to + 150°C.
The relevant details of SWL and the load chart with respect to SWL, supporting distance
and the deflection should be according to the following chart.

Safe Working Load (SWL) with a span length up to 2 meters


Span length (in meters)
Side
Width 1m 1.5m 2m
Description Height
(in mm) Permitted Load (in
(in mm)
Kg/meter.)
50 - 150 25 11 10
Mesh cable tray 35
200 30 14 10

Page 146 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/09


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATION OF I-T-C REV NO: R0

300 75 22 15
50 - 150 25 12 8
55 200 - 400 60 28 25
500 - 600 75 38 25
100 – 200 80 55 37
105 300 – 400 110 75 53
500 – 600 125 85 60
2.07 RCC HUME PIPES / UPVC PIPES

1. RCC Hume pipes, NPZ-100, of generally 100mm, 150mm, 200mm dia shall be supplied
along with collars in required numbers, which shall be installed across roads/drains/water
trenches for safe crossing of cables.

1. UPVC Pipes of 4 kg class shall be used wherever specified for small size or ELV system
cabling with necessary accessories.

2.08 MATERIALS FOR MINOR CIVIL WORKS


The materials to be used for civil works shall conform to following Indian Standards.
A
1. IS: 2212-1991 Code of practice for Brickwork
2. IS: 260 Ordinary Portland Cement, 33 Grade

1. Material, such as bricks, cement, sand, metal, sealing compounds, putty, etc., required to
carry out minor civil works like construction of brick masonry chambers for earthing
stations, grouting of foundation bolts, finishing of openings, sealing, etc. shall be supplied
by the Bidder. The material shall be of approved make (Wherever applicable). The Bidder
shall consult the Client before procuring the materials.

2.09 SAFETY EQUIPMENT

Danger Notice Boards

1. Metallic Danger Notice Boards conforming to IS:2551-1963 “Danger Notice Plates”


and following technical specification shall be supplied for each voltage level specified as
required.
1. Material of construction MS plate/Self sticking Polyester Film
2. Danger symbol Standard Skull-bone
3. Voltage inscription 11000/415 volts
4. Languages English / Hindi / Gujarati
5. Painting Synthetic enamel

Portable Fire Extinguishers

1. The Dry Chemical Powder (DCP) type portable fire extinguishers shall be supplied, which
shall be conforming to IS:2171-1999 “Specification for Portable Fire
Extinguishers Dry Powder (Cartridge type)”.

C The fire extinguishers shall be as per following technical specification.

Page 147 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/09


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATION OF I-T-C REV NO: R0

Capacity 2.5 kg 5.0 kg


i. Discharge time (Min – Max) 8 -10 sec 15 – 20 sec
ii. Minimum jet length 2.0 Mtr 4.0 Mtr
iii. Test pressure 30 kg/cm2 30 kg/cm2
iv. Charge weight 5.5 kg 10 kg
v. Approx. Discharge hose length NA 500 mm high pressure
vi. Gas cartridge weight 40 gm 120 gm
vii. Wall hanging bracket To be supplied To be supplied

1. The portable extinguishers shall be of free standing type and shall be capable of
discharging freely and completely in upright position. Each extinguisher shall have the
instructions for operating the extinguishers on its body itself.

1. The fire extinguishers shall be supplied with initial charge and accessories as required
including suitable clamps for mounting on walls or columns.

1. The extinguishers shall be painted with durable enamel paint of fire red color conforming
to relevant Indian Standards.

Sand Buckets with MS Stand

1. Standard FIRE bucket shall have round bottom, made out of 24 gauge GI sheet with extra
handle at bottom, duly painted white inside and red outside with FIRE mark, filled with
dry sand, suitable to hang on the MS stand to provided or on hook fixed on the wall. The
bucket shall be of 9 ltr capacity.
1. The stand to hang FIRE buckets shall be fabricated from steel and suitable for hanging 4 nos.
of buckets. The stand shall be grouted on the ground in the switchyard or transformer yard.
The stand shall be 1500mm L x 900mm H frame made out of 40mmx40mmx5mm angle iron
with cross supports for legs, welded with four hooks and duly painted with one coat of red
oxide primer and two coats of approved enamel red paint. The fabrication shall be charged to
the item provided in the specification document elsewhere.

1. The buckets shall be supplied filled with the dry clean river bed sand.

Safety hand gloves

1. Safety rubber hand gloves shall conform to IS:4770-1991 “Rubber Gloves for
Electrical Purposes (1st Revision)” and shall be suitable for voltage level of 11000
volts and 600 volts. The manufacturer’s Test Certificate in original for each pair of hand
gloves shall be furnished.

Rubber mats

1. Rubber mats shall conform to IS:5424-1969 “Rubber Mats for Electrical Purposes”.

1. Rubber mats suitable for voltage levels of 33000 volts and 415 volts shall be supplied.
The manufacturer’s Test Certificate in original for each mat shall be furnished.

Page 148 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/09


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATION OF I-T-C REV NO: R0

1. The size of mats shall be generally 1000 width x 2000 mm length and thickness shall be
as per table below. The mats shall be corrugated on one side.

N PROPERTIES:

1.Color : Blue without Metallic Derivatives

2.Thickness : Voltage Systems Thickness

(A) Up to 3.3 KV - 2.0 mm thick

(B) Above 3.3 to 11 kV - 2.5 mm thick

(C) 11 kV to 65 kV - 3.0 mm thick

1. FEATURES:
1. CPRI Tested
2. High Die Electric Strength Up to 65 KV.
3. Insulation Resistance Up to 1494000 Mega Ohm.
4. Fire Retardant.
5. Good Mechanical Properties To With Stand Load and Movement of Breaker Trolleys
and Associated Electrical Equipment including heavy foot traffic.
6. No Adverse Effect of Acids, Alkalis and Transformer Oil.
7. Manufactured Without Any Metallic Derivatives
8. Suitable For Both A.C & D.C Electrical Installations
9. Easy To Install, Can Be Pasted.
10. Water And Moisture Proof, Does Not Decay.
11. High Tensile Strength and Elongation Properties.
1. Test parameters:
S.NO Poly Electro safe, 2.0 mm
. Details of the Test Unit thickness
1 Tensile Strength N/mm2 22.40
2 Elongation % 318.50
3 Insulation Resistance Mega Ohm 14, 94, 000
4 Die Electric withstand Test KV 30 KV for 1 min
5 Die Electric withstand Test KV 62.0
6 Effect of fire Second 1.0
Effect of Acid, Alkali, Diesel
7 & Transformer Oil % -19.8 & + 2.31 of Original value
8 Ageing Test % -1.89 & + 4.10 of original value
9 Leakage Current Test in oil Ma 0.2 ma at 22 KV
Above test parameters are typical for 2.0 mm thickness rubber mat. Vendor to produce same for
approval for all other sizes.

Shock treatment chart

Page 149 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/09


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATION OF I-T-C REV NO: R0

1. Standard shock treatment chart printed in Gujarati and English language, duly framed and
laminated on wooden frame shall be supplied and hanged on the wall.

First Aid Box

1. Standard First Aid Box duly filled in with basic medicines and dressing materials as per
relevant Indian Standard shall be supplied and installed in the Electrical Control Room.

2.10 LOCAL PUSH BUTTON STATIONS

1. Push buttons and related control switches shall be complied to IS-6875

1. CONSTRUCTION FEATURES:
The constructional features of the local push button stations shall be as follows:
Metal enclosed, weather proof, suitable for mounting on wall or steel structures. The
enclosure shall be die cast aluminum or sheet metal of 2 mm thickness.
Outdoor type push buttons shall be completely, weather, dust and vermin proof and
shall be provided with canopy. Degree of protection shall be IP:55.
1. Metal parts shall be given tropicalizing treatment as pre standards and painted with
one coat of epoxy primer and two coats of light gray epoxy paint.
1. Provided with inscription plates of rear engraved Perspex with white letters on black
background. The letter size shall be 6 mm.

1. Provided with removable undrilled gland plate and cable glands for appropriate sizes
of cable. The cable entry shall be form the bottom.
1. Push button contact shall be designed for extra robust both mechanical and electrical
operation. High quality material shall be used in their construction to ensure
mechanical life exceeding 10 million switching operations. The contact shall be of
silver alloy of 10 A continuous current rating.
2. All push buttons shall be:
1. Fitted with one (1) normally open and one (1) normally closed contacts rated
to carry and breaks 6 Amps at 415 Volts (10 A at 240 V AC)
2. Provide integral escutcheon plates marked with its function.
3. The open/close/start push buttons shall be of the momentary contact push to
actuate type and shall be green in colour.
1. TYPE OF PUSH BUTTON STATIONS:
Push button station, suitable for indoor/outdoor installation and shall comprise two push
buttons viz 'START' and 'STOP' for control of non-reversible motors with on indicating
lamp. Both the P.B. shall be of lockable type with key.

1. FLOOR JUNCTION BOX:


The junction box shall be made out of 2 mm mild steel sheet.
1. The total depth of junction box shall be 65 mm while the width and length
shall be 300 mm.
2. The lower compartment shall accommodate the cables running through the
junction box.

Page 150 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/09


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATION OF I-T-C REV NO: R0

1. The upper compartment shall be used for diverting cable out of floor
Trunking for further drawing through the conduit.
2. The upper compartment shall be provided with knock out for
conduit entry on two opposite sides perpendicular to main run of
the floor trunking.
3. The partition plate between upper and lower compartment shall have
opening in staggered way for bringing out cable from Trunking.
4. The top cover of the junction box shall be hinged type and shall be made
from brass / SS. So as to give decorative look to the exposed cover top.

Page 151 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI

DOCUMENT TITLE

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING


AND COMMISSIONING OFACCESSORIES AND CONSUMMABLES
DOCUMENT NO. SPECS-SITC/10

CONTENTS

SR. NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO


PART 1 GENERAL 153
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 153
PRE-COMMISSIONING CHECK, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING –
1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 155
1.03 SCOPE OF WORK 156
1.04 ERECTION EQUIPMENT, TOOLS & TACKLES 157
1.05 TESTING INSTRUMENTS 157
1.06 INSTALLATION OF LOCAL CONTROL STATIONS (PB STATIONS) 158
1.07 INSTALLATION OF CABLE TRAYS 158
1.08 INSTALLATION OF JUNCTION BOXES 159
1.09 INSTALLATION OF WELDING AND METAL CLAD RECEPTACLES 159
1.10 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES - LUMINAIRES 160
1.11 STRUCTURAL STEEL FABRICATION AND ERECTION 162
1.12 MINOR CIVIL WORKS 163
1.13 INSTALLATION OF SAFETY ITEMS 163

RECORD OF REVISIONS

R0 20/10/2021 ISSUED FOR TENDERING JPP KGJ


PREPARED
REV DATE DESCRIPTION CHECKED BY
BY

Page 152 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/10


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATION OF ACCESSORIES AND CONSUMMABLES REV NO: R0

1.01 Scope of Work

1. This specification and the scope of work are intended to cover engineering and design,
supply of erection consumable F.O.R. site, arranging erection tools-tackles, testing
instruments, etc. required for satisfactory erection, pre-commissioning checks, site
testing and commissioning of total Electrical System.

1. All equipments/materials shall be installed adopting the best engineering practices and
in conformance with the relevant Indian Standards, Indian Electricity Rules and The
Factories Act. It is the responsibility of the Bidder to ensure that the electrical
installation shall be supplied and erected by him to the total satisfaction of The
Electrical Inspectorate Authority, Gujarat, any other statutory body having jurisdiction in
the area and also the Client.

1. Irrespective of fact whether it is specifically mentioned or not, all the components shall
be deemed to have been included in the specification and shall be provided by the
Bidder as required for proper functioning of the offered equipment.

1. The technical specification for the electrical installation includes required technical
specification and data for respective activity. The Bidder shall consider this data for the
price bid purpose. However, for offering a best cost effective design and/or fulfilling the
contractual obligations, should the Bidder want to offer alternatives as deemed fit, the
same shall be offered separately duly supported by the detailed reasons and
justification. Once the agreement is reached and the contract shall be awarded, no
changes shall be permitted during the execution.

1. These specifications shall also be read in conjunction with relevant statutory Acts
and Rules applicable to electrical installation works, relevant TAC requirements, and
applicable latest Indian/International Codes and Standards

1. It shall be the contractor’s responsibility to be, or to become, knowledgeable of the


requirements of respective Standards and Codes. Any alternations or changes to the
equipment to make it meet Standards and Codes requirements shall be at the expense
of the Contractor.

1. Details of preferred makes for the items to be supplied are provided separately.
Alternative equipment must not be used, unless written approval has been given by the
Client.

1. Compliance by the Bidder with the provisions of this specification shall not relieve him of
the responsibility of furnishing apparatus and accessories, to be supplied by him, of
proper design and executing entire installation work conforming to meet electrically and
mechanically the operating requirements under the specified service conditions and
suitable for the purpose of which they are intended.

1. The skilled technicians deployed for executing electrical installation works such as
checking, testing and commissioning of panels, motors, cable terminations, lighting, etc.
should have valid Electrical Wireman’s Permit issued by the Government of Gujarat. Any
technician found working on such installation without required document should be

Page 153 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/10


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATION OF ACCESSORIES AND CONSUMMABLES REV NO: R0

removed forthwith and the Bidder shall be penalized for the same by reporting to the
statutory authority.

1. All required documents in original and copies shall be produced by the Bidder prior to
commencement of work at site to the satisfaction of the Client.

1. The Bidder shall maintain proper measurement books, register for daily attendance
of staff and technicians, daily progress report and submit to the Client.

1. The Bidder shall have all necessary equipment, tools-tackles and testing instruments to
undertake the complete work in the scope as specified with utmost safety. The Bidder
shall bring to the site following equipment, but not limited to, before commencement of
work.

1. The Bidder shall verify exact location for installation of transformers, HT/LV panel, LDB,
PDB, lighting fixtures, etc. and shall ascertain cable routes, earthing grid layouts in
accordance with the layout drawings to be designed and prepared by him before
starting actual work and got approved from the Client/Consultant.

1. The Bidder shall interact with Engineer-in-charge for civil works such as groves,
openings, holes, inserts etc., as required for installation work, in walls, floors, ceilings or
any other part of buildings or roads which are not constructed at the time when the
Bidder commences his work. This action shall be taken well before the construction of
the relevant portion of such work so that Engineer-in-charge may make effort to
execute the work through the civil contractor. The Bidder shall be responsible for
explaining the civil contractor furnishing proper drawings for the work involved. In case
the construction of relevant part of building is completed by the civil contractor due to
failure on part of the Bidder in not giving proper and timely notice for such requirement,
the Bidder will have to do all the work involved to the complete satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-charge at no extra cost.

1. The Bidder shall design, provide and install any and all necessary supports, brackets,
clamps, etc. in addition to those required in this specification as directed by the Client, if
required, under the item of fabrication work specified.

1. The Bidder shall keep the Client’s premises clean and free of debris and rubbish caused
by the work. At the end of the day and completion of total work, the work site shall be
made thoroughly clean. Rubbish, debris, wastage, etc. shall be dumped to respective
areas earmarked for such purpose.

1. Utmost care shall be taken while handling, shifting, site location, erection, testing and
commissioning of all equipments. The manufacturer’s instructions and requirements
specified in the respective technical manual shall be strictly adhered to for installation
work of equipment. The room or place, wherein the equipment to be installed, shall be
kept as clean and dry as possible and free from all the debris.

1. When handling or shifting the electrical panels and other major equipment like
transformers/DG sets, care shall be taken to use correct type of lifting devices such as
chain pulley blocks, slings, etc. No parts shall be subjected to undue strains and sudden

Page 154 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/10


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATION OF ACCESSORIES AND CONSUMMABLES REV NO: R0

stresses.

1. HV and LV Switchgear, APFC panels, AMF Panel, etc. shall be supplied with loose
components packed in separate boxes. Such loose components shall be installed by the
Bidder in accordance with the respective manufacturer’s drawings and shall be wired as
per schematic wiring diagrams.

1. The Bidder shall be responsible at his own expense for making necessary arrangements
for Electrical Inspector's visit to the site for the inspection of the electrical installation
and obtaining his approval for the electrical installation carried out by him. The
inspection fees shall be paid by the Client upon getting necessary intimation from the
Bidder/the Statutory Authority.

1. The Bidder shall be prepared to work as per the priorities assigned by the Client, and
shall complete the commissioning of the systems in the sequence as required by the
Client. The Bidder shall program his work in such a way that it does not hold up the
general construction work of any other trade.
1. In case it would be necessary to call for the manufacturer’s erection engineer for the
electrical equipment such as transformers, HV switchgear, LV panels, DG sets, etc. in the
capacity of the Supervisor, the Bidder shall call for such services at his own expenses and
the price for such activities shall be deemed to be included in the quoted price.

1. All electrical equipment such as transformers, HV/LV switchgear cubicles, VCB, PMCC,
LDB, HT/LT cables, etc. and various components supplied loose and all other materials
shall be thoroughly examined upon receipt at site to determine if any damage or loss
was sustained during transit after removing the packing except bottom wooden pallet,
wherever provided. If any visible sign of damage or incorrect handling is evident, the
Bidder shall immediately notify Engineer-in-charge and necessary action for corrective
action shall be taken immediately.

1. In case the HV, and LV switchboards, Lighting Boards, etc. shall be energized after a time
lag after erection, all such boards shall be kept covered with heavy polythene sheets after
erection till they are subjected to testing and commissioning to avoid dust ingress.

1.02 PRE-COMMISSIONING CHECK, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING –


GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1. After completing the erection of equipment, the pre-commissioning checks shall be


carried out jointly by the Bidder and the Client in accordance with the detailed checklist
provided for the respective equipment or system in the specification document. The
details provided hereunder are indicative to enable the Bidder to consider the efforts
required to perform the activity. Any deficiency observed during pre-commissioning
checking shall be attended by the Bidder before commissioning and reported.

HV test shall be carried out applying voltages as follows, wherever specified.

Page 155 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/10


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATION OF ACCESSORIES AND CONSUMMABLES REV NO: R0

B Rated voltage up to 1000V 3.3 kV 6.6 kV 11 kV


DC test voltage 2 kV 7 kV 12 kV 22 kV
AC test voltage 2.5 kV 8 kV 15 kV 26 kV

1.03 SCOPE OF WORK

1. The scope of installation, testing and commissioning shall include, but not limited to, the
following items.
Sr. Item Remark
1 Distribution transformers Separately attached
2 MV VCB switchboards Separately attached
3 LV Panels, APFC Panel, Lighting distribution Separately attached
board, Sub-lighting distribution boards, Power
distribution board.
4 Standby DG sets, accessories, DG set AMF Separately attached
panel
5 Laying and termination of MV XLPE cables and Separately attached
1100V grade LT XLPE/PVC aluminum/copper
armoured power/control/instrument signal
cables.
6 Installation of MV outdoor and indoor cable end Separately attached
terminations.
7 Well glass, street lighting, and industrial indoor
lighting fixtures on walls, poles, structures,
ceiling, etc. inclusive of installation of control
gear boxes, PVC wires between CG Box and
fixture, complete.
8 Welding receptacles, metal clad receptacles
9 Local push button type control stations
10 Laying of RCC/GI pipe sleeves at road crossing,
at motor terminations, etc. and drawing cables
through it.
11 Fabrication of supports/clamps for PB stations,
lighting fixtures, and clamps for cable supports,
and foundations frames, etc. including painting
work
12 Pipe Pipe type earthing stations, ground bus on
wall/structures, laying and termination of
earthing grid conductors, equipment
connections, etc. type earthing stations,
ground bus on wall/structures, laying and
termination of earthing grid conductors,

Page 156 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/10


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATION OF ACCESSORIES AND CONSUMMABLES REV NO: R0

equipment connections, etc.


1. Erection of Steel tubular poles and J-type
(Stanchion type) pipe poles (outdoor lighting)
2. Fixing of GI spacers and saddles, hardware,
etc. for cable laying on walls, structures.
Other ancillary work as mentioned below :
1. All required installation tools-tackles, cranes, fork lifts, testing instruments, etc.
2. Providing erection equipment for cable laying, screw jacks, rollers, pipes, etc.
3. Loading/unloading, shifting at site all the equipment to be erected under the
scope of work and returning of excess material to stores.
4. Pre-commissioning checks, testing, trials (wherever applicable) for all electrical
equipment such as Transformers, 11 kV HV Switchgear, Main Distribution Boards,
PCC/MCC panels, Lighting distribution boards, Lighting fixtures, Earthing system,
HT/LT cables, etc as per scope of work.
5. Minor civil works.
6. The manpower of supervisory category, skilled/semi-skilled technicians, unskilled
labour, etc. as required for completing the work.

1.04 ERECTION EQUIPMENT, TOOLS & TACKLES

1. 1. Lifting tackles, chain pulley blocks, crane, trailer, screw jacks, etc. of appropriate capacity
(contract for hiring of some equipment if not available).
1. Portable grinders, Hand drilling machines.
2. Gas cutting sets/Welding machines.
3. Pipe bending machine and Pipe threading tool.
4. Portable drilling machine with bits of assorted types/sizes.
5. Torque wrench.
6. Conduit dye set.
7. Leveling instrument.
8. Hand operated and hydraulic cable lug crimping tools.
9. Portable electric blower with air heating attachment.
10. Aluminium ladders, extendable ladders and stands, etc.
11. Safety accessories for welding, safety helmets, ear plugs, aprons, safety shoes,
hand gloves, electrical safety hand gloves, safety belts, etc.
12. Electrical technician’s tool kit – containing insulated pliers, insulated spanners,
insulated screw drivers, cutters, hacksaw, hammer, power tester, etc. (separate
for each person).
13. Tools for excavation, shovel, trikam, etc. and civil masonry work.
1.05 TESTING INSTRUMENTS

1. 1. 1000V and 500V hand operated megger.


1. 5000V motorized megger.
2. Phase sequence indicator.
3. Power analyzer, 3-phase showing all system parameters.
4. Earth megger.
5. Single phase variac, Secondary current injection test set.
6. Multimeter.
7. Clip on meter.

Page 157 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/10


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATION OF ACCESSORIES AND CONSUMMABLES REV NO: R0

1. Transformer ratio test meter.


2. Relay testing kit suitable for numerical relays.
3. Lux level meter to measure illumination levels.
4. AC and DC portable high voltage test set, range of 30 kV or more.
5. Continuity testers of extra low voltage, preferably 6V.

1.06 INSTALLATION OF LOCAL CONTROL STATIONS (PB STATIONS)

1. Installation of Local Push button stations shall be done as mentioned below.


Erection procedure

1. For fixing the Local Control Stations (LCS) on wall or steel structure, steel frame shall be
fabricated using MS angles/flats of appropriate size. Fabrication of frame shall be in the
scope of steel fabrication work specified separately elsewhere. The frame shall be
properly grouted on the wall, or welded on the steel structure.

1. Necessary drawing for frame shall be prepared by the Bidder and got approved before
fabrication. The size of frame shall be maintained depending on number of PB stations
to be installed at that location.

1. After termination of cables, LCS covers shall be fixed properly along with gasket intact.
Testing/Pre-commissioning checks

1. Measurement of insulation resistance of control wiring between wires and wire to earth,
few points on terminal block in LCS with 500V megger keeping the cable disconnected.
Measurement of resistance of internal discharge resistances. If desired IR value is
observed, the cables shall be connected and PB station shall be energized.

F Functional checks of push buttons and contacts manually for any blockage, friction, etc.

1.07 INSTALLATION OF CABLE TRAYS

1. Ladder type pre-fabricated readymade GI cable trays shall be installed in horizontal and
vertical formation as per the approved layout drawings in various plant areas.

1. The tray support fabricated out of MS angles of suitable size shall be installed at interval
of about 2.0-2.5 mtr according to length of straight section along the entire route. The
supports shall be fixed on all the sides of bends, tees, etc.

1. The width of cable trays shall be selected as per number of cables running on it and it
should cater for some future cables.

1. The steel supports shall be fabricated and painted as per the steel fabrication job
provided separately in the specification. The supports shall be either grouted on the
walls or welded on MS inserts provided in walls. The supports shall be welded steel
structures in case available along the route.

1. In open areas, the trays shall be installed on support structure fabricated using
appropriate type and size of MS structural steel sections. The tray supports shall be

Page 158 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/10


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATION OF ACCESSORIES AND CONSUMMABLES REV NO: R0

erected on the concrete pedestals to be constructed at distance of not more than every
2 m along the entire route. The structural steel for such vertical and horizontal supports
shall be considered as part of structural steel to be supplied and erected.

1. The cable trays shall be earthed by providing earthing continuity conductor with the
plant earthing grid by 25 x 6mm GI strips along the entire route of cable trays. All
necessary materials for fixing cable trays like nuts, bolts, washers, grouting, welding,
inserts in the wall, etc. shall be included.

1.08 INSTALLATION OF JUNCTION BOXES

1. The junction boxes of different sizes shall be fixed on wall in rooms. JBs in outdoor areas
shall be installed on a suitable steel frame to be fabricated using MS angles/flats of
appropriate size. Fabrication of frame shall be in the scope of steel fabrication work specified
elsewhere in the document. The frame shall be properly grouted on the ground

1. The drawing showing location of junction boxes, frame for installation, etc. shall be
prepared by the Bidder and got approved from the Client/the Consultant

1. The size of frame shall be maintained depending on size and number of junction boxes
to be installed at that particular location

1. After termination of cables in the junction box, unused holes shall be sealed. The covers
shall be fixed along with the gasket. All junction boxes shall be connected to earthing
gird using 8 SWG GI wire. Inside wiring shall be properly dressed using self-locking PVC
straps

1. The junction boxes for street lighting and area lighting poles shall be installed on
respective poles as shown in the typical drawing enclosed with this specification for
information

1. Wherever required, the junction box of 2-way, 3-way or 4-way, shall be installed in the
lighting circuits for loop-in/loop out of wiring, circuit tap off, etc

1. All the junction boxes shall be connected to earthing gird by providing connection at
earthing stud provided on junction box using 8 SWG GI wire for area/street lighting
boxes and 12 SWG GI wire for indoor lighting boxes.
1.09 INSTALLATION OF WELDING AND METAL CLAD RECEPTACLES

1. Welding receptacles and industrial metal-clad receptacles along with plugs shall be
installed outdoor/indoor either on steel structure or on wall at the location shown in the
layout drawing. The method of mounting shall be same as provided for Local
Pushbutton station above.

1. The receptacle plug and housing shall be provided earthing from the earthing grid using
GI wire of appropriate size as per the current rating of the receptacle.

1. After termination of cables, receptacle covers shall be fixed along with gasket intact.

Page 159 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/10


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATION OF ACCESSORIES AND CONSUMMABLES REV NO: R0

1. Mounting height of welding/metal-clad receptacles in outdoor areas shall be minimum


600 mm from finished ground level and shall be between 600 - 1200mm from finished
floor level in indoor areas.

1. Welding receptacles shall be supplied power from major panel and other metal-clad
receptacles shall be supplied power from the power distribution board (PDB).

Testing/ Pre commissioning checks

1. For welding receptacle and metal clad receptacles, the insulation resistance at incomer
cable terminal shall be measured keeping the switch in ON condition, but incoming
cable disconnected, shall be measured between phases and phase to earth using 1000V
hand operated megger. If desired IR value is observed, the cables shall be connected
and power supply shall be made available. Supply parameters voltage shall be
measured at incoming and outgoing points.

1.10 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES - LUMINAIRES

1. Each luminaire, junction box, etc. shall be marked with details such as circuit no.,
fixture no., panel no. as indicated on the layout drawings.

1. Lighting fixtures shall be installed adopting the best engineering practices. Drawings
showing typical mounting arrangements are provided in the Tender Document as far as
possible. In case the drawing is not placed in the specification, the Bidder shall develop
the drawing based on the specification and submit to Engineer-in-charge for approval.

1. The indoor medium bay lighting fixtures shall be mounted on ceiling or structure as per
availability of location. The bracket shall be fabricated from the steel under the item of
steel fabrication.

D The street lighting fixtures of specified type shall be installed on steel tubular poles.

1. lighting fixtures shall be installed on ceiling using ball and socket type arrangement to
be supplied by the Bidder. Erection cost shall be inclusive of supply of GI dropper pipes,
ball & socket joints, hardware, PVC flexible copper wire, PVC flexible conduit,
consumable, etc.

1. In case of unavoidable hindrance to approved lighting layout location for specific fixture
due to pipeline or other mechanical equipment at particular site, the revised location
shall be decided at site in consultation with Engineer-in-charge.

Installation of Street Lighting Poles

1. Street lighting poles to be erected on road side shall be installed at a distance as shown
in the respective layout drawing, to be designed and prepared by the Bidder,
maintaining minimum 300 mm distance from the edge of walkway of the road.
1. Excavation for pole foundation and all required material for grouting shall be in the scope of
the Bidder. The pole shall be erected using proper tools-tackles and held vertical position,
and grouting material shall not be poured till it is completely plumbed, aligned

Page 160 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/10


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATION OF ACCESSORIES AND CONSUMMABLES REV NO: R0

and leveled in every respect. After grouting, till complete curing, the pole shall be held
by ropes in this position so that it does not tilt in any direction.
1. Safe climbing equipment like tower ladder shall be used to install lighting fixture on pole
after erection. Junction box shall be installed and wiring between junction box and fixture
shall be carried out using 2.5 mm2, PVC insulated, multi-strand, flexible, copper wire.

J Each pole shall be earthed at two points by connecting to the plant earth grid.

1. The painting of pole shall be carried out just before erection. Outer surface shall be
cleaned using smooth cloth and dust depositions shall be removed from primed surface.
Finally, 2 (two) coats of epoxy base silver aluminum paint shall be applied maintaining
interval between subsequent coats as specified by the paint manufacturer. After
erection, touch-up shall be carried out for peeled off paint. In case of Galvanized poles,
zinc based paint shall be applied for touching before installation.

Installation of J-type lighting Poles

1. J-type area lighting poles shall be generally erected on concrete pedestal to be


constructed by the Bidder in accordance with the size of the base plate as detailed in
the specification. 70W MH integral well glass type of lighting fixture shall be installed on
these poles. 4 nos. of anchor bolts to hold the pole shall be firmly grouted on top of the
pedestal.

1. Wherever possible, the poles shall be installed on concrete wall top or by fixing with
structure, hand rail structure available nearby equipment to be illuminated. The pole
shall be erected completely plumbed, aligned and leveled in every respect.

N Each pole shall be earthed at one point by connecting to the plant earth grid.

1. Final painting of pole shall be carried out after erection. Outer surface shall be cleaned
using smooth cloth and dust depositions shall be removed from primed surface. Finally,
2 (two) coats of epoxy base silver aluminum paint shall be applied maintaining interval
between subsequent coats as specified by the paint manufacturer.

Testing of Installation

P Beforefollows. the installation is put into service, the following tests shall be completed as

1.Insulation resistance
The insulation resistance shall be measured by applying between earth and whole
system of conductors or any section thereof. 500V DC for single phase system be
means of a meager. The insulation resistance shall not be less than one mega ohm.
1. Testing earth continuity path
The earthing conductors shall be tested for electrical continuity. The electrical resistance
of the same along with earthing lead from connection with earth electrode to any point,
in any point in earth continuity conductor in the complete installation shall be less than
one ohm.

Page 161 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/10


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATION OF ACCESSORIES AND CONSUMMABLES REV NO: R0

1. Testing of polarity of single pole switch


The test shall be made to verify that all single pole switches have been fitted between
the phase conductors and light/fan/socket outlet.

Pre-commissioning checks

1. Insulation resistance of each circuit without the lamps being in place shall be measured
using 500V hand operated Megger, which shall not be less than 5 Mohm. The insulation
resistance between phases and phase to earth shall be measured for all the circuits.

1. After observing desired IR value, the circuits shall be energized one by one and
energisation of lighting fixtures as per circuit diagram shall be verified. Necessary
modification in fixture connection from one circuit to another shall be carried out in the
event of incorrect circuit connection.

S Tap setting of igniter shall be adjusted in case of HPSV fixtures.

1.11 STRUCTURAL STEEL FABRICATION AND ERECTION

Fabrication

1. Fabrication of steel structural material shall be carried out as per respective drawings,
to be prepared by the successful Bidder, in conformity with the best modern practices
and with due regard to speed with economy in fabrication and erection. The fabrication
work shall generally be conforming to IS:800.

1. All members shall be so fabricated as to assemble accurately on site and erect them in
correct positions. Wherever possible, the components shall be assembled at yard area
allocated to the Bidder and defect, observed if any, shall be rectified before erection.
The fabrication work shall be free from any kink, twist, buckle, bend, open joints, etc.
Defective members shall be rejected on the spot.

1. Structural steel fabrication work shall be carried out using best engineering practices
adopting gas cutting and welding. No welding electrode remaining in open for more
than 72 hours shall be used for welding.

1. Welding of joints shall be so arranged that the resulting tensile and compressive
stresses produced by each part of weld shall tend to balance each other.

Erection of Steel Structure

1. The fabricated steel members shall be erected in position, to dimensions and levels or
grouted as shown in the drawings to be provided later on to the successful Bidder. The
members, frames and supports shall not be welded or bolted in final position until they
are completely plumbed, aligned and leveled in every respect.

Painting of Steel Structure

1. The painting of fabricated structural steel shall be carried out before erection to the
extent feasible, except on surface where welding to be carried out. If painting shall not

Page 162 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/10


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATION OF ACCESSORIES AND CONSUMMABLES REV NO: R0

be carried out before erection, then the erected structure shall be painted before
installation of equipment on it. Surfaces not readily accessible or totally inaccessible
after erection of fabricated steel must be applied primer and paint prior to erection.

1. Before painting, the surfaces shall be thoroughly prepared by making free from oil,
grease, rust, old coating (if any), etc. Surface defects such as cracks, lamination, burrs,
pitting, sharp edge corners, welding slag, etc. shall be removed by suitable methods.
The surfaces shall be carefully dried with clean cloths to prevent dissolved impurities
from spreading over the entire surface area.

1. Further surface preparation shall be carried out either by sand blasting or by using wire
brush or chemical as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.

1. After surface preparation, 2 (two) coats of synthetic enamel primer shall be applied
maintaining interval between subsequent coats as specified by the paint manufacturer.

1. After complete drying of primer, 2 (two) coats of synthetic enamel paint (shade to be
specified at site) shall be applied. The paint shall be applied maintaining uniform
thickness. Surfaces affected by gas cutting and/or welding, lifting and shifting shall also
be suitably touched up after erection.

1.12 MINOR CIVIL WORKS

1. The Bidder shall carry out the minor civil works as provided hereunder by arranging required
materials, tools-tackles and manpower as required.
1.Making of openings in walls, pockets on floors, etc.
2.Grouting of steel supports, fabricated frames, PB station supports, anchor bolts, etc.
3.Making brick chambers for earthing stations.
4.Chipping on floors for embedding frames, etc.
5.Sealing of openings, holes, etc.
6.Constructing foundation to erect street lighting poles and pedestals to erect J-type
poles.
7.Excavation and backfilling for laying of cables in ground.
8. Making good the affected portion during the course of work.
1. The Bidder shall carry out this work as per the instructions of the Client’s Engineer-in-
charge at site. Cutting of narrow chases in concrete, wherever involved, shall be done
by the Bidder including grouting and finishing.

1.13 INSTALLATION OF SAFETY ITEMS

1. Sand Buckets
The stand for stand bucket shall be suitably grouted on ground at location nearer to the
proposed transformer yard which can be easily accessed.

1. Shock Treatment Charts/First Aid Box


These items shall be hanged on the wall of Electrical Control Room at the place where it
can be easily read and approached.

Page 163 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/10


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATION OF ACCESSORIES AND CONSUMMABLES REV NO: R0

1. Portable Fire Extinguishers


The portable fire extinguishers shall be installed on the outside wall of Electrical Control
Room and besides transformer yard at the point which can be easily approached in case
of emergency. The fire extinguishers shall also be installed on the outside wall of the
Pump House. Nos. to be installed at each location shall be decided in consultation with
the Engineer-in-charge.

Page 164 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI

DOCUMENT TITLE

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING


AND COMMISSIONING OF CCTV SYSTEM

DOCUMENT NO. SPECS-SITC/11

CONTENTS

SR. NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO


PART 1 GENERAL 166
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 166
1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS 166
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 167
1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING 167
1.05 SUBMITTALS 168
1.06 TRANSPORT, DELIVERY AND STORAGE 168
1.07 SPARES AND AMC 168
PART 2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 169
PART 3 INSTALLATION 174

RECORD OF REVISIONS

R0 20/10/2021 ISSUED FOR TENDERING JPP KGJ


PREPARED
REV DATE DESCRIPTION CHECKED BY
BY

PART – 1 (GENERAL)
Page 165 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/11


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATIONS OF CCTV REV NO: R0

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

1. This specification and the scope of work are intended to cover engineering, design, drawing
approval, manufacture, assembly, testing at manufacturer’s works, packing and
forwarding, delivery and transportation F.O.R. site of CCTV System complete in all
respect with all equipment, fittings and accessories for efficient and trouble-free
operation.

1. The system shall consist of separate components to comprise a system which is as follows:
1. High Definition Color Cameras
2. Digital Video Recorder
3. Viewing Monitor
4. Software
1. Irrespective of fact whether it is specifically mentioned or not, all the components shall be
deemed to have been included in the specification and shall be provided by the Bidder
as required for proper functioning of the offered equipment.

1.02 CODES & STANDARDS

1. Original Equipment Manufacturer standards

1. The design, manufacture and performance of equipment shall comply with CE requirements,
UL listed standard 2044 & FCC class B.

1. In addition to above mentioned standards, the bidder shall follow the guidelines as specified
in,
1. Fire Insurance Regulations
2. Tariff Advisory Committee Regulations
3. CFO (Chief Fire Officer) Requirements
4. State Government Regulations

1. It is not intent to mention all the relevant standards applicable to the proposed work and
equipment. Any relevant British Standard, irrespective of the fact whether it is
mentioned herewith or not, shall be made applicable as per requirement of the work
and equipment.

1. Compliance by the Bidder with the provisions of this specification shall not relieve the Bidder
of the responsibility of furnishing equipment and components of proper design,
electrically and mechanically suited to meet the operating requirements under the
specified service conditions and be suitable for the purpose of which they are intended.

1. A broad statement that “any equipment being supplied is generally in accordance with this
Specification or any part of it” shall not be acceptable. Any exceptions, deviations or
omissions from this Specification proposed by the Bidder shall be itemized from this
quotation and subject to approval by the Consultant/Client before commencement of
manufacture. In absence of specific deviation, it will be deemed to be considered as
acceptance to this specification.

Page 166 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/11


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATIONS OF CCTV REV NO: R0

1. The Bidder should seek clarification on any aspect of the Specification, where it is believed
that obscurity or ambiguity exists in the meaning or intent stated. Where a conflict
occurs between the Bidder’s manufacturing standard, this Specification and the
Purchase Order/Data Sheets, the following shall apply in order of preference:
Purchase Order / Data Sheets
This Specification
National Standard/International Standard
Manufacturer’s Standard

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1. The Bidder shall stand guarantee for the performance of entire equipment and components
for twelve (12) months from the date of commissioning or eighteen (18) months from
the date of dispatch, whichever is earlier, as agreed up on and as reproduced in the
purchase order within the tolerance specified or as permitted by the relevant standards
for the equipment in his scope of supply. The Client also reserves the right to use the
rejected equipment or part thereof until the new equipment meeting the guaranteed
performance is supplied by the Bidder.

1. The contractor shall have successfully installed similar public address system, evacuation
voice and visual signaling control components on a previous project of comparable size
and complexity. The owner reserves the right to reject any control components for
which evidence of a successful prior installation performed by the contractor cannot be
provided.

1. The contractor shall have in-house engineering and project management capability consistent
with the requirements of this project. Qualified and approved representatives of the
system manufacturer shall perform the detailed engineering design of central and
remote control equipment. Qualified and approved representatives of the system
manufacturer shall produce all panel and equipment drawings and submittals, operating
manuals. The contractor is responsible for retaining qualified and approved
representative(s) of those system manufacturers specified for detailed system design
and documentation, coordination of system installation requirements, and final system
testing and commissioning in accordance with these specifications.

1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING

1. All intelligent CCTV system devices shall be tested for user defined requirements. All wiring
shall be tested for continuity, shorts, and grounds before the system is activated. All
test equipment, the installing contractor shall make instruments, tools and labor
required to conduct the tests available.

1. The system including all its sequence of operations shall be demonstrated to the Owner, his
representative, and the local fire inspector. In the event the system does not operate
properly, the test shall be terminated. Corrections shall be made and the testing
procedure shall be repeated until it is acceptable to the Owner, his representatives and
the fire inspector.

Page 167 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/11


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATIONS OF CCTV REV NO: R0

1. At the final test and inspection, a factory-trained representative of the system manufacturer
shall demonstrate that the system functions properly in accordance with these
specifications. The representative shall provide technical supervision, and participate
during all of the testing for the system.

1. A letter from the Contractor certifying that the system is installed entirely in accordance with
the system manufacturer's recommendations and that the system is in proper working
order.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

1. ALONGWITH OFFER

Submit list of spare parts required for safe operation of equipment for Two years.

BDURING APPROVAL

The supplier shall submit following:


1. Layout drawings indicating location of camera with type/DVR.
2. Wiring diagram

1. HANDING OVER DOCUMENTS

The supplier shall submit following:


1. Final installation drawings
2. Test reports
3. O & M manuals

1.06 TRANSPORT, DELIVERY & STORAGE

1. The prices shall be F.O.R. site basis including packing & forwarding charges. The quoted
price must include all the costs for necessary mode of transportation up to the site
store. All incidental expenses during transportation shall be part of quoted prices
including transit insurance. The charges for loading and unloading of
equipments at site should form part of offer.

1.07 SPARES & AMC (Annual Maintenance Contract)

1. The bidder shall quote for minimum spares required for two years safe operation of system
along with the offer separately.
The bidder shall quote for maintenance contract for 1st year & 2nd year. The
maintenance contract shall form part of offer and considered in comparison.

Page 168 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/11


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATIONS OF CCTV REV NO: R0

2.0 PART – 2 (TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS)

2.01 SITE CONDITIONS


1. Location : BABARGHAT, TAPI, Gujarat
A
2 Site elevation : 549 Mtr above mean sea level
3 Ambient : Semi-Humid

2.02 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA

1 Maximum Temperature 45 deg C

2 Design Max. Ambient Temperature (Dry Bulb) 50 deg C

3 Minimum Temperature (Winter Dry Bulb) 08 deg C

4 Minimum Relative Humidity 40%

5 Maximum Relative Humidity at 30.5 deg C 95% (Design basis)

6 Normal Barometric Pressure 1008.2 mbar

7 Maximum Rainfall Average 150 mm/year

8 Design maximum wind velocity 100 km/hour

9 Earthquake Category (Seismic Zone) Zone III, IS 1893 (Part I):


2002

2.03 AREA CLASSIFICATION

1. Non-hazardous safe as per Hazardous Area Classification.

2.04 INCOMING POWER SUPPLY AT PROJECT SITE

1 Voltage at Point of supply 11KV

2 Frequency 50 Hz

3 Permissible voltage variation ±10%

4 Permissible frequency variation ±3%

5 Permissible combined voltage & frequency ±6%


variation

6 Symmetrical Fault Level at Point of supply 500 MVA


(Design)

7 Neutral earthing at Point of Supply Grounded

Page 169 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/11


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATIONS OF CCTV REV NO: R0

8 Control supply voltage 230 V AC

2.05 CAMERAS

1. DOME CAMERA - As per BOQ

1. Pan, Tilt ,Zoom Camera - As per BOQ

1. OUTDOOR VARIFOCAL LENSE CAMERA (DAY/NIGHT) - As per BOQ

2.06 DIGITAL VIDEO RECORDER

1. The digital video recorder (DVR) shall be a recording system capable of storing and playing
back digitized images from 1 to 16 camera inputs at 25 images per second (PAL) per
camera simultaneously. Recording shall be to an external hard disk drive (HDD) system.
The unit shall have pentaplex operation (Record, Playback and Back-up, Network
recording, and Network playback at the same time) and use Embedded Operating
System such as Windows® XP / LINUX operating system. Encryption of each image
shall be provided to prevent and/or detect manipulation of recorded images using
separate authentication software. The unit shall include internal video motion detection
with multiple sensitivity settings to allow fast visual verification of motion-related events
during playback of the recorded images.

1. The system shall allow operators to view any camera recorded through the use of an external view
station PC. The maximum allowable time for displaying a recorded video stream from any
recorded camera shall not exceed 1 second from the time an operator initiates the desired
function. The system shall provide a complete audit trail database, with six-month history,
tracking who did what, where, and when in the recorder system.

1. The system shall maintain all recorded video for a minimum of 30 days. All recorded video
shall be stored on hard drives to allow immediate access to viewing. The System shall
be capable to transfer the recorder files to any system server as per designated path
automatically once the DVR HDD is full. The system shall be capable to retrieve the
data on any PC on the network. The HDD system shall provide hot-swappable
capabilities and hot swappable power supplies. The use of external tape storage
devices shall not be permitted. DVR should support additional HDD if required in future
& it should hv spare space to install the same.
1. The digital recording system shall operate over a local area network (LAN)/wide area network
(WAN) to allow unlimited operators access through the facility. The unit shall include a
TCP/IP address for connection to the network. The System should be Multilevel
password protected.

1. Joystick keyboard interface to DVR is required. DVR should support minimum 3 third party
Dome.

Page 170 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/11


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATIONS OF CCTV REV NO: R0

1. The digital recorder shall meet or exceed the following design and performance specifications:

1. VIDEO SYSTEM
Recording Modes: Continuous, motion detection, scheduled, alarm activation, and
event-based.
Event Marking: Motion detection, scheduled recording modes, user events, and
alarm inputs.
Video Storage: HDD arrays with RAID 5 or 5+1 (hot spare drive) archiving
capability. Hard Drive Size: Multiple HDDs in a variation of sizes from 1000 GB to
2,000 GB hard drives per unit.
Recording Speed : NTSC: 30 images per second per camera, PAL: 25 images per
second per camera
Signal Format: NTSC or PAL, software configurable
1. Frame Rate PAL: each channel: 1~25 frames/s, adjustable, NTSC: each channel:
1~30 frames/s, Adjustable
1. Video Formats: Inputs can be from fixed color cameras, B-W cameras, IP Camera,
PTZ cameras, infra red cameras, Xraycameras, low light cameras, or any other
cameras that provides a composite NTSC/PAL 1 Vp-p video signal.
Frame Rate PAL: each channel: 1~25 frames/s, adjustable NTSC: each channel:
1~30 frames/s, deadjustable
Recorded Video Quality: At least 40dB PSNR quality compared with the original
video and support either NTSC- or PAL- formatted video.
Resolution : NTSC: CIF: 352 x 240 pixels at 15 or 30 ips, PAL CIF: 352 x 288 pixels
at 12.5 or 25 ips
1. NETWORK FUNCTIONS

1. Network Protocol: Full remote control via TCP/IP and addressing through an RJ-45
LAN port allowing for the connection of a computer and connection to a LAN or
WAN network.
2. Network Type Server to Server
3. Network B/W trotting From 54 kps to 10 MBps
4. Network Interface 10/100/1000 Base T
5. Network Control Allow users to set parameters by use of software or browser at the
client-side of the network; real-time browsing of video and audio signals; check of
video server status; able to given an alarm via network; able to store the
compressed code stream via network; network PTZ control.
6. Short Message Service Able to send such information as alarm input,mobile sense
alarm, video loss alarm, user logging in information, system start-up and close-
down, as per the settings, onto the designated mobile phone, thus to realize
wireless monitoring.
1. Centralized Monitoring Able to realize centralized monitoring and management of

Page 171 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/11


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATIONS OF CCTV REV NO: R0

multiple HD Recording units, including: network browsing in a centralized manner,


network configuration in a centralized manner, adjustment of network video
parameters, centralized management of alarm information network, remote
downloading and playback.

1. SYSTEM FUNCTIONS

Multiple Tasks: Scheduled recordings and event recordings to be combined in


normal operation.
Digitizing Procedure: Capture, digitize, and record each camera’s video individually
on a dedicated VPU (video processing unit)
Motion Detection: Built-in digital video motion detection for every camera in the
system with the operator able to set areas in the picture for motion detection.
Motion Detection Search: Can detect movement of a specific object within the
recorded video and can scan a 24-hour recording in approximately 15 minutes for
the detection of the movement of a specific object
Log Management Detailed log information, recording system, operation, alarm,
network information, so as to keep evidence for future examination.
Pre/Post Alarm: Provide pre -alarm and post-alarm capabilities for each video
motion detection event, adjustable.
System Stability should possess software/hardware watchdog, which prevents
breakdown. Automatic restart in case of exceptional power cut, thus realize Norman
Watching.

1. STORAGE FUNCTIONS

HD capability Able to support ten IDE HDs, supports large HD of more than 200GB,
supports USB disk array expansion
HD Check The bad HD identify, jumps and reports automatically, and provide the
function that check HD manually.
Cyclic Recording Cyclic record on the HD file that can be
covered USB / Inbuilt DVD R/W drive

1. SOFTWARE

Video Display: Video display configurations shall include, but not be limited to, the
following: Display cameras from multiple DVRs on one single screen. Up to 36
simultaneous views from different DVRS on same LAN on single screen is required.
Control: Control of all features with a PS/2 mouse
Full-Screen View: Capable of viewing any video full screen
Viewing: View both live and playback video on the same standard digital network II.
Query Features: Search for a specific video by camera name, date, and event type.
Recorded Video Instantaneous access directly from the hard Access drive of the

Page 172 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/11


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATIONS OF CCTV REV NO: R0

storage unit to predefined video previously marked by the user or to motion


detection video.
Password a multi levels of security-protected passwords.
1. Fine Tuning Control of brightness, contrast, and color for Adjustments all cameras in
the system.
1. Labeling: Video streaming that shall include displaying the following on the video in
playback mode: a user-defined camera name, and the date and time the video was
recorded.
Playback Speed Playback mode at 30 times the normal viewing Speed and allow the
operator to view in 15 different speeds down to a frame-by-frame view.
Exporting Video Export to a built-in 3.5-inch floppy or to a Files USB / built-in CD-
RW for saving the video files and allowing viewing the files on any standard PC.
Included export Viewer for time and date stamp display of recorded video. Must
play on a standard media player without the need for special hardware or software.
Playback Jogging Playback in normal mode and the ability to jump in one or ten
second intervals forward and backward.
xii. Exported Formats: Still :JPEG or bitmap, Clip : MPEG
xiii. Digital Zoom: Capable of digitally zooming video images while in
the playback mode
xiv. Audit Report: Six-month history that tracks who, what, where, and
when the recorder has been accessed, with history printable in HTML, PDF, or Txt
formats.
2.07 CABLING

1. The Cabling shall be Coaxial (RG6) and 4 Core Twisted Pair type OR CAT-6 (ethernet TCP/IP)
as specified in Bill Of Quantities.

Page 173 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/11


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATIONS OF CCTV REV NO: R0

3.0 PART – 3 (INSTALLATION)

3.01 GENERAL

1. Installation shall be as shown on the drawings, and as recommended by the major equipment
manufacturer.

1. All cables, junction boxes, cables supports and hangers shall be concealed in finished areas
and may be exposed in unfinished areas.

3.02 CABLING

1. Prior to laying and fixing of conduits, the contractor shall carefully examine the drawings
indicating the layout, satisfy himself about the sufficiency of number and sizes of
conduits, sizes and location of conduits and other relevant details. Any discrepancy
found in the drawings shall be brought to the notice of Consultant / Engineer in-charge.
Any modifications suggested by the Contractor shall be got approved by the Consultant
/ Engineer in-charge before the actual laying of conduits is commenced.

1. All cables from various zones to be terminated on termination box & from there individual
cables will connect to the central system.

3.03 TESTING
Test
Sr Readin Docume
No Description Visual gs ntation
All cables are tested for continuity,
1 insulation, resistance etc. √
2 System installation proper as per drawing √
Carry out visual checks on all cameras,
cables, camera housing etc.to ensure they
are clean and free from any mechanical
3 damage √
4 Check for proper termination & feruling √
5 Check input A/C supply voltage √
Check Input supply DC voltage at every
6 camera . √
Check proper connection of video cable to
7 ensure that there is no video loss . √ √
Check all camera’s signal on monitor. Also
8 check for clarity , sharpness of the picture. √
9 Check PTZ controls of PTZ camera. √
Check recording, playback & other various
10 features randomly. √
11 Check recording FRAME RATE √
Check CCTV integration with Access Control
12 system √

Page 174 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/11


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATIONS OF CCTV REV NO: R0

Check all software server & client has been


installed correctly & running without any
13 bug/error. √ √
3.04 COMMISSIONING

1. At final commissioning of each system, the Contractor shall confirm that:


1. All devices, control panels are tested and operate correctly .
2. Commissioning shall be fully documented and the documentation submitted to the
Engineer.
3. The Contractor shall demonstrate each camera and main panel to the satisfaction of
the Engineer by conducting a series of witnessed acceptance tests as directed by
the Engineer. This shall take place after the above final commissioning and following
receipt of the commissioning documentation by the Engineer.
4. Both the installation and the commissioning activities shall be undertaken as a single
continuous operation.
5. The contractor shall present an Acceptance Certificate for signature by the customer.

3.05 DOCUMENTS

1. The contractor, upon completion of the commissioning activity, shall hand over the system to
the customer. At the time of hand over, the contractor shall provide the customer with
the following documentation:
1. Copy of detailed report
2. Component and equipment list
3. Product description sheets
4. System design drawing(s)
1. System schematic diagram(s)
2. System operating manuals & warranty documents

3.06 TRAINING

1. The contractor shall provide the customer with details of the training required by personnel to
operate and maintain the CCTV System during routine operation and normal
troubleshooting.

Page 175 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI

DOCUMENT TITLE

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONFOR SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING


AND COMMISSIONING OFVOICE AND DATA SYSTEM

DOCUMENT NO. SPECS-SITC/12

CONTENTS

SR. NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO


PART 1 GENERAL 177
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 177
1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS 177
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 177
1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING 178
1.05 SUBMITTALS 178
1.06 TRANSPORT, DELIVERY AND STORAGE 178
PART 2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 179
PART 3 INSTALLATION 182

RECORD OF REVISIONS

R0 20/10/2021 ISSUED FOR TENDERING JPP KGJ


PREPARED
REV DATE DESCRIPTION CHECKED BY
BY

Page 176 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/12


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATIONS OF VOICE AND DATA REV NO: R0

PART – 1 (GENERAL)

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

1. These specifications and the scope of work are intended to supply, installation, connection, testing
and commissioning of the wiring for Telephone / TV system and other
related accessories required to complete the wiring and installation.
1. Irrespective of fact whether it is specifically mentioned or not, all the components shall be
deemed to have been included in the specification and shall be provided by the Bidder as
required for proper functioning of the offered equipment.
1.02 CODES & STANDARDS

1. The cables shall be conforming to the relevant standards of latest revision.


BNot used
CIn addition to above mentioned standards, the bidder shall follow the guidelines as specified in,
1. Fire Insurance Regulations
2. Local Regulations
3. State Government Regulations
1. It is not intent to mention all the relevant standards applicable to the proposed work and
equipment. Any relevant British Standard, irrespective of the fact whether it is mentioned
herewith or not, shall be made applicable as per requirement of the work and equipment.
1. Compliance by the Bidder with the provisions of this specification shall not relieve the Bidder
of the responsibility of furnishing equipment and components of proper design,
electrically and mechanically suited to meet the operating requirements under the
specified service conditions and be suitable for the purpose of which they are intended.
1. A broad statement that “any equipment being supplied is generally in accordance with this
Specification or any part of it” shall not be acceptable. Any exceptions, deviations or
omissions from this Specification proposed by the Bidder shall be itemized from this
quotation and subject to approval by the Consultant/Client before commencement of
manufacture. In absence of specific deviation, it will be deemed to be considered as
acceptance to this specification.
1. The Bidder should seek clarification on any aspect of the Specification, where it is believed
that obscurity or ambiguity exists in the meaning or intent stated. Where a conflict
occurs between the Bidder’s manufacturing standard, this Specification and the Purchase
Order/Data Sheets, the following shall apply in order of preference:
Purchase Order / Data
Sheets This Specification
National Standard/International
Standard Manufacturer’s Standard

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1. The Bidder shall stand guarantee for the performance of entire equipment and components
for twelve (12) months from the date of commissioning or eighteen (18) months from
the date of dispatch, whichever is earlier, as agreed up on and as reproduced in the
purchase order within the tolerance specified or as permitted by the relevant standards
for the equipment in his scope of supply. The Client also reserves the right to use the
rejected equipment or part thereof until the new equipment meeting the
Page 177 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/12


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATIONS OF VOICE AND DATA REV NO: R0

guaranteed performance is supplied by the Bidder.

1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING

1. EARTH CONTINUITY PATH


1. The earth continuity conductors shall be tested for electrical continuity and the electrical
resistance of the same along with the earthing lead but excluding any added resistance
or earth leakage circuit-breaker, measured from the connection, with the earth electrode
to any point in the earth continuity conductor in the completed installation and shall not
exceed one ohm
1. All the above tests shall be carried out in presence of client and the results shall be recorded
in prescribed forms. Any default during the testing shall be immediately rectified and
that section of the installation shall be re tested. The completed test result form shall be
submitted to the client for approval

1.05 SUBMITTALS

1. DURING APPROVAL
1. The bidder shall submit data sheet as per the make selected
2. Test certificates
1. HANDING OVER DOCUMENTS
The supplier shall submit following:
1. Test certificates from original manufacturer
2. As built drawing indicating wiring route & equipment locations

1.06 TRANSPORT, DELIVERY & STORAGE

1. The prices shall be F.O.R. site basis including packing & forwarding charges. The quoted
price must include all the costs for necessary mode of transportation up to thesite store.
All incidental expenses during transportation shall be part of quoted prices including
transit insurance. The charges for loading and unloading of equipments at site
should form part of offer.

Page 178 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/12


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATIONS OF VOICE AND DATA REV NO: R0

2.0 PART – 2 (TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS)

2.01 SITE CONDITIONS

A 1. Location : BABARGHAT, TAPI, Gujarat


2 Site elevation : 549 Mtr above mean sea level
3 Ambient : Semi-Humid
2.02 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA
1 Maximum Temperature 45 deg C

2 Design Max. Ambient Temperature (Dry Bulb) 50 deg C

3 Minimum Temperature (Winter Dry Bulb) 08 deg C

4 Minimum Relative Humidity 40%

5 Maximum Relative Humidity at 30.5 deg C 95% (Design basis)

6 Normal Barometric Pressure 1008.2 mbar

7 Maximum Rainfall Average 150 mm/year

8 Design maximum wind velocity 100 km/hour

9 Earthquake Category (Seismic Zone) Zone III, IS 1893 (Part I):


2002

2.03 AREA CLASSIFICATION

1. Non-hazardous safe as per Hazardous Area Classification

2.04 INCOMING POWER SUPPLY AT PROJECT SITE

1 Voltage at Point of supply 11KV

2 Frequency 50 Hz

3 Permissible voltage variation ±10%

4 Permissible frequency variation ±3%

5 Permissible combined voltage & frequency ±6%


variation

6 Symmetrical Fault Level at Point of supply 500 MVA


(Design)

7 Neutral earthing at Point of Supply Grounded

Page 179 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/12


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATIONS OF VOICE AND DATA REV NO: R0

8 Control supply voltage 230 V AC


2.05 GENERAL

1. Prior to laying of conduits, the contractor shall submit for approval, the shop drawing for
conduit layout indicating the route of the conduits, number and size of the conduits,
location of junction/inspection/pull/outlet boxes, number and size of wires pulled through
each conduit and all other necessary relevant details. Only after the drawings are
approved, the contractor shall proceed with the work of laying of conduits.
1. The extra low voltage system cables will be terminated on the tag block / junction box located
at each floor. From this tag block / junction boxes, separate M.S. conduits shall run for
individual outlet connections to each area through tag boxes / junction boxes.
1. The conduits shall run in the surface manner in the vertical shaft and shall run in surface /
concealed manner at every floor between shaft and the outlet box through tag box /
junction boxes located on each floor.
1. Extra low voltage system cables / multi pair telephone cables shall be pulled through the
above conduits and then be connected at both ends.

2.06 MATERIAL

1. PVC Conduit
All non-metallic PVC conduits shall conform to standards. The conduit shall be planed and
of type as specified and shall be used with the corresponding accessories. PVC conduits
shall be rigid unplasticised, heavy gauge having 2.0 mm. wall thickness up to 20 mm.
diameter conduit and 2.5 mm. wall thickness for all sizes above 20 mm. Diameter
1. M.S. Conduit
Conduits shall conform to standards, finished with galvanized surface. No steel conduit
less than 25 mm. in diameter shall be used. Conduits shall be solid drawn of lap welded
type, with minimum wall thickness for conduits having 25 mm. and above diameter. The
conduits shall be delivered to the site of construction in original bundles and each length
of conduit shall bear the label of manufacturers. The conduit accessories such bends,
coupling etc. shall be conforming to the relevant British Standard specification
1. CABLES & WIRES :
The type of cables and the services shall be as follows
: Telephone Cable :
Telephone multi-pair cable shall confirming to local telephone department specifications.
1. Annealed tinned bare copper conductor, PVC insulated, twisted to form pair in
concentric layers, individual and overall shielding with aluminium-mylar tape as
required, armouring as required having 0.5 mm. Dia for TTB (Krone Box) to EPABX
OR
2. CAT-6 UTP cable for telephone point to TTB (Krone Box)
3. Multi-pair telephone cables shall be jelly filled for better protection against mouse
and rats.
4. PVC insulated, PVC inner sheathed and outer sheathed.

1. Brief requirements for voice / data cables :


Sr. Particular Requirement
1 Class E attenuation

Page 180 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/12


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATIONS OF VOICE AND DATA REV NO: R0

2 Standard ISO/IEC 11801, CENELEC EN50173


and TIA/EIA 568B.
3 Certification UL listed, certification required
4 Performance guaranteed 6 connections in any length channel
configuration up to 100 Mtr
5 Support Category 6/Class E NEXT, PSNEXT,
FEXT, ELFEXT, PSELFEXT and return
loss extrapolated to 250 MHz
6 Capability Excess of 1 Gbps to the workstation
in accordance with application
standard
7 Supportive standard IEEE 802.3 1000BASE-T, TIA-854-A
1000BASE-TX, ATM Forum CB1G
plus other legacy LANs and
applications as well as Video also.
Physical Specifications :
8 Weight not more than 11.88 kg/305 m
9 Nominal Jacket Thickness not more than 0.022 in (0.559 mm)
10 Nominal Outside Diameter not more than 0.232 in (5.89 mm)
11 Operating Temperature -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C)
12 Gauge 23 AWG

2.07 JUNCTION BOXES FOR EXTRA LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEM

1. The junction boxes / the telephone tag blocks shall be suitable for the multi pair wires /
cables and shall have two terminal blocks, cross connect type. All incoming and outgoing
cables shall be terminated on separate terminal blocks. The cross connecting jumpers
shall be insulated wires of same diameter and connected in same manner.

Page 181 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/12


DOCUMENT : SPECIFICATIONS OF VOICE AND DATA REV NO: R0

PART – 3 (INSTALLATION)

3.01 INSTALLATION

1. Separate conduits of 25 mm. diameter (minimum) shall be laid for extra low voltage system
cables / wires.
1. Only certified wireman and cable jointers shall be employed to do joining work.
C Before the wires are drawn into the conduits the conduits shall be thoroughly cleaned of
moisture, dust, and dirt or any other obstruction by forcing compressed air through the
conduits.
1. All cables, laid on cable racks / trays shall be neatly stitched together.
1. Extra low voltage system wires / cable terminations both at the junction boxes and at the socket
outlets shall be done as per method approved by consultants and in conformity
with their rules and regulations.
1. The final branch connections with single / twin pair cables in conduits and the minimum
number of cables in each conduit shall be as follows :
Conduit dia. in mm. Max. No. of cables
20 2Nos. single pair
25 6Nos. single pair
32 12 Nos. single pair
40 18 Nos. single pair

3.02 FIXING OF CONDUITS

1. Conduits embedded in concrete shall be installed in the framework before pouring concrete.The
conduits shallbeinstalledabovethebottom reinforcingbars, and shallprovide positive wire
fastening of the conduit to therein forcing rods at an interval of not more than one meter,
buton eithersideof couplers or bends or outlet/pull/junction boxes or similar fittings, proper
hold fastshallbefixedat a distance of 30 cm from the centerofsuchfittings. Conduits embedded
in the wall shall be fixed inside the chase.The chase in the wall shall be neatly made and be
of ample dimensions to permit the conduit tobefixedin the manner desired. In the case of
building under construction, chase shall be provided in the wall at thetime of their
construction and shall be filledup neatlywith cement mortar 1:4 after erection of conduit and
broughttothe original finish of the wall.Cutting of horizontal chasesin walls is prohibited. The
conduits shall befixedinside the
chase by means of staples or by means of saddlesnot more than 60 cm apart.
1. Conduits shall be installed in such a way that the junction,derivationandpull boxes shall
always be accessiblefor Repairs and maintenance work. The location of junction / pull
boxes shall be marked on the shop drawings and approved bythe Employer.
1. A separation of 200 mm shall be maintained between electrical conduits and hot water /
chilled water lines in the building.

3.03 TELEPHONE/DATA POINT TERMINATION

1. The termination of data point jack shall be done using clamping device only as recommended
by manufacturer.

Page 182 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI

DOCUMENT TITLE

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING


AND COMMISSIONING OF EXTRA LOW VOLTAGE WIRING
INSTALLATIONS
DOCUMENT NO. SPECS-SITC/13

CONTENTS

SR. NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO


PART 1 GENERAL 184
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 184
1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS 184
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 185
1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING 185
1.05 SUBMITTALS 185
1.06 TRANSPORT, DELIVERY & STORAGE 185
PART 2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 187
PART 3 INSTALLATION 191

RECORD OF REVISIONS

R0 20/10/2021 ISSUED FOR TENDERING JPP KGJ


PREPARED
REV DATE DESCRIPTION CHECKED BY
BY

Page 183 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/13


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

PART – 1 (GENERAL)

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

1. These specifications and the scope of work are intended to supply, installation,
connection, testing and commissioning of the wiring for Telephone / Data / TV system
and other related accessories required to complete the wiring and installation.

1. Irrespective of fact whether it is specifically mentioned or not, all the components shall
be deemed to have been included in the specification and shall be provided by the
Bidder as required for proper functioning of the offered equipment.

1.02 CODES & STANDARDS

A The cables shall be conforming to the following standards of latest revision :

B No. Title

IS: 732 Code of practice for electrical wiring installation (System


voltage not exceeding 650 V)

IS: 5608 Telephone wires

IS: 9537 (Part - 2) Rigid steel conduits for electrical wiring.

1. In addition to above mentioned standards, the bidder shall follow the guidelines as
specified in,
1. National Electrical Code ( ISI Publication)
2. Fire Insurance Regulations
3. Tariff Advisory Committee Regulations
4. State Government Regulations

1. It is not intent to mention all the relevant standards applicable to the proposed work and
equipment. Any relevant Indian Standard, irrespective of the fact whether it is mentioned
herewith or not, shall be made applicable as per requirement of the work and equipment.

1. Compliance by the Bidder with the provisions of this specification shall not relieve the
Bidder of the responsibility of furnishing equipment and components of proper design,
electrically and mechanically suited to meet the operating requirements under the
specified service conditions and be suitable for the purpose of which they are intended.

1. A broad statement that “any equipment being supplied is generally in accordance with
this Specification or any part of it” shall not be acceptable. Any exceptions, deviations or
omissions from this Specification proposed by the Bidder shall be itemized from this
quotation and subject to approval by the Consultant/Client before commencement of
manufacture. In absence of specific deviation, it will be deemed to be considered as
acceptance to this specification.
1. The Bidder should seek clarification on any aspect of the Specification, where it is believed
that obscurity or ambiguity exists in the meaning or intent stated. Where a conflict occurs
between the Bidder’s manufacturing standard, this Specification and the Purchase
Page 184 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/13


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

Order/Data Sheets, the following shall apply in order of preference:


Purchase Order / Data Sheets
This Specification
National Standard/International Standard
Manufacturer’s Standard

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A The Bidder shall stand guarantee for the performance of entire equipment and
components for twelve (12) months from the date of commissioning or eighteen (18)
months from the date of dispatch, whichever is earlier, as agreed up on and as
reproduced in the purchase order within the tolerance specified or as permitted by the
relevant standards for the equipment in his scope of supply. The Client also reserves the
right to use the rejected equipment or part thereof until the new equipment meeting the
guaranteed performance is supplied by the Bidder.

1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING

A EARTH CONTINUITY PATH

1. The earth continuity conductors shall be tested for electrical continuity and the electrical
resistance of the same along with the earthing lead but excluding any added resistance
or earth leakage circuit-breaker, measured from the connection, with the earth electrode
to any point in the earth continuity conductor in the completed installation and shall not
exceed one ohm

1. All the above tests shall be carried out in presence of client and the results shall be
recorded in prescribed forms. Any default during the testing shall be immediately
rectified and that section of the installation shall be re tested. The completed test result
form shall be submitted to the client for approval

1.05 SUBMITTALS

1. DURING APPROVAL

1. The bidder shall submit data sheet as per the make selected
2. Test certificates

1. HANDING OVER DOCUMENTS

The supplier shall submit following:


1. Test certificates from original manufacturer
2. As built drawing indicating wiring route & equipment locations

Page 185 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/13


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

1.06 TRANSPORT, DELIVERY & STORAGE

1. The prices shall be F.O.R. site basis including packing & forwarding charges. The
quoted price must include all the costs for necessary mode of transportation up to the
site store. All incidental expenses during transportation shall be part of quoted prices
including transit insurance. The charges for loading and unloading of equipments
at site should form part of offer.

Page 186 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/13


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

2.0 PART – 2 (TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS)

2.01 SITE CONDITIONS


1. Location : BABARGHAT, TAPI, Gujarat
A
2 Site elevation : 549 Mtr above mean sea level
3 Ambient : Semi-Humid

2.02 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA

1 Maximum Temperature 45 deg C

2 Design Max. Ambient Temperature (Dry Bulb) 45 deg C

3 Minimum Temperature (Winter Dry Bulb) 08 deg C

4 Minimum Relative Humidity 40%

5 Maximum Relative Humidity at 30.5 deg C 95% (Design basis)

6 Normal Barometric Pressure 1008.2 mbar

7 Maximum Rainfall Average 150 mm/year

8 Design maximum wind velocity 100 km/hour

9 Earthquake Category (Seismic Zone) Zone III, IS 1893 (Part I):


2002

2.03 AREA CLASSIFICATION

1. iv.Non-hazardous safe as per Hazardous Area Classification IS 5572

2.04 INCOMING POWER SUPPLY AT PROJECT SITE

1 Voltage at Point of supply 11 KV

2 Frequency 50 Hz

3 Permissible voltage variation ±10%

4 Permissible frequency variation ±3%

5 Permissible combined voltage & frequency ±6%


variation

6 Symmetrical Fault Level at Point of supply 500 MVA


(Design)

7 Neutral earthing at Point of Supply Grounded

Page 187 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/13


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

8 Control supply voltage 230 V AC

2.05 GENERAL

1. Prior to laying of conduits, the contractor shall submit for approval, the shop drawing
for conduit layout indicating the route of the conduits, number and size of the conduits,
location of junction/inspection/pull/outlet boxes, number and size of wires pulled
through each conduit and all other necessary relevant details. Only after the drawings
are approved, the contractor shall proceed with the work of laying of conduits.

1. The extra low voltage system cables will be terminated on the tag block / junction box
located at each floor. From this tag block / junction boxes, separate M.S. conduits shall
run for individual outlet connections to each area through tag boxes / junction boxes.

1. The conduits shall run in the surface manner in the vertical shaft and shall run in surface
/ concealed manner at every floor between shaft and the outlet box through tag box /
junction boxes located on each floor.

1. Extra low voltage system cables / multi pair telephone cables shall be pulled through the
above conduits and then be connected at both ends.

2.06 MATERIAL

1. PVC Conduit
All non-metallic PVC conduits shall conform to IS: 9537 ( Part - 3 ). The conduit shall be
planed and of type as specified in IS: 9537 and shall be used with the corresponding
accessories (Refer IS: 3419 specification for fittings for rigid non metallic conduits). PVC
conduits shall be rigid unplasticised, heavy gauge having 2.0 mm. wall thickness up to 20
mm. diameter conduit and 2.5 mm. wall thickness for all sizes above 20 mm. Diameter

1. M.S. Conduit
Conduits shall conform to IS: 9537 ( Part - 2 ), finished with galvanized surface. No
steel conduit less than 25 mm. in diameter shall be used. Conduits shall be solid drawn
of lap welded type, with minimum wall thickness for conduits having 25 mm. and above
diameter. The conduits shall be delivered to the site of construction in original bundles
and each length of conduit shall bear the label of manufacturers. The conduit
accessories such bends, coupling etc. shall be conforming to the relevant Indian
Standard specification

C CABLES & WIRES :

The type of cables and the services shall be as follows :


Telephone Cable :
Telephone multipair cable shall confirming to DoT specifications.
1. Annealed tinned bare copper conductor, PVC insulated, twisted to form pair in
concentric layers, individual and overall shielding with aluminium-mylar tape as
required, armouring as required having 0.5 mm. Dia for TTB (Krone Box) to
EPABX OR

Page 188 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/13


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

1. CAT-6 UTP cable for telephone point to TTB (Krone Box)


2. Multipair telephone cables shall be jelly filled for better protection against mouse
and rats.
3. PVC insulated, PVC inner sheathed and outer sheathed.

D Brief requirements for data cables :

Sr. Particular Requirement

1 Class E attenuation

2 Standard ISO/IEC 11801, CENELEC EN50173 and


TIA/EIA 568B.
3 Certification UL listed, certification required

4 Performance guaranteed 6 connections in any length channel


configuration up to 100 mtr

5 Support Category 6/Class E NEXT, PSNEXT,


FEXT, ELFEXT, PSELFEXT and return
loss extrapolated to 250 MHz

6 Capability Excess of 1 Gbps to the workstation in


accordance with application standard

7 Supportive standard IEEE 802.3 1000BASE-T, TIA-854-A


1000BASE-TX, ATM Forum CB1G plus
other legacy LANs and applications as
well as Video also.

Physical Specifications :

8 Weight not more than 11.88 kg/305 m

9 Nominal Jacket Thickness not more than 0.022 in (0.559 mm)

10 Nominal Outside Diameter not more than 0.232 in (5.89 mm)

11 Operating Temperature -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C)

12 Gauge 23 AWG

2.07 JUNCTION BOXES FOR EXTRA LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEM

1. The junction boxes / the telephone tag blocks shall be suitable for the multi pair wires /
cables and shall have two terminal blocks, cross connect type. All incoming and outgoing
cables shall be terminated on separate terminal blocks. The cross connecting jumpers
shall be insulated wires of same diameter and connected in same manner.

Page 189 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/13


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

2.08 PVC TRUNKING

U-PVC Trunking for distribution of Voice Data and power should be used for cable
management and should accept RJ 45 data socket and power socket or other wiring
accessory like switches, indicators etc. Trunking should be made from fine quality U PVC (Un-
plasticised PVC), it should not combine with placticizeraddictives and should be white RAL
9010 colour. Trunking body should be covered with peel off plastic cover, which can be
peeled off after installation is complete for protection against dust or any other stains.
Standard size of the Trunking having minimum thickness of 2mm is 150 x 50mm nominal
al size of the Trunking up maximum of four isolated compartments width separation
partition zip lockable type flexible cover. Trunking body and cover should be minimum of
w meter length for the case of installation and maneuvering. Trunking should have
uniform thickness throughout its length.
Trunking should be equipped with rail on its surface on which clip on partition can be
clipped which should be accept frames/plates for wiring devices from 1 module to 8
modules.
To minimize the interference on data cable and maintain separation throughout its run,
flat T junction and flat Angle should have inbuilt angle for alignment with different
angles of wall corners. Ensure degree of variation should be 600 to 1200 and 800 to
1000 for internal and external angle respectively. VDI accessories are must at angles to
ensure perfect bending of data cable, which prevents data loss when power cable and
data cables are taking through the same Trunking.
Trunking should have insulation rating of 5 Mega Ohm. Trunking should have following
fire resistance characteristics.
1. Operating temperature between 400 & 600 C
2. Glow wire test 9600 C
3. Oxygen index –50 plus or minus 5
4. UL94–VO

Page 190 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/13


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

3.0 PART – 3 (INSTALLATION)

3.01 INSTALLATION

1. Separate conduits of 25 mm. diameter (minimum) shall be laid for extra low voltage
system cables / wires.

B Only certified wireman and cable jointers shall be employed to do joining work.

C Before the wires are drawn into the conduits the conduits shall be thoroughly cleaned of
moisture, dust, and dirt or any other obstruction by forcing compressed air through the
conduits.

D All cables, laid on cable racks / trays shall be neatly stitched together.

1. Extra low voltage system wires / cable terminations both at the junction boxes and at
the socket outlets shall be done as per method approved by consultants and in
conformity with their rules and regulations.

1. The final branch connections with single / twin pair cables in conduits and the minimum
number of cables in each conduit shall be as follows :

Conduit dia. in mm. Max. No. of cables

20 2 Nos. single pair

25 6 Nos. single pair

32 12 Nos. single pair

40 18 Nos. single pair

3.02 FIXING OF CONDUITS

1. Conduits embedded in concrete shall be installed in the framework before pouring


concrete. The conduits shall be installed above the bottom reinforcing bars, and shall
provide positive wire fastening of the conduit to the rein forcing rods at an interval of
not more than one meter, but on either side of couplers or bends or outlet / pull /
junction boxes or similar fittings, proper hold fast shall be fixed at a distance of 30 cm
from the center of such fittings. Conduits embedded in the wall shall be fixed inside the
chase. The chase in the wall shall be neatly made and be of ample dimensions to permit
the conduit to be fixed in the manner desired. In the case of building under construction,
chase shall be provided in the wall at the time of their construction and shall be filled up
neatly with cement mortar 1:4 after erection of conduit and brought to the original finish
of the wall. Cutting of horizontal chases in walls is prohibited. The conduits shall be fixed
inside the chase by means of staples or by means of saddles not more than 60 cm apart.

1. Conduits shall be installed in such a way that the junction, derivation and pull boxes shall
always be accessible for Repairs and maintenance work. The location of junction /
Page 191 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/13


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

pull boxes shall be marked on the shop drawings and approved by the Employer.

1. A separation of 200 mm shall be maintained between electrical conduits and hot water /
chilled water lines in the building.

3.03 DATA POINT TERMINATION

1. The termination of data point jack shall be done using clamping device only as
recommended by manufacturer.

Page 192 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI

DOCUMENT TITLE

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING


AND COMMISSIONING OF DIESEL GENERATING SET

DOCUMENT NO. SPECS-SITC/14

CONTENTS

SR. NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO


PART 1 GENERAL 194
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 194
1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS 194
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 196
1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING 196
1.05 SUBMITTALS 197
1.06 TRANSPORT, DELIVERY & STORAGE 198
1.07 SPARES 198
PART 2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 199
PART 3 INSTALLATION 212
ANNEXURE-A TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS FOR DG SET 215

RECORD OF REVISIONS

R0 20/10/2021 ISSUED FOR TENDERING JPP KGJ


PREPARED
REV DATE DESCRIPTION CHECKED BY
BY

Page 193 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

PART – 1 (GENERAL)

1.01 Scope of Work

1. This Specification describes the requirements governing engineering, design,


manufacture, inspection/ testing at works, packing, delivery at site, erection, testing and
commissioning of AMF started Standby Diesel Generator Sets (DG sets) and all Associated
Auxiliary Systems. The equipment shall be manufactured in accordance with latest
Indian/International Standards applicable to such equipment and components and
requirements detailed in this technical specification. The work shall be executed according
to most stringent of these requirements.

1. Irrespective of fact whether it is specifically mentioned or not, all the components shall be
deemed to have been included in the specification and shall be provided by the Bidder as
required for proper functioning of the offered equipment.

1.02 Codes & Standards

1. The DG set assembly and components used therein shall be fabricated, manufactured,
wired and tested in accordance with, but not limited to, this Specification and relevant
Indian/International Standards and Codes listed below.

B No. Title

Reciprocating Engine

BS:5514/ISO:3046 Specification for Reciprocating Internal Combustion


Engines

IS:10000-1980 Methods of Tests for Internal Combustion Engines – Part


-1 to 13 All applicable Parts

IS:10002-1981 Specification for Performance Requirements for Constant


Speed Compression Ignition (Diesel) Engines for General
Purposes (Above 20 kW)

Alternator

IS:4722-2001 Rotating Electrical Machines - Specification


Degree of Protection provided by Enclosure for Rotating
IS:4691–1985 Electrical Machinery (Reaffirmed 1999)
AMF-cum-LV Switchboard
IS: 8623-1993 Factory Built Assemblies of Switchgear and Control gear
for Voltage up to and Including 1000 V AC and 1200 V DC.
Part 1 – General Requirements
IS: 4237-1982 General Requirements for Switchgear and Control gear for
Voltages not exceeding 1000V
IS: 10118-1982 Code of Practice for Selection, Installation and
Maintenance of Switchgear and Control gear, Part 1 –
General, Part 2 – Selection, Part 3 – Installation, Part 4 –
Maintenance
Page 194 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

IS: 13947-1993 Specification for Low Voltage Switchgear and Control gear,
Part 1 – General Rules, Part 2 – Circuit
Breakers, Part 4 – Contactors and Motor Starters, Sec 1 –
Electromechanical Contactors and Starters, Part 5 –
Control Circuit Devices and Switching Elements, Sec 1 –
Electromechanical Control Circuit Devices

IS: 5082-1998 Wrought Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Bars, Rods,


Tubes, Sections, Plates and Sheets for Electrical
Applications
IS: 2705-1992 Current Transformers – Specification, Part 1 – General
Requirements, Part 2 – Measuring Current Transformers,
Part 3 – Protective Current Transformers
IS: 4201-1983 Application Guide for Current Transformers
IS: 722-1996 AC Electricity Meters, Part 1 – General requirements
IS: 2147-1962 Degrees of Protection provided by Enclosures for Low
Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear
IS: 2959-1985 Contactors for Voltages not exceeding 1000V ac and
1200V dc
IS: 12021-1987 Control Transformer for Switchgear and Controlgear for
Voltages not Exceeding 1000 V ac
IS: 12063-1987 Classification of Degrees of Protection provided by
Enclosures of Electrical Equipment
IS: 5578-1985 Marking and Arrangement for Switchgear Bus Bars, Main
Connection and Auxiliary Wiring
1. In addition to above mentioned standards, the bidder shall follow the guidelines as
specified in,
1. National Electrical Code ( ISI Publication)
2. Fire Insurance Regulations
3. Tariff Advisory Committee Regulations
4. State Government Regulations

1. It is not intent to mention all the relevant standards applicable to the proposed work and
equipment. Any relevant Indian Standard, irrespective of the fact whether it is mentioned
herewith or not, shall be made applicable as per requirement of the work and equipment.

1. Compliance by the Bidder with the provisions of this specification shall not relieve the
Bidder of the responsibility of furnishing equipment and components of proper design,
electrically and mechanically suited to meet the operating requirements under the
specified service conditions and be suitable for the purpose of which they are intended.

1. A broad statement that “any equipment being supplied is generally in accordance with
this Specification or any part of it” shall not be acceptable. Any exceptions, deviations or
omissions from this Specification proposed by the Bidder shall be itemized from this
quotation and subject to approval by the Consultant/Client before commencement of
manufacture. In absence of specific deviation, it will be deemed to be considered as
acceptance to this specification.
1. The Bidder should seek clarification on any aspect of the Specification, where it is believed
that obscurity or ambiguity exists in the meaning or intent stated. Where a conflict occurs
Page 195 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

between the Bidder’s manufacturing standard, this Specification and the Purchase
Order/Data Sheets, the following shall apply in order of preference:
Purchase Order / Data Sheets
This Specification
National Standard/International Standard
Manufacturer’s Standard

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1. The Bidder shall stand guarantee for the performance of entire equipment and
components for twelve (12) months from the date of commissioning or eighteen (18)
months from the date of dispatch, whichever is earlier, as agreed up on and as
reproduced in the purchase order within the tolerance specified or as permitted by the
relevant standards for the equipment in his scope of supply. The Client also reserves the
right to use the rejected equipment or part thereof until the new equipment meeting the
guaranteed performance is supplied by the Bidder.

1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING

1. All routine tests conforming to relevant Indian/International Standards shall be carried out
at the manufacturer’s works at his expense on both DG sets. Shop tests shall be
witnessed by the Client or by the agency authorized by the Client. Prior notice of
minimum 2 weeks shall be given to the Client for witnessing the tests.

1. Following tests should be performed as acceptance test at manufacturing place,


1. General visual checks for overall dimensions, workmanship, painting, mounting of
components as required, material of construction, provision of safety devices,
acoustic enclosure, termination arrangement in alternator, earthing arrangements,
etc.
2. Insulation resistance test for alternator
3. Voltage development gradually after applying excitation and test for voltage
regulation.
4. 3 hours trial run at full load with load bank and verification of fuel
consumption (SPECIFIC FUEL CONSUMPTION) guaranteed at different
loads. Flowmeter shall be used for measurement.
5. Sound level measurement at full load.
6. Overload testing at 10% overload for one hour immediately after the full load test.
7. Operation of protective devices by simulation.

1. Acceptance/Routine Tests for AMP-cum-Switchgear Panel :


General visual checks for overall dimensions, bushings, termination arrangement,
painting, workmanship, clearances between bus bars, component ratings,
connection tightness, etc
Dry HV test applying power frequency reference voltage on complete unit at test
voltage specified in relevant IS.
HV test on control wiring in the panel at 2 kV
Insulation resistance test before and after HV test for main equipment and control
circuit
Page 196 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

Point-to-point control and protection circuit continuity test


Functional test for AMF and Engine Controller, ACB, contactors,
interlocks Operation of protective devices by simulation
Verification and submission of test reports for brought out components
Necessary proforma for each test shall be submitted to client/Consultants prior to tests for
approval.

1. In case the Client shall decide to waive off the inspection, the test reports showing results
of specified tests shall be submitted for review and approval prior to dispatch of materials.
The materials shall be dispatched only after getting written approval from the Client/the
Consultant.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

1. ALONGWITH OFFER

The bidder shall submit completely filled data sheet as per the given format
along with GA drawing indicating list of accessories.

Submit list of spare parts required for safe operation of equipment for Two
years.

GA layout indicating dimensions and approx. weight along with fuel tank
arrangement.

Make of material selected for preparation of offer.

1. DURING APPROVAL

The supplier shall submit following:


1. Datasheet
2. GA drawings
3. General construction specifications
4. Foundation layout
5. Bill of Material
6. Chimney fabrication drawing
7. Piping schematic diagram
8. Calculations for ventilation system design
9. Emission data
10. ACB/MCCB model catalogue and release details
11. Control & protection diagrams
12. Interlocking scheme
13. Approval from Central Pollution Control Board and CEIG
14. Quality Assurance Plan

Page 197 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

1. HANDING OVER DOCUMENTS

The supplier shall submit following:


1. GA drawing
2. Single line diagram
3. Releases setting chart
4. Switchgear/metering devices operating manuals
5. Data sheet indicating results of tests
6. Test reports
7. Installation, operation and maintenance manuals for diesel engine, alternator
and other major components
8. Submission of test certificates for all the bought out components from the
sub-suppliers.

1.06 TRANSPORT, DELIVERY & STORAGE

1. The prices shall be F.O.R. site basis including packing & forwarding charges. The
quoted price must include all the costs for necessary mode of transportation up to the
final location of panel or site store. The panels shall be supplied with required storage
arrangements suitable for placing in open storage yard. All incidental expenses during
transportation shall be part of quoted prices including transit insurance. The charges
for loading and unloading of equipments at site should form part of offer.

1.07 SPARES

1. The bidder shall quote for minimum spares required for two years safe operation along
with the offer separately.

Page 198 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

2.0 PART – 2 (TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS)

2.01 SITE CONDITIONS


1. Location : BABARGHAT, TAPI, Gujarat
A
2 Site elevation : 549 Mtr above mean sea level
3 Ambient : Semi-Humid

2.02 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA

A 1 Maximum Temperature 45deg C

2 Design Max. Ambient Temperature (Dry Bulb) 50deg C

3 Minimum Temperature (Winter Dry Bulb) 08deg C

4 Minimum Relative Humidity 40%

5 Maximum Relative Humidity at 30.5 deg C 95% (Design basis)

6 Normal Barometric Pressure 1008.2 mbar

7 Maximum Rainfall Average 150 mm/year

8 Design maximum wind velocity 100 km/hour

9 Earthquake Category (Seismic Zone) Zone III, IS 1893 (Part I):


2002

2.03 AREA CLASSIFICATION

1. v.Non-hazardous safe as per Hazardous Area Classification IS 5572

2.04 INCOMING POWER SUPPLY AT PROJECT SITE

1 Voltage at Point of supply 11KV

2 Frequency 50 Hz

3 Permissible voltage variation ±10%

4 Permissible frequency variation ±3%

1. Permissible combined voltage & frequency ± 6 %


variation

1. Symmetrical Fault Level at Point of supply 500 MVA


(Design)

7 Neutral earthing at Point of Supply Grounded

8 Control supply voltage 230 V AC


Page 199 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

2.05 GENERAL

1. The DG sets shall be capable of battery assisted AMF/Manual cold starting at room
temperature of 50C without external heating and shall accept full load within 15 seconds
and shall be rated for continuous duty once started in the event of emergency.

1. The engine, after applying correction factor for design ambient temperature, shall have the
bare engine horse power rating as per requirement.

1. The DG sets shall be capable of operating in parallel or in isolation as per demand of


situation. No parallel operation with the grid is required.

1. The DG sets shall be capable of firing with high speed diesel (HSD) fuel available in
Indian market supplied by oil companies PSUs.

1. The DG sets shall be capable of working as prime mover for the alternator at 10%
overload at rated speed for one hour in every 12 hours’ operation and handling step load
up to 40% of the capacity without dropping other loads due to voltage dips during
starting of motorized drive.

1. The Engine and the enclosure shall confirm to the latest Environment (Protection) Act,
1986 (29 of 1986), Ministry of Environment and Forests Notification No. dated 17th May
2002 and 12th July, 2004 and amendments of 2002 and 2004. The DG set shall not be
accepted without the CPCB certificate issued by the authorized agencies such as ARAI of
Pune, NPL New Delhi, NSTL Visakhapatnam, FCRI, Palghat and NAL, Bangalore.

1. In the event of failure of normal grid power, the AMF system shall sense the loss of
power and send signal to the engine to start automatically and attain normal speed within
least possible time duration. Generally, both DG sets shall be synchronized automatically
without any human intervention. However, facility shall be provided to perform manual
starting as well as synchronization.

1. The design of equipment shall take into consideration the Site Conditions and ambient
Data provided earlier. The working kW rating at site condition after accounting for de-
rating shall be obtained at 0.8 power factor.

1. As the equipment is required to be in service in case of emergency situation, its reliability


and availability is of prime importance. The equipment shall be installed outdoor.

2.06 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

1. The diesel engines shall be of approved make, new, stationary type, compressor ignition,
reciprocating, direct injection, four stroke, multi cylinder with vertical in line or “V” type
cylinder arrangement, water cooled, radiator type, turbo charged, operating at a nominal
speed as per manufacturer’s practice and capable of developing requisite BHP. The
engines shall be cold and self-starting type.

1. A sturdy flexible coupling shall be provided to couple connect the engine and the
alternator and both shall be mounted on a common base frame. Proven and highly
effective anti-vibration mounting pads shall be provided between base frame and
concrete foundation to minimize transmission of vibrations during running.

Page 200 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

1. The DG set shall be started by 24V DC starter motor, which shall engage with the fly
wheel ring gear automatically and shall disengage automatically when the engine shall
attain pre-determined speed.

1. The diesel generator set shall be supplied complete with all ancillary equipment and
fittings necessary for starting and running of the set, including cooling systems, fuel
storage and supply system, instrumentation, control and protection arrangements, spares
and special tools, irrespective of fact whether it is included in the scope of supply or not.

1. The DG sets shall be reasonably self-contained to minimize the work of installation at site.
The engine, alternator and cooling radiator shall be mounted on a combined base frame
fabricated from stress relieved steel. Engine accessories shall also be mounted on the
base frame, where appropriate, provided that this does not result in difficulty of access
for the maintenance.

1. A sturdy elastic coupling shall connect the engine and the alternator and both shall be
mounted on a common base plate forming part of the supply. Proven and highly effective
anti-vibrating mountings shall be provided between base plate and concrete foundation.

2.07 GOVERNING SYSTEM

1. The governor of the engine shall be electronic type and be capable of fine governing of
speed to Class A2 of BSS 5514/1977, ISO 3046/IV and shall be suitable to control
frequency variation within ±3% whenever a load of 100 kW is switched in or thrown off
when the DG sets shall be running in parallel. The engine shall be fitted with a speed
control via governor which shall control the speed under all the conditions of load.

1. The engine shall be provided with an over speed shut down device. It shall be set to shut
down the engine at a speed 15% above the rated engine speed.

2.08 LUBRICATION OIL SYSTEM

1. Lubrication of the engine shall be by means of an engine driven integral pump. The pump
shall have coarse strainer on the suction side and a duplex `full flow' fine filter on the
delivery side complete with changeover cock incorporating pressure bypasses to maintain
lube oil flow to the engine should the filter become blocked.

1. Lubrication oil shall confirm to relevant Indian Standard. Duplex type of lubricating oil
filter shall be provided for service at normal conditions having running life of at least 250
hours. It shall be possible to affect the filter changeover on-line when the DG sets may be
operated continuously for longer duration due to unforeseen circumstances.

1. The lube-oil sump shall be topped up to full level after successful completion of the site
testing, commissioning and load trials. Supply of total quantity of lube-oil required prior to
taking over of DG sets shall be in the scope of the Bidder.

2.09 DAY TANK

1. Each DG set shall be provided dedicated fuel tank, made of MS plates, of capacity
sufficient for 12 hours OR max. 990 ltr operation at full load. The fuel tank shall be. The
fuel tank shall be installed outsides the acoustic enclosure. The day tank shall be
removable type for ease of cleaning and maintenance.

Page 201 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

1. The day tank shall have fuel level gauge marked in liters. The day tank shall also be
provided with a double pole float type level switch that will provide alarm in engine
control panel for fuel level LOW and HIGH so as to enable the operator to take necessary
action. The level switch signal may be used, if required, for automatic switching operation
of fuel supply pump to be installed in the bulk fuel storage area.

2.10 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

1. Engine cooling system shall use either coolant or water as cooling media. Water is
preferred as cooling media.

1. A sectional radiator shall be provided and mounted on the combined base frame and
arranged to cool the engine jacket water, lubricating oil and charge air as appropriate.
Circulation of cooling media through the engine and radiator shall be by means of engine
driven pump. The pipelines shall be fitted with an easily accessible drain point.

1. The cooling fan shall be fixed to drive directly by the engine and the hot air shall be
thrown out from enclosure through suitable openings. The discharge end shall be
provided with louvers and an insect screen.

2.11 EXHAUST GAS PIPING

1. The exhaust piping shall be provided, dedicated for each DG set, to safely disperse the
exhaust flue gases. The exhaust pipe shall be of adequate vertical height so as to comply
with the Air Pollution Act/Rules in force.

1. The shipping sections of the exhaust stack shall be welded at site from minimum 6mm
thick MS pipes/plates and erected over the MS frame work. The entire length including
flanges, bolts and washers shall be aluminized inside and outside to inhibit corrosion. A
weather cowl shall be provided on top of chimney stack. The exhaust pipe suspended
horizontal shall be supported using spring suspension supports

1.The residential type of silencer shall be installed in the pipeline. The exhaust piping and
the silencers shall be insulated using 50mm thick mineral wool inside the container and
up to the exhaust stack. The insulation shall be provided cladding of24G aluminum sheet.
D Engine back pressure calculation shall be submitted for approval.

2.12 BATTERY & BATTERY CHARGER

1. The batteries for engine starting shall be of heavy duty, high performance lead acid type .
Each battery shall be rated 24/12V. The number and AH capacity shall be selected to suit the
engine requirements. The batteries shall be maintenance free for all practical purposes.

1. Battery shall be suitable for six successive starting attempts each of approx. 10 seconds
duration with a gap of 60 seconds between successive starts.

1. The battery shall be supplied complete with electrolyte and accessories. The accessories
shall include acrylic top cover, inter battery connectors, battery stand, battery leads of
PVC insulated copper wires with copper terminal ends of size sufficient to meet engine
starting and control gear requirement as per manufacturer specification
1. The battery set shall always be charged through the automatic mains energized battery
charger when the DG sets are not running. The charger shall have a continuous output
Page 202 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

rating sufficient to recharge the battery from 1.8 V/cell to a fully charged condition in a
period of 8 hours. The battery charger shall get disconnected while the generator set is
running.

2.13 OTHER REQUIREMENTS

1. All exposed moving parts of the engine and other associated equipment shall be provided
with guards to prevent accidental contact. The guard shall be designed to facilitate easy
removal and reinstallation.

1. The set shall have minimum vibration and noise under all conditions of load. The set shall
be properly dynamically balanced.

1. The provision shall be made on the base frame for connecting the metallic frame with the
earthing system at two distinct points. All necessary hardware shall be provided to
connect 50x6mm GI strips.

1. Each genset shall be supplied with microprocessor based controller, which shall be
mounted in the separate panel containing DG set switchgear. The specification for the
control panel is provided in subsequent points.
ALTERNATOR

2.14 GENERAL

1. The alternators shall be suitable for standby but emergency duty with quick start. It shall
be designed to withstand the tropical climatological conditions referred to in the
specification.

B The inertia constant shall be 0.26 second or above.

1. The alternator shall be capable of carrying 10% overloading for one hour in any period of
12 hrs running. Further, it shall be capable of carrying 20% over-speed for two minutes
or carrying 50% overload for one minute.

1. The total harmonic distortion shall not exceed 3% and the design shall permit up to 20%
unbalance between phases while in operation. Necessary harmonic filter shall be supplied,
if required.

1. The alternator shall be 415V, 3-Phase/4-wire, 50 Hz, 0.8 PF, horizontal foot mounted,
double bearing, self excited, self-regulated, brushless excitation, digital AVR, salient pole
construction, copper wound, continuous duty housed in screen protected drip proof type
IP-23 enclosure.
1. The stator winding shall be star connected and neutral shall be brought out to the terminal
box for grounding with two distinct and independent earthing stations. The rotor shall be
salient pole type duly wound using copper conductors. The stator and rotor windings shall be
provided class “H” insulation. The continuous damper winding shall also be provided.

1. The alternator out put terminals shall be enclosed in the dust and vermin proof separately
mounted terminal box. The terminal box shall be adequately sized to facilitate termination
of type and nos. of cables shown in Technical Data Sheets. If required, an adapter box
Page 203 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

suitable for splitting of cable cores shall be provided. The AC/DC wiring shall be separated
from each other.

1. The alternator frame shall be provided with two distinct earthing pads suitable to connect
50x6mm GI strip for providing earthing connection to the alternator. The earthing pads
shall have all necessary hardware. The terminal box shall be provided two separate
earthing terminals complete with all required hardware.

1. Anti-condensation heaters in required nos. shall be installed inside the frame and the
terminals shall be brought out in a separate terminal box duly identified with a nameplate.
Interlock shall be provided to ensure that anti-condensation heaters are switched off
automatically when the alternator is running.

2.15 EXCITATION SYSTEM & AVR

1. The excitation system in the alternator shall be brushless self excited, self regulated type
with digital automatic voltage regulator (AVR). AVR can be integral with the excitation
system or it can be provided separately as suitable.
1. AVR, complete with an enclosed master element, voltage adjusting facility, contactors, etc.,
shall be provided with each alternator for the automatic control of the exciter. AVR shall be
anti-hunting, capable of maintaining the alternator terminal voltage at pre-set value and at the
same time sharing the reactive kVA of the load between the two similar units.

1. AVR shall be sensitive to change of ± 0.5% of normal voltage (average of three phases)
of the alternator when operating under steady load conditions for any load or excitation
within operating range and shall initiate corrective action without hunting.

1. After the initial maximum voltage following any load rejection up to 110% of rated load,
AVR shall restore the terminal voltage to a value between ± 5% of the voltage being held
before the load rejection and shall maintain the voltage within these limits throughout the
period of alternator over speed. AVR shall be provided with cross-current compensating
devices for parallel operation of alternators.

1. A voltage adjusting rheostat suitable for manual and also for motorized operation by
remote control shall be installed with individual AVR equipment. The range of the voltage
control shall extend from 90% to 110 % of rated voltage of generation.
1. Field winding shall have class “H” insulation with excellent electrical and mechanical
properties. The field winding shall be capable of operating at a field voltage with Excitation
capacity Emax / En = 1.6 for at least two minute to meet improved stability requirements

2.16 GENERATOR AMF PANEL

1. The assembled equipment and all its components shall be capable of withstanding
without permanent damage the thermal and dynamic stresses resulting from the specified
system conditions. The equipment electrical and thermal capability shall be sufficient to
permit fault current as specified to flow for 1 second without causing any permanent
damage to the equipment.

1. The offered equipment shall be fully type tested at the Government recognized Testing
Laboratory such as CPRI, ERDA, etc. The Type Test Certificates for testing conducted
Page 204 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

during past 5 years shall be enclosed by the Bidder for the similar equipment. The
particulars of the equipment test parameters and duration must be clearly stated on the
certificate.

2.17 ENCLOSURE

1. The panels shall be generally single front, fully compartmentalized, free-standing, flush
fronted, floor mounting with separate bus bar, switchgear and cable compartments.
(Minimum form 3b as per IEC)

B The enclosure shall be dust and vermin-proof with Degree of Protection IP:4X.

1. The switchgear shall be provided with integral channel base frame of ISMC 75/10 SWG or
ISMC 100/10 SWG depending on weight for each vertical panel, which shall be suitable
for bolting/welding to the Client’s embedded base frame. The sheet steel used for entire
switchgear shall be CRCA maintaining minimum thickness for various components as
specified in Technical Data Sheets.

1. Each vertical section shall be designed to house modular units containing the electrical
equipment. Each module shall be completely enclosed on all sides, self-sufficient with
operating/control device, meters, contactors, relays, door interlock mechanism, pad
locking, terminal block, etc. The modules shall be designed and constructed to afford
maximum protection against arcs occurring in adjacent units under fault conditions
damaging other circuits on the panel. Suitable partition shall be provided between panel
compartments and cable alley to prevent accidental touch of live parts in panel
compartment from cable alley.

E Facility to padlock module doors when the switch in OFF position shall be provided.

1. The hinged doors on incomer and each equipped module shall be mechanically
interlocked so that the door cannot be opened when the module is in energized condition,
nor the module can be energized when the door is open. An interlock defeat mechanism
shall be provided to facilitate visual surveys on modules with structure mounted doors.
With module doors open, it must not be possible to accidentally touch, to the extent
feasible, any live parts; terminals of door mounted or permanently energized equipment
shall be shrouded.

1. Outgoing feeder panel shall have a separate vertical cable alley. Width of cable alley shall
be sufficient to accommodate all cables and in no case it shall be less than 300 mm. A
separate door shall be provided for cable alley.

1. All auxiliary devices for control and protection such as operating handles of switches,
indicating meters, relays, selector switches, push buttons etc. shall be mounted on front
of the respective module. These components shall be mounted between 300mm to
1800mm height from the bottom to facilitate the plant operator’s function.

1. Spare units shall be provided, if specified, in accordance with the data given on Single
Line Diagrams.
1. The size of the Panels shall be designed in such a way that the internal space is sufficient for
hot air movement and the electrical component does not attain temperature more than 50 c..
If necessary, openings shall be provided for natural ventilation, but said openings
Page 205 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

shall be screened with fine weld mesh. All the electrical component shall be derated for
50 c.

1. All components in the modules shall be completely accessible for checking, testing and
removal from the front and/or rear of the panel. All auxiliary equipment shall be mounted
in an easily accessible position.

1. It shall be possible to connect external wiring to each unit, without special safety
precautions, with main bus bars live and other units in service.

1. The Panel shall suitable for future extension on both ends. The bus bars shall be suitable
for future extension.

2.18 BUSBARS

1. Bus bars in the panel shall be high conductivity electrolytic aluminum bus bars (Grade E
1. of appropriate size for main and vertical sections to meet short-circuit requirements as
specified. The Bidder shall submit the design calculations for determination of different
bus bar sizes.

1. All bus bars shall be insulated with colour-coded, heat-shrink sleeves of 1100 V grade
with Red, Yellow and Blue colours for phase bus bar identification and black colour for
neutral bus bar identification.

1. Minimum clearance between live parts/phases, between live parts/neutral to earth shall
be 25 mm.

1. The busbars shall be supported using SMC finger type supports at regular interval not
more than 600 mm.

E The earth bus shall be throughout the panel length as per the size and material specified.

1. All doors and movable parts shall be earthed using flexible copper connections to the fixed
frame of the panel. All non-current carrying metallic parts of the mounted equipment shall be
earthed. Inter panel earth bus connections shall be properly bonded for continuity.

2.19 CONTROL SUPPLY

1. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1-ph & N control supply to all the modules in panel as required, shall be
provided from 1 nos.x100% of 415/230V, 1-ph, 50Hz Control Transformer. Rating of the
control transformer shall be suitably decided by the Bidder. 230V, 1-ph & N control supply
shall be distributed by running a separate control bus of copper throughout the panel.
The control transformer shall be suitably placed with proper ventilation arrangements.

2.20 WIRING & CABLE TERMINATION

1. Adequate space shall be maintained between cable terminals and bottom of incoming
modules to facilitate splicing of cores to terminate multiple lengths of cables and
accommodate the cables without any difficulty maintaining air passage between adjacent
cables for heat dissipation. The terminations should not experience undue stress.
Necessary supports shall be provided for large incomers and outgoing feeders

Page 206 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

1. Power wiring in the modules shall be of PVC insulated solid copper wires with bimetallic
clamps or insulated copper strips with bimetallic washers, wherever required. Solid copper
wires shall be terminated using compression lugs of suitable type and size and hardware
as required. Wiring shall be identical in all modules of same rating, sized for maximum
continuous current rating of contactor and MCCB for motor and power feeder modules
respectively.

1. Wiring inside the modules for power, control, protection and instruments etc. shall be
done with use of 660/1100 V grade, PVC insulated copper conductor cables conforming to
IS: 694 and IS: 8130. Power wiring inside the starter module shall be rated for full current
raring of respective contactor, but not less than 4.0 sq.mm. cross-section area. For
current transformer circuits, 2.5 sq.mm. copper conductor wire shall be used. Other
control wiring shall be done with 1.5 sq.mm. copper conductor wires. Wires for
connections to the door shall be flexible. All conductors shall be crimped with solderless
sockets at the ends before connections are made to the terminals.

1. Each CT secondary terminal shall be wired to the test block and then connected in
accordance with wiring diagrams to the specific terminal block with disconnecting type CT
shorting link so that meter or other device connected with CT can be removed without
disturbing CT or power supply. Neutral point of each 3-phase set of CT shall be separately
grounded through the test block.

1. Particular care shall be taken to ensure that the layout of wiring is neat and orderly.
Identification ferrules shall be fitted to all the wire termination for ease of identification
and to facilitate checking and testing.

1. The outgoing terminals and neutral link shall be brought out to a cable alley suitably
located and accessible from the panel front. The current transformers for instruments
metering shall be mounted on the disconnecting type terminal blocks. No direct
connection of incoming or outgoing cables to internal components of the distribution
board is permitted; only one conductor may be connected in one terminal.

2.21 RATING PLATE AND LABELING

1. Stainless steel nameplate shall be provided with the following information :


1. Manufacturers Name,
2. Manufacturer’s type designation and Serial No. making it possible to get all relevant
information
3. Year of Manufacture
4. Rated Voltage
5. Rated current
6. Short Circuit Rating
1. A vitreous enamel Danger Plate (415 volts) conforming to relevant IS to be fixed on front
and back of end panels with standard danger symbol and writing for voltage level in
English, Hindi and Gujarati Language.

1. Engraved metal labels with white letters in black background shall be provided for all
compartments. Incomers, all ACB feeders shall be provided with labels on backside of
compartments also.

Page 207 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

2.22 PAINTING

1. The panel shall be applied painting after seven tank process and thorough cleaning of all
metal surfaces/structures inside and outside, degreasing, pickling and phosphatizing to
remove mil scale, rust, grease, dirt and then rinsing to remove any trace of acid. The
under surface shall be prepared by applying two coats of red oxide primer and shall be
made free from all imperfections before undertaking the finishing coat. Type of painting
shall be as follows.
7. Painting for outdoor equipment Epoxy based powder coated
8. Painting for indoor equipment Epoxy based powder coated
9. Cable tray Galvanized steel
10. Structural steel Epoxy painted

1.  After preparation of the surfaces, the panels shall be applied two coats of final paint.
Colour shade of final paint shall be as mentioned hereunder unless otherwise
specified.
3.0 External surfaces Siemens grey shade, RAL 7032 as per IS:5
4.0 Internal surfaces Semi pebble white
1. All hardware such as screws, bolts, nuts and washers shall be cadmium plated or zinc
passivated.

2.23 AMF cum ENGINE CONTROLLER

The Panel shall be provided with digital microprocessor based “Genset Control Package”,
which shall carry out control, monitoring and protection functions comprising of engine,
alternator, auto (AMF)/manual starting & stopping, auto synchronizing, auto
active/reactive load sharing, soft load transfer, etc.

The controller shall have various basic technical features as below :


Key Pad shall be provided on the front for user friendly Operator Interface. It shall
be possible to see displayed data by scrolling and control with key for moving
up/down, enter, escape, etc.
Display of operating parameters, protection settings, function selections, etc. in
LCD window for monitoring.
The controller shall be compatible for interface with SCADA system with open
protocol.
A manual bypass facility shall be provided on the controller for total bypass of the
AMF system. The changeover from mains supply to genset supply should be
possible in manual mode with AMF relay totally bypassed.
The controller shall display the engine, alternator and battery parameters and provide
protections for abnormal conditions. The functional requirements shall not be limited to the list
provided hereunder, but additional requirement, if any, shall have to be incorporated
Functional requirements
iv. Configurable vii. Auto- x. Manual
i. Auto start (AMF) Cycle Crank synchronizing synchronizing
ii. Delayed viii. Digital Voltage xi. Load
Start/Stop v. Sleep Mode Time Control sharing/Control
iii. Total engine vi. Auto closing of ix. Battle switch

Page 208 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

control ACB function


Display of parameter Protection action
Engine Engine
vi. Fuel Level Low i. Low Lube-oil
i. Engine RPM (Alarm) Pressure vi. Battery Weak
ii. Lube-oil ii. High Coolant
Pressure Temp vii. Fail to Crank
iii. Coolant iii. Battery Voltage
Temperature High viii. Fail to Start
iv. Engine Run iv. Battery Voltage
Hours Low ix. Sensor Failure
v. Engine Over x. Emergency trip
v. Battery Voltage Speed PB
Alternator Alternator
v. Thermal
i. Voltage L-L, L-N i. Under Voltage Overload
vi. Loss of
ii. 3-phase Current ii. Over Voltage Excitation
iii. Frequency in Hz iii. Under Frequency vii. Earth Fault
iv. Power in iv. 3-ph Over
kVA/kW current IDMT
2.24 SWTICHGEARS AND MEASURING INSTRUMENTS

1. Specifications of following switchgears shall be as per requirements given in separate


specification sheets TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LV PANEL BOARD in DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/05

ACB / MCCB / MCB / CONTACTOR / AUXILIARY CONTACTOR / FUSE SWITCH UNIT /


FUSE / AUXILIARY CONTACTOR / C.T. / P.T. / INDICATING AND RECORDING
INSTRUMENTS / METERS

2.25 ENERGY METER (STATUTORY REQUIREMENT)

1. A separate electronic type of energy meter in a lockable compartment shall be provided


for each DG set. The energy meter shall be suitable for recording electric energy for
415V, 3-phase, 4-wire system with unbalance load. The CT secondary shall be 1A.

1. The energy meter and metering CTs shall be got tested and sealed in the meter testing
laboratory of the state utility company or ERDA, Vadodara. The meter test report in
original shall be submitted to the Client. This is as per statutory requirement of the
Collector of Electricity Duty, Gujarat State. No deviation shall be acceptable.

2.26 SHOP DRAWINGS

1. The Bidder shall develop his own General Arrangement (GA), Schematic Control Wiring,
Aux. Wiring Drawings, etc. adding necessary auxiliary devices, accessories, component
particulars of the supplied equipment, bill of materials, etc., which are required for a safe,
convenient, efficient and proper operation of the equipment as per technical specification
and shall submit all the drawings for the Client’s approval.

Page 209 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

1. The Client’s concurrence of the said drawings is an essential requirement before


proceeding with the any manufacturing activity. The Client’s review of the Bidder’s
drawings shall not relieve him from the responsibility for supplying equipment conforming
with the relevant specifications and standards or for any mistakes, errors or omissions in
the Bidder’s/Manufacturer’s drawings.

2.27 ACOUSTIC ENCLOSURE

1. Acoustic enclosure shall be sound proof, weather proof and environment friendly,
conforming to the latest Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (29 of 1986). The sound
level outside the enclosure at 01 meter distance all around shall not be more than 75 dB
under all circumstances.

1. The enclosure shall be of modular construction with the provision of assembly at site. The
acoustic enclosure panels shall be fabricated using minimum 1.6mm thick CRCA sheet.
The door shall be provided with high quality EPDN gaskets to avoid leakage of sound. A
separate door with locking arrangement for easy access to genset shall be provided for
access inside during operation and maintenance. The door handles and hinges shall be
zinc plated and lockable type.

1. Adequate ventilation shall be provided to meet the air requirement for combustion and
also to dissipate heat to maintain temperature inside the enclosure within 7 deg C above
ambient at 10% overload with tripping arrangement between 50 – 60 deg C. Proper
sealing arrangement between radiator and radiator partition shall be provided to avoid
hot air returned to the enclosure.

1. Small see through window for reading meters etc. made of transparent polymer sheet of
thickness not less then 5mm shall be provided.

1. Specially designed sound attenuators shall be provided to control sound at air entry and
exit points incoming louvers.

1. The enclosure shall be provided insulation using either of materials mentioned hereunder.
1. Mineral rock wool slabs of density not less than 96 kg/M 3 / 75mm thickness,
covered with 22 gauge GI sheet having 3mm perforation fitted with strips of
aluminum by hydraulic riveting to support the whole insulation with complete
rigidly as required OR;
2. Polyurethane foam (PUF of minimum 26 kg/M3 density acoustic foam of dark
grey/black colour, fire retardant and not less than 20 mm thickness.

1. The finished sheet metal component shall undergo seven tank treatment process for
degreasing, derusting, phosphatising etc. for longer life and shall be coated inside and
outside by polyester based paint. The nuts bolts and other hardware shall be zinc
passivated or cadmium plated.

2.28 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT

1. The Bidder shall fill-up Technical Particulars and Other Technical Data without fail. In
other technical particulars, calculated technical data may be provided.
1. In case the Bidder shall fail to furnish the data sheets and guaranteed technical particulars
Page 210 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

and other technical data, the bid is liable for rejection without assigning any reason
thereof.

2.29 ATTACHMENTS

A 3. Data sheet

Page 211 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

PART – 3 (INSTALLATION)

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

1. This specifications intended to cover assembly, installation and testing of Diesel Generator
Set complete in all respect with all equipment, fittings and accessories for efficient and
trouble-free operation. The material to be supplied by the Contractor and work to be
carried out by the Contractor shall be in general, but not limited to, conforming to the
specification laid down for each item.

1.02 MATERIALS REQUIRED

1. All required hardware such as bolts, nuts, washers (round and spring type), anchor
fasteners, screws, etc. of sizes and type as required shall be conforming to relevant IS. All
hardware shall be hot-dip galvanized or zinc passivated/cadmium plated as per
requirement of work either mechanical fabrication or electrical jointing.
1. Equipment Grouting material such as cement, metal, sand, bricks, etc., if required, shall be
supplied by the Contractor. The material shall be of approved make (Wherever applicable) for
which the Contractor shall consult Engineer-in-charge before procuring the material.
1.03 ERECTION PROCEDURE

1. The bidder shall undertake the installation work at site. The general scope of installation work
shall include but not be limited to the following.
DIESEL GENERTOR SET

1. The assembled Diesel Generator set shall be installed in the container on anti-vibration
mounts. The unit shall be visually inspected for any transit damage.

C The contractor shall arrange for the inspection of the set by the diesel engine
manufacturer’s authorized representative and obtain his approval before rolling the set.

D The fuel oil day tank shall be installed and no leakage must be ensured.

E The batteries shall be fully charged, installed and connected.

F The battery charger shall be heavy duty.

FUEL PIPING

1. The fuel piping shall include supply and installation of Class “B” MS pipes of adequate size
with necessary valves and accessories required for the supply & return lines from day tank
to the engines. The pipes shall be painted with primer over which 2 coats approved colour
paint shall be applied.

H The joints in the line shall be properly sealed to avoid any leakage of fuel.

EXHAUST PIPING

I The exhaust piping shall be fabricated from 6mm thick MS pipes.

1. The exhaust piping and the silencers shall be insulated using 50mm thick mineral wool
Page 212 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

inside the container & up to the exhaust stack. The insulation shall be cladded with 24G
aluminum sheet.

K The exhaust pipe shall be supported using spring suspension supports.

1. The shipping sections of the stack shall be welded at site and erected over the MS frame
work. The entire length including the flanges, bolts and washers shall be aluminized inside
and outside to inhibit corrosion. A weather cowl shall be provided on top.

M All tools and tackles used for the erection shall have valid safety certification.

1. The electrical power cabling from alternator to the panel shall be carried out(refer scope
of work).However the DG control cabling from the DG to the DG Panel/LT panel will be
carried out by the DG vendor.

1. The contractor shall appoint an experienced full time engineer throughout the installation
period till the set is handed over. One month maintenance from the date of commissioning
shall be carried out by the DG vender.

1. The contractor shall carry out the control cabling from the engine control panel to the
breakers in the main panel.

1.04 COMMISSIONING TESTS

1. Following tests shall be conducted at site in the presence of the client’s representative
before energisation. The contractor shall provide all testing equipment, labour and
consumables required for the testing.
1. Checking the alignment by engine manufacturer’s representative and obtaining approval. C

Insulation resistance test on alternator, control panel and cabling / Bus bar trunking.

D Checking the AMF operation both on auto and manual mode.

E Checking the engine safeties for satisfactory operation.

F Checking vibration levels.

1. Testing of individual protective devices on engine and alternator and ensuring that the
wiring is carried out properly.

1. Full load running for 8 hours continuously. All the readings shall be logged to evaluate the
fuel consumption, lube oil pressure, water & oil temperature vis-à-vis the electrical load.

I One hour overload testing at 110% load shall be carried out at the end of the full load trial.

1. The guaranteed specific fuel consumption shall not exceed 150 grams / BHP. HR with a
tolerance of + 2.5 %. The same shall be proved during the load trial.

1. The noise level at 1m from the enclosure and the temperature rise inside the enclosure
shall be measured.

Page 213 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

1. Any deviation from the guaranteed parameters shall be made good and these performance
parameters should be measured once again till the required results are achieved.
1. The DG set shall be deemed to be commissioned after satisfactory performance of all
associated equipment.

1.05 HANDING OVER TO CLIENT

1. The clients will take over the DG set for operation on completion of the following.
1.1.1.1 DG set are installed, tested and commissioned as per the specifications.
1.1.1.2 Original test certificates are furnished for engine, alternator, acoustic enclosure,
centrifuge and all other bought out items.
1.1.1.3 Load trials are successfully conducted including the performance of acoustic
enclosure and ventilation fans.
1.1.1.4 Approvals are obtained from Pollution Control Board and Electrical Inspectorate.
1.1.1.5 2 sets of AS BUILT documentation, spare parts list, maintenance chart and
operation and maintenance manual are to be submitted.
1.1.1.6 The set shall be handed over with first fill of lube-oil and day tanks full of diesel oil
along with spares mentioned.

Page 214 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

Annexure - A
Technical Data Sheets for DG Set
Data to be filled
Specification Design
Sr. Technical Data required up / Confirmed by
Requirement
Bidder
1.0 Rating As per BOQ
2.0 Quantity required As per BOQ
3.0 Duty Standby duty
4.0 Installation Outdoor
5.0 Engine manufacturer
6.0 Alternator manufacturer
7.0 Technical data for engine
7.1 ISO rating in BHP to suit power
rating
Site rating at 45°C for standby
7.2 application
7.3 Fuel firing capability High speed diesel
7.4 Basic thermodynamic cycle 4 stroke
7.5 Number of cylinders
7.6 Bore mm
7.7 Stroke mm
7.8 Engine speed RPM
Turbo-charged, air to air
7.9 Type of Aspiration cooled
7.10 Drop in frequency/speed when
engine response to100% load
injection
7.11 Governor
7.11.1 Make/Type designation
7.11.2 Technology Electronic
7.11.3 Capability to govern speed Conforming to Class A2
of BSS 5514/1977, ISO
3046/IV
7.12 Turbocharger
7.12.1 Make/Type designation
7.12.2 Pressure ratio (site rating)
7.12.3 Mass Airflow (site rating) kg/sec
7.13 Radiator Fan
7.13.1 Fan tip speed RPM
7.13.2 Fan power required kW
7.13.3 Cooling airflow m3/min
7.14 Engine cooling system
7.14.1 Type of system Coolant or water based
(Water based preferred)
7.14.2 Cooling media temperature °C
normal/max.
Cooling media pressure 2

7.14.3 normal/min. kg/m


Page 215 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

7.14.4 System capacity ltr


7.15 Fuel system
7.15.1 Fuel day tank location Integral
Fuel supply for 8 hrs. FL
7.15.2 Capacity running
7.15.3 Material of construction MS
7.15.4 Level gauge Required
Required to give LOW
7.15.5 Level switch level alarm
7.15.7 Dimensions L x W x H in mm
7.16 Lubricating oil system
7.39.1 Grade of oil
7.16.2 Sump capacity litre
Lube oil pressure kg/m2 to
7.16.3 normal/min. kg/m2
Lube oil temperature
7.16.4 normal/max. litre
7.16.5 Oil consumption/100 hr litre
7.16.6 Recommended oil change interval running hrs
7.17 On base pipelines for fuel, lube -oil, cooling media
7.17.1 Material of construction MS pipeline, Class B
7.18 Exhaust system
7.18.1 Type of silencer Residential
7.18.2 Material of const. of pipeline
7.18.3 Diameter of pipeline
7.18.4 Total overall length of exhaust Conforming to relevant mtr
pipe - take out above roof of DG Pollution Control
shed Act/Rules
7.18.5 Exhaust gas temperature at °C
engine outlet
7.18.6 Rain water cowl Required
7.18.7 Type of insulation on pipeline Insulation to be
provided
7.18.8 Cladding Alum. sheet cladding
required
7.19 Intake air system
7.19.1 Type of air filter Dry type
7.19.2 Nos. of air filter provided
7.19.3 Material of const. of filter element
7.20 Acoustic enclosure
CRCA sheet of min.
7.21.1 Material of construction of panels 1.6mm thk
7.21.2 Enclosure insulation

7.22 Guaranteed DG set performance


7.22.1 Specific fuel consumption at ISO
i. At ISO conditions gm/kWh
Page 216 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

ii. At 100% load gm/kWh


ii. At 75% load gm/kWh
iv. At 50% load gm/kWh
v. At 25% load gm/kWh
7.22.2 Fuel consumption
i. At 100% load litre/hour
ii. At 75% load litre/hour
ii. At 50% load litre/hour
iv. At 25% load litre/hour
7.22.3 Lube-oil consumption
i. At 100% load gm/kWh
ii. At 75% load gm/kWh
ii. At 50% load gm/kWh
iv. At 25% load gm/kWh
Sound level on all sides/top at
7.22.4 1 mtr < 75 dB
7.22.5 Emission data
i. HC (Hydrocarbon) gm/kWh
ii. CO gm/kWh
gm/kWh/
ii. NOx ppm
iv. CO2 gm/kWh
gm/kWh/
v. SOx ppm
Suspended particulate matter gm/kWh/
vi. (SPM) ppm
7.23 Anti-vibration pads
7.23.1 Make/Type designation Dunlop-S Class
8.0 Technical data for Alternator
8.1 Type Synchronous
360 kVA or Std. higher
8.2 Rated output size kVA
8.3 Terminal voltage 415 V V
8.4 Power factor 0.8 Cosφ
8.5 Frequency 50 Hz Hz
8.6 Connection 3-phase, Star
Screen protected drip
8.7 Type of enclosure proof
8.8 Degree of protection to enclosure IP-23
8.9 Full load current Amp
8.10 Speed RPM
8.11 Rotor critical speed (s) RPM
8.12 Neutral grounding Solidly earthed
8.13 Construction of stator
813.1 Stator insulation class Class H
813.1 Material of construction of winding Copper wound
813.1 Stator dc resistance per phase at mohm
75°C
813.1 Winding temp monitoring By embedded

Page 217 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

therimstors
8.14 Construction of rotor
8.14.1 Type Salient pole
8.14.2 Rotor insulation class Class H
8.14.3 Material of construction of winding Copper wound
8.14.4 Rotor winding resistance at 75°C mohm
8.14.5 Rotor inertia kg m2
8.14.6 Type of rotor bearings
8.14.7 Number of rotor bearings
Method of protection against shaft
8.14.8 currents Required
8.15 Alternator constants
8.15.1 Short circuit ratio
8.15.2 Reactance
i. On short circuit when running at normal speed and voltage
a. Sub-transient reactance %
b. Transient reactance %
Unsaturated synchronous
ii. reactance %
8.16 Exciter
8.39.1 Make/Type designation
8.16.2 Technology Self excited, self
regulated, brushless,
rotating diodes
8.16.4 Excitation FL current Amp DC
8.16.5 Field winding insulation
8.16.6 Field winding resistance at 75°C ohm
8.17 Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR)
8.17.1 Make/Type designation
8.17.2 Technology Digital AVR
8.17.3 Range of manual voltage control V
AVR response time for system
8.17.4 changes msec
Within ± 0.5% of
8.17.5 Voltage regulation terminal voltage
8.18 Terminal box
8.18.1 Type Non-segregated
6 leads to be brought
8.18.2 Specific requirement out in box
8.18.3 Type and nos. of cables 3 nos. x 3.5C x 300
sq.mm, 1100V grade,
XLPE, Alum., armoured
cables
8.18.4 Dust and vermin proofing Box edge, covers and
gland plate to be lined
with neoprene or
polyurethane foam
sealer gaskets
To be attached with
8.18.5 Cable splitter box terminal box
Page 218 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/14


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

8.18.6 Neutral To be brought out


outside terminal box for
grounding
8.19 Earthing
8.19.1 Earthing pads on alternator 2 pads complete with
enclosure hardware to be provided
8.19.2 Main terminal box/Heater terminal Provision for earthing to
box be made
8.20 Anti-condensation heater
8.20.1 Heater rating watt
8.20.2 Nos. of heaters provided nos.
8.20.3 Heater terminal box Separate terminal box
8.20.4 Heater power supply 230V AC, 1-ph, 50 Hz
8.21 Misc. data
8.21.1 Weight of Engine with all accessories kg
8.21.2 Weight of Alternator kg
8.21.3 Gross weight incl. enclosure kg
8.21.4 Overall dimensions L x W x H in mm
9.0 Documentation
Enclosed / Not
9.1 As per specifications Required enclosed

Page 219 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI

DOCUMENT TITLE

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR SUPPLY, INSTALLATION,


TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OFEXTERNAL LIGHTING

DOCUMENT NO. SPECS-SITC/15

CONTENTS

SR. NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO


PART 1 GENERAL 221
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 221
1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS 221
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 222
1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING 222
1.05 TRANSPORT, DELIVERY AND STORAGE 222
PART 2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 223
PART 3 INSTALLATION 229

RECORD OF REVISIONS

R0 20/10/2021 ISSUED FOR TENDERING JPP KGJ


PREPARED
REV DATE DESCRIPTION CHECKED BY
BY

Page 220 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/15


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

PART – 1 (GENERAL)

1.01 Scope of Work

1. This section relates to specifications for supply (wherever called for), installation,
connection, testing and commissioning of street lighting and flood lighting installation of
the project. The job includes Lighting pole installation, Cable laying, Wiring to the fixture,
Earthing.

1. Irrespective of fact whether it is specifically mentioned or not, all the components shall
be deemed to have been included in the specification and shall be provided by the
Bidder as required for proper functioning of the offered equipment.

1.02 Codes & Standards

1. The poles, light fixture and components used in assembly shall be constructed, wired
and tested in accordance with, but not limited to, this Specification and the relevant
Indian/International Standards and Codes listed below.

B No. Title

IS: 1913 General and safety requirements for light fittings

IS: 3528 Water proof electric lighting fittings

IS: 2713 Street light poles

IS: 10322 Luminaire for street lighting

IS: 875 (Part III) 1987 Code and practice for design loads for Structures

IS 1039 M.S. tubular and other wrought steel pipe fittings

IS 1944 Code of practice for lighting public thoroughfares

1. In addition to above mentioned standards, the bidder shall follow the guidelines as
specified in,
1. National Electrical Code ( ISI Publication)
2. Fire Insurance Regulations
3. Tariff Advisory Committee Regulations

1. It is not intent to mention all the relevant standards applicable to the proposed work and
equipment. Any relevant Indian Standard, irrespective of the fact whether it is mentioned
herewith or not, shall be made applicable as per requirement of the work and equipment.

1. Compliance by the Bidder with the provisions of this specification shall not relieve the
Bidder of the responsibility of furnishing equipment and components of proper design,
electrically and mechanically suited to meet the operating requirements under the
specified service conditions and be suitable for the purpose of which they are intended.
1. A broad statement that “any equipment being supplied is generally in accordance with this

Page 221 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/15


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

Specification or any part of it” shall not be acceptable. Any exceptions, deviations or
omissions from this Specification proposed by the Bidder shall be itemized from this
quotation and subject to approval by the Consultant/Client before commencement of
manufacture. In absence of specific deviation, it will be deemed to be considered as
acceptance to this specification.

1. The Bidder should seek clarification on any aspect of the Specification, where it is
believed that obscurity or ambiguity exists in the meaning or intent stated. Where a
conflict occurs between the Bidder’s manufacturing standard, this Specification and the
Purchase Order/Data Sheets, the following shall apply in order of preference:
Purchase Order / Data Sheets
This Specification
National Standard/International Standard
Manufacturer’s Standard

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A The Bidder shall stand guarantee for the performance of entire equipment and
components for twelve (12) months from the date of commissioning or eighteen (18)
months from the date of dispatch, whichever is earlier, as agreed up on and as
reproduced in the purchase order within the tolerance specified or as permitted by the
relevant standards for the equipment in his scope of supply. The Client also reserves the
right to use the rejected equipment or part thereof until the new equipment meeting the
guaranteed performance is supplied by the Bidder.

1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING

1. The poles shall be available for inspection prior to dispatch at site. The dimensions,
weight and paint/galvanization quality shall be checked against requirements.

1.05 TRANSPORT, DELIVERY & STORAGE

1. The prices shall be F.O.R. site basis including packing & forwarding charges. The
quoted price must include all the costs for necessary mode of transportation up to the
site store. The poles/fixtures/cable shall be supplied with required storage arrangements
suitable for placing in open storage yard. All incidental expenses during transportation
shall be part of quoted prices including transit insurance. The charges for loading
and unloading of equipments at site should form part of offer.

Page 222 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/15


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

2.0 PART – 2 (TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS)

2.01 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA


1. Location : BABARGHAT, TAPI, Gujarat
A
2 Site elevation : 549 Mtr above mean sea level
3 Ambient : Semi-Humid

B 1 Maximum Temperature 45deg C

2 Design Max. Ambient Temperature (Dry Bulb) 50deg C

3 Minimum Temperature (Winter Dry Bulb) 08deg C

4 Minimum Relative Humidity 40%

5 Maximum Relative Humidity at 30.5 deg C 95% (Design basis)

6 Normal Barometric Pressure 1008.2 mbar

7 Maximum Rainfall Average 150 mm/year

8 Design maximum wind velocity 100 km/hour

9 Earthquake Category (Seismic Zone) Zone III, IS 1893 (Part I):


2002

2.02 INCOMING POWER SUPPLY

1 Voltage at Point of supply 11KV

2 Frequency 50 Hz

3 Permissible voltage variation ±10%

4 Permissible frequency variation ±3%

5 Permissible combined voltage & frequency ±6%


variation

6 Symmetrical Fault Level at Point of supply 500 MVA


(Design)

7 Neutral earthing at Point of Supply Grounded

8 Control supply voltage 230 V AC

2.03 GENERAL

1. The street lighting installation for the project shall be carried out by use of outdoor type,
weather proof luminaires, to be mounted on tubular steel pole.

Page 223 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/15


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

1. Electric power supply at 415 volt, three phase, four wire, 50 Hz. to be tapped from the
street lighting panel.

1. The electric power shall be distributed to the street lighting poles through electric cables
and shall be distributed equally on three phase of the electric power supply system.

1. Individual control fuse with junction box shall be provided on each poles. The junction
box shall be weather proof, having gasketed hinged cover.

1. The street light poles shall be earthed individually with coil type earth station using 8
SWG G.I wire.

1. Electric cable required for the street lighting installation shall be 1100 volt grade,
XLPE/PVC insulated and sheathed, armoured cable having stranded Al. conductor of
rating as mentioned in the drawing / BOQ.

2.04 LIGHTING POLES & LIGHTING FIXTURES

1. The street light poles shall be fabricated from heavy duty cold-rolled steel tubes
conforming to IS : 1239 and hot dip galvanized or painted as specified.

1. The street light pole shall be fabricated as per the details and dimensions shown in the
drawing.

1. The street light poles shall have base plate, a large excess panel, and necessary fixture
mounting bracket at top.

1. The access panel shall provide easy access to a multiway connector and MCB, to be
mounted inside the pole. The access shall be specially fabricated with adequate
reinforcement and weather protection gasket to prevent ingress of moisture and vandal
proofed.

1. Poles shall have large diameter entries for incoming and outgoing cables and two earth
studs.
1. The poles fabricated shall conform to the drawings and where such drawing is not available,
the contractor shall make such drawing and have it approved before fabricated.

1. The light fixture construction shall be of die cast aluminum with a separate compartment
for integral ballast equipment. The reflector shall be anodized polished aluminum. The
glass/acrylic refractor shall be heat resistant.

H The light fixture shall have protection class IP 54/ IP 65 as specified.

2.05 HIGH MAST LIGHTING

1. STRUCTURE :
The High mast shall be of continuously tapered, polygonal cross section, at least 20 sided,
presenting a good and pleasing appearance and shall be based on proven In-Tension design
conforming to the standards referred to above, to give an assured performance, and reliable
service. The structure shall be suitable for wind loadings as per IS 875 part3

Page 224 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/15


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

1987

1. CONSTRUCTION :
The mast shall be manufactured using special steel plates, conforming to BS-EN10-025
and shall be delivered in multiple sections of effective length 10 meters. Thus a 40 m
mast shall be delivered in Four sections to site. Each section shall be fabricated out of
single plate duly folded and welded. There shall be only one longitudinal seam weld per
section. Sections with more than one weld, circumferential or longitudinal, shall not be
accepted. At site the sections shall be joined together by slip-stressed-fit method. No site
welding or bolted joint shall be done on the mast. The minimum over lap distance shall
be 1.5 times the diameter at penetration. The minimum top diameter shall be 150 mm.
Bottom diameter & plate thickness shall be as per the data sheet enclosed [To be
submitted by the Bidder/Manufacturer]. Detailed design calculation of the mast shall be
submitted for verification. Manufacturer of the mast must have conducted Wind Tunnel
testing on their mast sample. Parameters considered for design shall be taken from the
Wind Tunnel testing. Wind Tunnel test report shall be submitted along with offer.
The mast shall be provided with fully penetrated flange, which shall be free from any
lamination or incursion. The welded connection of the base flange shall be fully
developed to the strength of the entire section. The base flange shall be provided with
supplementary gussets between the bolt-holes to ensure elimination of helical stress
concentration. For the environmental protection of the mast, the entire fabricated mast
shall be hot dip galvanized, internally and externally, having a uniform average thickness
of 85 microns for plates with more than 5 mm thickness and 70 microns for 5 mm or
less. Galvanizing shall be done in single dipping method for better adhesion and life.

1. DOOR OPENING :
An adequate door opening shall be provided at the base of the mast and the opening
shall be such that it permits clear access to equipment like winches, cables, plug and
socket, etc. and also facilitate easy removal of the winch. The door opening shall be
complete with a close fitting, vandal resistant, weatherproof door, provided with a
heavy-duty double internal lock with special paddle key.
The door opening shall be carefully designed and reinforced with welded steel section,
so that the mast section at the base shall be unaffected and undue buckling of the cut
portion is prevented. Size of door opening shall not be more than 1200 x 250 mm to
avoid buckling of the mast section under heavy wind conditions.

1. DYNAMIC LOADING FOR THE MAST :


The mast structure shall be suitable to sustain an assumed maximum reaction arising
from a wind speed as per IS 875 (three second gust), and shall be measured at a height
of 10 meters above ground level. The design life of the mast shall be 25 years

1. FABRICATION :
A fabricated Lantern Carriage shall be provided for fixing and holding the flood light fittings
and control gear boxes. The Lantern Carriage shall be of special design and shall be of steel
tube construction, the tubes acting as conduits for wires, with holes fully protected by
grommets. The Lantern Carriage shall be so designed and fabricated to hold the required
number of flood light fittings and the control gear boxes, and also have a perfect self
balance. The Lantern Carriage shall be fabricated in two halves and joined by bolted flanges
with stainless steel bolts and nyloc type stainless steel nuts to enable easy
Page 225 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/15


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

installation or removal from the erected mast. The inner lining of the carriage shall be
provided with protective PVC arrangement, so that no damage is caused to the surface
of the mast during the raising and lowering operation of the carriage. The entire Lantern
Carriage shall be hot dip galvanized after fabrication. If required Double Carriage way
construction shall be given

1. JUNCTION BOX:
Weather proof junction box, made of Cast Aluminum shall be provided on the Carriage
Assembly as required, from which the inter-connections to the designed number of the
flood light luminaires and associated control gears fixed on the carriage, shall be made

1. RAISING & LOWERING MECHANISM:


For the installation and maintenance of the luminaries and lamps, it will be necessary to
lower and raise the Lantern Carriage Assembly. To enable this, a suitable Winch
Arrangement shall be provided, with the winch fixed at the base of the mast and the
specially designed head frame assembly at the top.

1. WINCH :
The winch shall be of completely self sustaining type, without the need for brake shoe,
springs or clutches. Each driving spindle of the winch shall be positively locked when not
in use, gravity activated PAWLS. Individual drum also should be operated for fine
adjustment of lantern carriage. The capacity, operating speed, safe working load,
recommended lubrication and serial number of the winch shall be clearly marked on
each winch.
The gear ratio of the winch shall be 53: 1. However, the minimum working load shall be
not less than 1000 kg. The winch shall be self-lubricating type by means of an oil bath
and the oil shall be readily available grades of reputed producers.
The winch drums shall be grooved to ensure perfect seat for stable and tidy rope lay,
with no chances of rope slippage. The rope termination in the winch shall be such that
distortion or twisting is eliminated and at least 5 to 6 turns of rope remains on the drum
even when the lantern carriage is fully lowered and rested on the rest pads. It should be
possible to operate the winch manually by a suitable handle or by an integral power tool.
It shall be possible to remove the double drum after dismantling, through the door
opening provided at the base of the mast. A test certificate shall be furnished by the
Contractor from the original equipment manufacturer, for each winch in support of the
maximum load operated by the winch. The winch shall be type tested in presence of
Institutions like IIT and the type test report shall be submitted along with offer.

1. HEAD FRAME :
The head frame which is to be designed as a capping unit of the mast, shall be of
welded steel construction, galvanized both internally and externally after assembly. The
top pulley shall be of appropriate diameter, large enough to accommodate the stainless
steel wire ropes and the multi-core electric cable. The pulley block shall be made of non-
corrodible material, and shall be of die cast Aluminum Alloy (LM-6). Pulley made of
synthetic materials such as Plastic or PVC are not acceptable. Self-lubricating bearings
and stainless steel shaft shall be provided to facilitate smooth and maintenance free
operation for a long period. The pulley assembly shall be fully protected by a canopy
galvanized internally and externally.

Page 226 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/15


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

Close fitting guides and sleeves shall be provided to ensure that the ropes and cables do
not dislodged from their respective positions in the grooves. The head frame shall be
provided with guides and stops with PVC buffer for docking the lantern carriage.

1. STAINLESS STEEL WIRE ROPES :


The suspension system shall essentially be without any intermediate joint and shall
consist of only non-corrodible stainless steel of AISI 316 grade.
The stainless steel wire ropes shall be of 7/19 construction, the central core being of the
same material. The overall diameter of the rope shall not be less than 6 mm. The breaking
load of each rope shall not be less than 2350 kg. giving a factor of safety of over 5 for the
system at full load as per the TR-7 referred to in the beginning of this specification . The end
constructions of ropes to the winch drum shall be fitted with talurit. The thimbles shall be
secured on ropes by compression splices. Two continuous lengths of stainless steel wire
ropes shall be used in the system and no intermediate joints are acceptable in view of the
required safety. No intermediate joints/terminations, either bolted or else, shall be provided
on the wire ropes between winch and lantern carriage.

1. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM, CABLE AND CABLE CONNECTIONS :


A suitable terminal box shall be provided as part of the contract at the base
compartment of the high mast for terminating the incoming cable. The electrical
connections from the bottom to the top shall be made by special trailing cable. The cable
shall be EPR insulated and PCP sheathed to get flexibility and endurance. Size of the
cable shall be minimum 4 sq mm copper with suitable no. of cores. The cable shall be of
reputed make. At the top there shall be weather proof junction box to terminate the
trailing cable. Connections from the top junction box to the individual luminaires shall be
made by using 3 core 2.5 sq. mm flexible PVC cables of reputed make.
Also, suitable provision shall be made at the base compartment of the mast to facilitate
the operation of internally mounted, electrically operated power tool for raising and
lowering of the lantern carriage assembly. The trailing cables of the lantern carriage
rings shall be terminated by means of specially designed, metal clad, multipin plug and
socket provided in the base compartment to enable easy disconnection when required.

1. POWER TOOL FOR THE WINCH :


A suitable, high-powered, electrically driven, internally mounted power tool, with manual
over ride shall be supplied for the raising and lowering of the lantern carriage for
maintenance purposes. The speed of the power tool shall be to suit the system. The
power tool shall be single speed, provided with a motor of the required rating. The
power tool shall be supplied complete with suitable control. The capacity and speed of
the electric motor used in the power tool shall be suitable for the lifting of the design
load installed on the lantern carriage.
The power tool mounting shall be so designed that it will be not only self supporting but also
aligns the power tool perfectly with respect to the winch spindle during the operations. Also,
a handle for the manual operation of the winches in case of problems with the electrically
operated tool, shall be provided and shall incorporate a torque limiting device. The power
tool operation shall always be through a separate torque-limiting device to protect the wire
ropes from over stretching. It shall be mechanical with suitable load adjusting device. The
torque limiter shall trip the load when it exceeds the adjusted limits. There shall be suitable
provision for warning the operator once the load is tripped off. The torque limiter is a
requirement as per the relevant standards in view of the over
Page 227 of 230
Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/15


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

all safety of the system. Each mast shall have its own power tool motor

1. LIGHTNING PROTECTION:
One number heavy duty hot dip galvanized lighting finial shall be provided for each
mast. The lightning finial shall be minimum 1.2 M in length and shall be provided at the
centre of the head frame. It shall be bolted solidly to the head frame to get a direct
conducting path to the earth through the mast. The lightning finial shall not be provided
on the lantern carriage under any circumstances in view of safety of the system.

1. AVIATION OBSTRUCTION LIGHTS :


Suitable Aviation Obstruction Lights of reliable design and reputed manufacturer shall be
provided on top of each mast.

1. EARTHING TERMINALS :
Suitable earth terminal using 12 mm diameter stainless steel bolts shall be provided at a
convenient location on the base of the Mast, for lightning and electrical earthing of the
mast.

1. FEEDER PILLAR
Each mast shall be provided with a feeder pillar fabricated out of 2 mm Thick CRCA sheet
and finished with two coats of red oxide primer and gray enamel paint of shade 631 of IS-5.
The feeder pillar shall comprise of incoming TPN MCCB [with suitable cable spreader links],
Copper wiring, outgoing terminals and contactors for reversing the motor.

1. INCOMING POWER CABLE


A cable of size 4 x 35 sq.mm XLPE Aluminum conductor, Armoured cable for power
supply and 4 x 2.5 sq.mm Copper conductor XLPE Insulated Armoured cable for motor
supply shall be provided from feeder pillar to the base compartment of the high mast.
Cable shall be taken to the base compartment of the high mast through the provision
made in the foundation.
Power cable of suitable size up to the feeder pillar from supply point shall be provided by
purchaser.

1. LUMINAIRES :
Luminaries shall be specially designed with cast aluminum housing suitable lamp housing
and control gears for 2 X 400 W MH Lamps. The luminaries shall be tested as per Indian
standards and test reports shall be submitted along with the materials. The luminaries
shall be suitable for installation on high masts

Page 228 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/15


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

3.0 PART – 3 (INSTALLATION)

3.01 CABLE LAYING

1. Electric cable for the street lighting installation shall follow specification under the
heading “L.T XLPE cable”.

1. Cable shall be terminated in a 4-way terminal block inside the pole or to the attached
junction box as shown on drawings.

1. Cable route shall be as shown on the drawings or the contractor shall mark out the route
and lay the cables only upon approval of the route. Necessary road crossings shall be
laid for protection of cables.

1. Cable laying shall be done with excavation, backfilling of trench with sand & bricks at
bottom & top.

E Cables shall have min clearance of 300 mm with adjoining telephone/TV/Data cabling.

3.02 POLE & FIXTURE

1. The poles shall be erected in perfect plumb with concrete foundation at a location shown
in the drawing. The foundation shall be designed to withstand the static load as well as
wind velocity and bending moment of the pole and shall be approved by the client prior
to execution.

1. Installation of poles shall be done as per enclosed drawings of street light poles. The
depth of pole to be buried in ground shall be 1/5th of the total pole length or as specified
in drawing, whichever is more. Special care shall be taken in erecting poles so that these
are not strained or damaged during erection and are firmly stayed till the foundation are
secured. The pole shall be grouted inside ground pit (cross-section 600 x 600 mm.) with
cement concrete 1:2:4. Before the placement of concrete around pole in the pit,
necessary conduit pipes (not less than 25 mm. dia.) shall be placed for facilitating
drawing of cables. Separate conduit shall be provided for incoming and outgoing cables.
The cement concrete shall be protected from premature drying by curing for at least 7
days after pouring. All concrete surface from 150 mm. below ground level to top shall be
finished smooth with cement mortar 1:4.

1. For street light poles along roads, nearest finished road level shall be taken as ground
level and for poles along compound wall / away from roads, existing ground / finished
ground shall be taken as ground level.

1. The junction box shall then be clamped to the erected pole as per details shown in the
drawing.

1. The luminaries shall also be installed on the pole and be electrically wired to the
respective junction box.

1. A loop of min 1.0 Mtr. of cable shall be provided near each street light pole for all
incoming and outgoing cable.

Page 229 of 230


Gujarat Integrated Tribal Educational Project GITEP- 88 GLRS School Complex Babarghat

PROJECT : GLRS SCHOOL AT BABARGHAT, TAPI DOC NO.: SPECS-SITC/15


DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ELV WIRING REV NO: R0

1. The earthing station (coil type) and the earthing grid installation shall be carried out as
per drawing.

Annexure - A
Technical Data Sheets for Street Light Fixture

[BIDDER TO SUBMIT SEPARATE SHEET FOR EACH FIXTURE]

Data to be filled up
Sr. Specification Design
Technical Data /Confirmed by
No. Requirement
Bidder
1.0 Make
2.0 Cat. No.
3.0 Light fixture
Type of Lamp
3.1 Watt/no.
No. of Lamp/fixture
Lumens/no.
Ballast type
3.2 Losses/no.
THD
3.3 Overall consumption at 230 V, AC
3.4 Overall dimension
3.5 Reflector material
3.6 Louvre type & material
3.7 Operating p.f.
Housing material
3.8 Thickness
Painting
IP class
3.9 .ies file Required
3.10 Actual image file Required

Page 230 of 230

You might also like